2019-2020学年北师大版高三英语一轮复习必修3学案：要点总结Word文件

2019-2020学年北师大版高三英语一轮复习必修3学案：要点总结Word文件

Learning to Learn 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.participate vi. 参加 2.sign n. 手势；符号；记号 3.writer n. 作家，作者 4.boxing n. 拳击运动 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.evaluate vt. 评 估 ， 评 价 →evaluation n．评估，评价 2.arrange vt.安排，准备→arrangement n．安排，布置，整理 3.hunt v．打猎，猎杀→hunter n．猎 人，狩猎者 4.actor n．演员→actress n．女演员 →act vi.行动；表现；演出 5.collection n．收集，收取→collect vt. 收集，整理→collector n．收集者 1.participate vi.参加 [记法] part (i)＋cip (＝take)＋ate; take part (in) 参加 2.arrange vt.&vi.安排；筹划 vt.排列；整理 [记法] ar(表示加强)＋range (行列)→按行列排放→ 排列，布置 3.sign n．手势；符号；招牌 [记法] 4.actress n．女演员 [记法] act (vi.表现)＋ress (代表女性) [联想] 聚焦ress结尾的名词 ①waitress 女服务员 ②empress 女皇帝，皇后 ③manageress 女经理 ④mistress 女主人 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.keep in mind 记住 2．fill out 填写 3．on one's own 独自地，独立地 4．look up 查阅；抬头往上看 5．more than 不止；多于；不只是；不仅仅 6．as soon as possible 尽快 1.keep the time 守时 2．feel free to do sth. 自由地做某事 3．leave school 离校，毕业 4．go to university 上大学 5．communicate with 与某人交流 6．be interested in ... 对……感兴趣 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.There are some important things to keep in mind for group work. 有些重要的东西应记在心里 来进行小组活动。 动词不定式短语作定语。 She has two children to_look_after. 她有两个孩子要照看。 2.What if somebody in my group isn't doing any work? 倘若我的小组内某个人什么 工作也不做该怎么办？ what if ... “倘若……将会怎 么样(办)？”。 What_if he doesn't lend us money? 如果他不借给我们钱怎么 办？ 3.... so it's good to learn how to do it now. ……最好现在知道如何做。 在句式 It is＋adj.＋(for sb.) to do sth.中，it为形式主语，to do 为真正主语。 It's_important_to_master a foreign language. 掌握一门外语很重要。 4.If you can get all your work done during schooltime, then no. 如果你能在学校期间做完所 有工作，那就没有必要(在课 外见组员)。 get sth. done “让别人做某 事”，过去分词作宾补。 I'll get_my_bike_repaired tomorrow. 我明天要请人修一下我的自 行车。 1．(教材 P4)There are some important things to keep in mind for group work. 有些重要的东西应记在心里来进行小组活动。 keep ... in mind记住(＝bear ... in mind/learn ...by heart) make up one's mind 下定决心 change one's mind 改变主意 ①These phone numbers should be kept in mind. 这些电话号码必须记住。 ②He's made_up_his_mind to resign. 他已下定决心辞职。 ③I was afraid that Mary would change_her_mind and take me back home. 我怕玛丽会改变主意带我回家。 [语境串记] He has made up his mind to bear/keep the poem in mind. I believe nothing can change his mind. 他已下定决心记住这首诗。我相信没有什么能改变他的主意。 2． (教材 P4)I also want you to remember that you should all actively participate in the discussion. 我也要你们记住你们都应该积极地参加讨论。 participate vi.参加 (1)participate in 参加 participate with sb. in sth. 与某人分担某事 (2)participant n. 参加者，参与的人 participation n. 参与，参加 ①I don't know she didn't participate in the discussion. 我不知道她没有参加讨论。 ②I'd like to participate with you in sufferings. 我愿意和你共患难。 [辨析比较] participate, take part in, join, join in, attend participate “参与”，侧重指参加某一项活动，常与 in 搭配，即 participate in sth. take part in “参与”，通常指参加大型的群体性或集体性活动，并发挥一定作用 join 通常指加入某一组织、团体或俱乐部，join sb. in (doing) sth. 和某人一起做某 事 join in 指参加活动，多指参加小规模的活动，如球赛、游戏等，常用于日常用语中 attend 常指参加会议、典礼、婚礼；上学；听讲座、报告、音乐会等 选用上述词语填空 ③He joined us in the discussion yesterday. ④It's said that he joined the army last year. ⑤We take_part_in all kinds of afterschool activities to keep fit. ⑥How many people participated in the rescue work after the earthquake in Japan? ⑦Tom as well as my classmates attended my wedding last night. 3.(教材 P4)I will be watching this closely and asking everyone to fill out a form after you've done it to evaluate group members' performance. 我会密切关注这次讨论，完成后我会让每位同学填一张表，以此来评定小组内每位成员 的表现。 fill out填写(表格) fill in 填写；填补；打发时间 fill up 填满；填写 fill ... with ... 用……把……装满 be filled with＝be full of 充满 ①Please fill out this form and sign your name, here. 请填一下这张表，并在这儿签上您的名字。 ②Fill up his glass with beer, please. 请给他的杯子斟满啤酒。 ③Her eyes were_filled_with/were_full_of tears. 她的双眼噙满了泪水。 [名师点津] fill in/out/up都有“填写”之意；而 fill做及物动词时，有“充满，盛满， 装满”之意，无“填写”的意思。 4．(教材P4)If not, then your group should arrange to meet outside of school hours and choose a time that's best for most people in the group. 否则，你们小组就要在放学后安排一个对大多数组员最佳的时间见面了。 arrange vt.& vi.安排；筹划 vt.排列；整理 (1)arrange to do sth. 安排做某事 arrange for sb. to do sth. 安排某人做某事 arrange that ... 安排…… (2)arrangement n. 安排；准备；布置 make arrangements for sth. 为某事做安排 ①David arranged for someone to drive him home. 戴维安排人开车送他回家。 ②Have you arranged to_meet (meet) Mark this weekend? 你安排这个周末和马克见面吗？ ③With Christmas drawing near, we have already made arrangements (arrange) for our vacation. 圣诞节临近，我们已经为假期做了安排。 5． (教材 P5)Some chimpanzees have learnt sign language, but they can only copy language — they don't really communicate. 一些黑猩猩虽然学会了手势语，但它们只是去模仿语言——它们并没有真正地交流。 sign n．手势；符号；招牌；迹象 vt.签署；签名 vi.打手势，示意 写出下列句中 sign的含义 ①He signed his name on the cheque.签(名) ②She signed to the child to be quiet.做手势，示意 ③The fact that he's eating more is a sign that he's feeling better.征兆，迹象 ④The sign on the wall said “No Smoking”．招牌 ⑤He made a sign to me to leave the room.手势 ⑥You've left out a plus sign.符号 (1)sign to sb. to do sth. 示意某人做某事 sign in/out 签到/签退 sign up (for) 报名参加 (2)a sign of ... ……的迹象/征兆 make a sign to ... 对……做手势 ⑦She signed to us to_stop (stop) talking. 她做手势示意我们不要讲话。 ⑧For safety reasons，please sign in when you arrive at the building and sign out when you leave. 基于安全考虑，请在抵达大楼时签到，离去时签退。 ⑨I'm ready to sign up for the midJuly group. 我准备报名参加 7月中旬那个团。 6．(教材 P5)．.. you had to look up in a dictionary. ……你得在字典中查阅。 look up查阅(词典等)；向上看 ①When he looked up, he saw the boss. 他抬起头时看到了老板。 [辨析比较] look up, refer to look up “查阅”，后接要查阅的内容，look sth. up in the dictionary“查词典” refer to “查阅”，后接词典、参考书等词，refer to the dictionary“查词典” 选用上述短语填空 ②I looked_up Tom's phone number in the telephone directory; in other words, I referred_to the telephone directory for Tom's phone number. [名师点津] look短语一览 ③Police are looking into the disappearance of two children. 警察正在调查两个孩子失踪的事。 7．(教材 P5)If there is more than one definition, use the context to help you decide. 如果有不止一种释义，就利用上下文来帮你做决定。 more than 超过，多于；不仅仅；非常；超出……的 写出下列句中 more than的含义 ①The beauty of the West Lake is more than I can describe.超出……的 ②I think China Daily is more than a newspaper，it keeps us in touch with the world.不仅仅 ③I'm more than pleased to help you.非常 ④For safety's sake，don't drive more than 30 kilometers per hour in the city.超过，多于 1.What if somebody in my group isn't doing any work? 倘若我的小组内某个人什么工作也不做该怎么办？ 本句中 what if ... “倘若……将会怎么样(办)？”，后面跟一个句子，相当于 What will/would happen if ...? (1)What for？ 为了什么目的？ (2)So what? 那又怎么样？ (表示不感兴趣或认为不重要) (3)What about ... ? ……怎么样？(表建议或征求对方意见) (4)What does it matter if ... ? 即使……又有什么关系？ ①What if we go and see a film tomorrow night? 我们明晚去看电影好吗？ ②—Susan, will you please go and empty that drawer? —What_for? ——苏姗，你可以去清空那个抽屉吗？ ——为什么？ ③What about going (go) skiing this weekend? 这个周末去滑雪怎么样？ ④What_does_it_matter_if we meet with some difficulties? 即使我们遇到一些困难，那又有什么关系呢？ 2．... so it's good to learn how to do it now. ……最好现在知道如何做。 (1)本句中 it为形式主语，真正的主语是 to learn how to do it now。 ①It is important for modern young people to master at least two foreign languages. 掌握至少两门外语对于当代年轻人来说是很重要的。 (2)it作形式主语，真正的主语可以是不定式、动名词和名词性从句。用 it作形式主语的 结构主要用于下列句型： 1It be＋adj.＋for sb. to do sth. 2It be no good/use doing sth. 3It be＋n./adj./done＋that ... ②It was pretty hard for him to_bring (bring) up the child on his own. 他很难独自养育孩子。 ③It is no use talking (talk) to him about it. 和他谈论此事没用。 ④It_is_a_surprise_that you gave such an answer to the question. 你对这个问题做了这样的回答，令人吃惊。 ⑤It_is_said_that Li Hao has been to Europe. 据说李浩已经去过欧洲。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1. It is no use reasoning (reason) with him. 2．You'd better get your hair cut (cut)． 3．Many countries participated in the war which broke out in Libya. 4．When I came in, he was filling out an application form for the job. 5．Aworking party has been set up to look into the problem. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．It_is_certain_that free medical care will be given to most people in our city. 我们城市的多数人将享受免费医疗，这是一定的。 2．What_if the war against Iran breaks out? 如果反对伊朗的战争发生了怎么办？ 3．I wish he would make_up_his_mind as soon as possible. 我希望他尽快拿主意。 4．I was driving around the corner when a policeman made_a_sign/signed_to_me_to_stop. 我刚要开车拐弯，这时一位警察示意我停下来。 5．The government has_arranged_for_more_doctors_to_save_the_wounded. 政府已经派了更多的医生去救伤员。 6．I _am_more_than_content_with what you said. 我非常满意你说的话。 Ⅲ.阅读理解 Life can bring us down from time to time. At some point, you may find yourself in what you will consider as your darkest hour. As you try to find your way out of that bad situation, you should try to remind yourself that there will always be a reason to be grateful. If you look at your situation now and compare it with someone else who is in much deeper trouble than you, I am sure that you'll find something to be thankful for. We all have our share of problems, but complaining about them so much only makes us blind to the fact that there are the miracles (奇迹) which happen around us each day. When all your needs are provided, then you should be content and happy. If you have a roof over your head, some proper clothes to wear, enough food on the table, a comfortable place to sleep, clean water to drink and you are free to make your own choices, then you should be happy and grateful. Many people all around the world, especially those who are at war or those in very poor countries, would_give_anything_to_be_in_your_shoes. Even if you lose all your money or possessions and your heart is broken for some reason, as long as you are still alive, then everything you have lost can be regained. If you have a few good friends who will be there to support or help you, then be glad because true friends are hard to find. As long as you have someone to love and someone to love you back, then you are a very fortunate person. Remember to be patient and trust that things will get better. 语篇解读：本文为议论文。生活中难免会出现不顺利的时候，我们要心存感恩，看到光 明的前方。 1．What are we told to do when life brings us down? A．To remind ourselves to keep calm. B．To find a way out of the situation soon. C．To fight against the bad situation bravely. D．To know there is something to be grateful for. 解析：选 D 细节理解题。由第一段中的“...you should try to remind yourself that there will always be a reason to be grateful.”可知，作者说在情况不顺的时候，我们要明白我们仍有值得 感恩的地方。 2．That we complain about the bad situation only results in ________. A．losing others' support B．ignoring something good C．having a far worse situation D．taking everything for granted 解析：选 B 推理判断题。由第二段中的“...but complaining about them so much ... which happen around us each day.”可知，作者说过多的抱怨只会导致我们看不到身边的奇迹。 3．By “would give anything to be in your shoes”， the author means many people ________. A．really admire your shoes B．are in a better situation than you C．would like to be in your situation D．never know the value of your shoes 解析：选 C 句意理解题。画线句之前都是对“你”的情况的描述，这些都好过于许多 人，尤其是那些身处战争或贫困中的人。他们会愿意付出一切与你交换。 4．According to the author, as long as you are still alive, ________. A．you should be content and happy B．what you've lost will be back soon C．you will certainly lead a life you like D．you will have a chance to get what you've lost back 解析：选 D 细节理解题。由最后一段中的“... as long as you are still alive, then everything you have lost can be regained.”可知，作者说只要你还活着，你失去的一切就可能被重新获得。 Ⅳ.语法填空 M：Hi, Deb. I __1__ (come) up with an idea just this morning for the coming Sunday. __2__ we be engaged in playing basketball or football in the morning? Does the idea appeal to you? W：__3__ sounds fun. I really need to build up my strength. M：That's all right. For a couple of years, in my spare time, I __4__ (take) up some exercise every day to keep in good shape, like playing basketball. W：And that accounts for the reason __5__ you always seem so energetic. What about when it rains or snows? Do you call off your exercise in this __6__？ M：Well, bad weather won't hold me back as long as I want to exercise. __7__ (stick) to your plan, you can always have a way out. I have some other alternatives. I can make __8__ (much) of any opportunities to take up some form of exercise. W：As soon as I finish my work, I'll work out __9__ plan and figure out what kind of exercise I can do. I really need to get myself __10__ (bury) in some form of exercise every day, even for a short time. 语篇解读：两个人商量去运动，并且决定要长期坚持锻炼。 1．came 这里用一般过去时与时间状语“just this morning”相呼应，故用 come 的过去式。 2．Shall 这里用第一人称的问句表示提议，用 shall，此处建议早上去打篮球或者踢足 球。 3．It/That 这里用 it/that指代前面提到的建议。 4．have been taking 这里表示在较长的时间里一直在做某事，故用现在完成进行时。 5．why 这里用 why来引导定语从句，“the reason why ...”表示“……的原因”。 6．case in this case 表示“在这种情况下”，故本空填名词 case。 7．Sticking 这里用提示词 stick 的现在分词形式作状语。 8．the most 从句意和提示词来看，这里用“make the most of”表示“充分利用”。 9．a 这里用不定冠词 a来修饰 plan这个单数名词，表示泛指。 10．buried “bury oneself in sth.”意为“专心致志于某事”，这里用过去分词作 get 的宾 补。 Killer whales have the secondheaviest brains among marine mammals (after Sperm whales, which have the largest brain of any animal). They can be trained in captivity (囚禁；关押) and are often described as intelligent, although defining and measuring “intelligence” is difficult in a species whose environment and behavioral strategies are very different from those of humans. Killer whales imitate others, and seem to deliberately teach skills to their kin. Off the Crozet Islands, mothers push their calves onto the beach, waiting to pull the youngster back if needed. People who have interacted closely with killer whales offer numerous anecdotes demonstrating (证明 ) the whales' curiosity, playfulness, and ability to solve problems. Alaskan killer whales have not only learned how to steal fish from Iong lines, but also have overcome a variety of techniques designed to stop them, such as the use of unrated (未分级的；未征税的) lines as decoys. Once, fishermen placed their boats several miles apart, taking turns retrieving (恢复；取回) small amounts of their catch, in the hope that the whales would not have enough time to move between boats to steal the catch as it was being retrieved. A researcher described what happened next: The killer whale's use of dialects and the passing of other learned behaviours from generation to generation have been described as a form of animal culture. Section_Ⅰ Warmup__&_Lesson_1_—_Prereading [原文呈现] VIKING VOYAGES① TOAMERICA The Vikings② were the first Europeans to reach America③. They achieved④ this long before⑤ Columbus ever set sail⑥. The Vikings were a group of people whose ancestors⑦ came from Scandinavia⑧. They controlled the seas and coasts of Northern Europe between the 8th and 10th centuries AD⑨. By around 900 AD, there were many places in Northern Europe where the Vikings chose to live⑩. In 982 AD, when a man called Eric the Red⑪ decided to set sail further⑫ west, there were as many as 10,000 Vikings living in Iceland⑬. [读文清障] ①voyage /'vɔIIdʒ/ n．航海；航空 ②Viking /'vaIkIŋ/ n．维京人，北欧海盗 ③名词中心词被序数词或 the last 等修饰时，其后通常用动词不定式作后置定语。 ④achieve vt.实现，到达 achievement n．成就，功绩 ⑤long before 很久以前 before long 不久以后 ⑥set sail启航 ⑦ancestor /'ænsεstə/ n．祖先，祖宗 ⑧whose引导的定语从句，修饰 a group of people。 ⑨AD n．公元 BC n．公元前 ⑩where引导的定语从句，修饰 Northern Europe。 ⑪过去分词作后置定语。 ⑫further /'fɜː ðə/ adv.更远，较远 further 是 far 的比较级。 ⑬现在分词短语作后置定语。 北欧海盗航行到美洲 [第 1～2段译文] 北欧海盗是第一批到达美洲的欧洲人。早在哥伦布启航之前，他们就已经到达那里了。 北欧海盗的祖先来自斯堪的纳维亚半岛。公元 8世纪到 10世纪期间，他们控制着北欧海 面和沿海地区。大约到公元 900年，北欧很多地方都有海盗居住。公元 982年，一个叫埃里 克·雷德的人决定向西远航。此时，冰岛生活着多达 10 000名北欧海盗。 According to⑭ the old stories of Iceland and Norway，Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he had committed a murder，⑮ for which he got into trouble⑯ . Eric reached Greenland and discovered that people could live in the place where he landed. He returned to Iceland and told people there about Greenland. He persuaded⑰some people to go back with him to Greenland. Eric set sail once again， this time with 25 ships， of which only 14 made it to⑱ Greenland⑲. Not long after Eric the Red had landed in Greenland⑳， a man celled Biarni set sail from Iceland in search of○21 Eric's party. Biarni was hoping to join his father who was with Eric, but he was blown off○22 course○23 and found himself in○24 an unknown○25 land， from where he eventually○26 reached Greenland○27 . ⑭according to根据，依照 ⑮for which引导非限制性定语从句，for表示原因，which指代先行词 a murder。 ⑯get into trouble 陷入麻烦，陷入困境 ⑰persuade /pə'sweId/ vt.说服，劝服 persuade sb. to do sth. ＝persuade sb. into doing sth. 说服、劝服某人做某事 ⑱make it to到达 make it 获得成功，准时到达 ⑲of which引导非限制性定语从句。 ⑳Not long after 此处引导时间状语从句，意为“……后不久”。 ○21 in search of寻找，寻求 ○22 blow off吹离，吹掉 blow away 吹走，驱散 ○23 course n．航线，路线，方向 ○24“find oneself＋介词短语”表示“发现自己处于某种状态”。 ○25 unknown /ˌʌn'nəʊn/ adj.不知道的，未知的 ○26 eventually /I'ventʃʊəli/ adv.最终，终于 ○27 from where引导定语从句，修饰 an unknown land。 [第 3～4段译文] 根据冰岛和挪威的传说，埃里克·雷德因为一起谋杀案而被迫离开冰 岛。埃里克到达格陵兰岛后，发现他登陆的地方可以居住。他返回冰岛，告诉人们有关格陵 兰岛的事情，并说服一些人与他一起回到了格陵兰岛。埃里克再次启航驶往格陵兰岛。这一 次有 25艘船与他同行，但其中只有 14艘最终到达了格陵兰岛。 埃里克·雷德登上格陵兰岛 后不久，一个叫比阿尼的人就从冰岛起航寻找埃里克一行人。比阿尼希望找到和埃里克在一 起的父亲，但是他被风吹离了航线，结果发现自己在一个不知名的地方，从那里他最终到达 了格陵兰岛。 In the year 1002, when Eric the Red's son Leif was planning a trip further west, Biarni was the man with whom Leif discussed his plans. Leif followed Biarni's directions○28 and sailed to what is believed to be○29 the coast of presentday○30 Canada. He then sailed further south to an island which is now known as○31 Newfoundland. We know about Eric the Red and Leif's deeds○32 through stories which were written down centuries later in Norway and Iceland. They are the first records we have of Europeans sailing○33 to the Americas.,○28 follow one's directions 依照某人的指点 ○29 be believed to be 被认为是 ○30 presentday /ˌprez nt'deI/ adj.当今的，现代的 ○31 be known as 作为……而出名 be famous as 作为……而出名 ○32 deed /diːd/ n．行为，行动 do a good deed 做一件好事 ○33 Europeans sailing ... 是动名词的复合结构。Europeans是 sailing的逻辑主语。 [第 5～6段译文] 1002年，埃里克·雷德的儿子利夫打算继续向西航行，他和比阿尼一 同商量他的西行计划。利夫依照比阿尼的指点，航行到据认为是现在的加拿大海岸的地方。 然后他继续南行至一个现在叫纽芬兰的岛屿。 我们从挪威和冰岛记载下来并流传几个世纪的故事中得知埃里克·雷德和利夫的事迹。他 们是记载中最早航行到达美洲的欧洲人。 Prereading Please match the words with their proper meanings. 1．spirit A．不知道的，未知的 2．voyage B．令人惊恐的，骇人的 3．ancestor C．水手，海员 4．eventually D．说服，劝服 5．deed E．道歉 6．journey F．精神 7．lecture G．探险家 8．brake H．祖先，祖宗 9．explorer I．制动器，刹车 10．unknown J．最终，终于 11．frightening K．航海；航空 12．sailor L．行为，行动 13．persuade M．讲授，演讲 14．apologise N．旅行，旅程 1～5 _________ 6～10 _________ 11～14 ________ 答案：1～5 FKHJL 6～10 NMIGA 11～14 BCDE Leadin Match the following navigators with their main sailing experiences. A．sailed directly from Europe to India B．led seven expeditions to what the Chinese called “the Western Ocean” (Indian Ocean) C．led to general European awareness of the American continents D．sailed around the southernmost tip of Africa in 1488 1～4 ________ 答案：1～4 CBAD Whilereading True (T) or False (F)． 1．Columbus reached America earlier than the Vikings.__F__ 2．The ancestors of the Vikings were from Scandinavia.__T__ 3．Eric the Red decided to set sail further west in 900 AD.__F__ 4．Eric the Red left Iceland because he had committed a murder.__T__ 5．All of Eric's twentyfive ships reached Greenland successfully.__F__ 6．Leif chose different directions from Biarni's and sailed to Canada.__F__ Read the text and choose the best answers. 1．It's said that Eric the Red got into trouble________. A．when he left Greenland B．when he reached Greenland C．when he committed a murder D．when he returned to Iceland 2．After Eric the Red discovered Greenland，________. A．people started to live on that island B．he thought people couldn't live on it C．some people went back with him to Greenland D．he set sail further west 3．Who does “he” in line 23 refer to? A．Eric the Red. B．Biarni. C．Biarni's father. D．Eric's father. 4．Which statement is TRUE according to the passage? A．Biarni sailed to Newfoundland with Leif. B．Newfoundland lies north to Canada. C．No people lived in Newfoundland when Leif discovered it. D．Biarni's directions were of great use to Leif. 5．What does the passage mainly talk about? A．How the Vikings discovered America. B．The life of Vikings in Scandinavia. C．Eric the Red's life story. D．Old stories about the Vikings. 答案：1～5 CCBDA Studyreading Analyze the following difficult sentences in the text. 1．According to the old stories of Iceland and Norway, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he had committed a murder, for which he got into trouble. [句式分析] [尝试翻译] 根据冰岛和挪威的传说，埃里克·雷德因为一起谋杀案而被迫离开冰岛。 2．Biarni was hoping to join his father who was with Eric, but he was blown off course and found himself in an unknown land, from where he eventually reached Greenland. [句式分析] [尝试翻译] _比阿尼希望找到和埃里克在一起的父亲，但是他被风吹离了航线，结果发 现自己在一个不知名的地方，从那里他最终到达了格陵兰岛。 Ⅰ.阅读理解 A About 97% of the world's water is salty and is found in our oceans and seas. But, as we can't drink seawater, how can it be important? Every part of our seas and oceans contains an amazing number of animals and fish that live at different ocean depths. Most of the different species of animals and fish depend on simple plants for their food. These simple plants called algae (海藻) drift near the surface of the ocean and use sunlight to turn carbon dioxide and water into food and oxygen. In fact, algae produce over half of the oxygen people breathe. How important seawater is! Each plant or animal in our seas and oceans is an important link in a food chain. The algae are eaten in large amounts by microscopic animals, which are in turn consumed by larger animals. These food chains are delicately balanced. The bad news about the food chains in the oceans is that they are under threat because of man. People once thought that the oceans were so big that it didn't matter if we dumped rubbish into them or caught huge quantities of fish and whales for food. But we now know this is not true, and fish stocks in the oceans have started to drop. Thankfully, the world is taking steps to protect the future of our oceans by introducing international agreements to protect marine habitats. Most countries have introduced fishing restrictions to protect fish stocks in the oceans, and new techniques are being pioneered to cope with pollution. Finally, the importance of protecting oceans is being made known to more people. This is just the beginning of a long process to protect the oceans for our future. We depend on the oceans for fish which are an important part of the human diet. How important seawater is! 语篇解读：本文主要阐述了海水的重要性。 1．Which of the following is the proper order of the food chain? A．small animals→algae→microscopic animals→large animals→man B．algae→microscopic animals→large animals→larger animals→man C．small animals→algae→large animals→microscopic animals→man D．microscopic animals→algae→large animals→larger animals→man 解析：选 B 细节理解题。根据第二、三段内容可知答案。 2．From the passage, we learn that________. A．most fish and sea animals live at the surface of the seas B．it is very difficult to break the balance of a food chain C．excessive fishing has caused the decrease in fish stock D．it won't be long before the problems concerning oceans will be solved 解析：选 C 推理判断题。根据第四段中的“... fish stocks in the oceans have started to drop” 可知大量捕捉鱼类肯定会造成鱼类储量的下降；根据第二段首句可知选项 A不正确；根据第 三段中的“These food chains are delicately balanced.”可知选项 B 不正确；根据最后一段中的 “This is just the beginning of a long process to protect the oceans for our future.”可知选项 D 不正 确。 3．Which of the following is NOT a way being used to protect oceans? A．The use of international agreements. B．Forbidding fishing to protect fish stocks. C．The use of new techniques. D．Raising people's awareness of the need to protect oceans. 解析：选 B 细节理解题。根据最后一段可知很多国家通过限制捕鱼数量来保护鱼类， 但不是禁止捕鱼；其他几种措施在最后一段中都可找到。 4．What would be the best title of the passage? A．The importance of seawater B．Life in the oceans C．How to protect food chains D．How to deal with seawater pollution 解析：选 A 标题归纳题。根据文章的第一段，以及第二段和最后一段的末句可知文章 的中心是在说明海水的重要性。 B Early in the 16th century men were trying to reach Asia by traveling west from Europe. In order to find Asia they had to find a way past South America. The man who eventually found the way from the Atlantic Ocean to the Pacific was Ferdinand Magellan. Magellan sailed from Seville in September 1519 with five ships and about 266 men. Thirteen months later, after spending a severe winter on the coast of Patagonia, he discovered the channel which is now called Magellan's Strait. In November 1520, after many months of dangers from rocks and storms, during which two ships were lost, the three remaining ships entered the ocean on the other side of South America. They then continued, hoping to reach Asia. But they did not see any land until they reached the islands off the coast of Asia. Before they arrived at these islands, later known as the Philippines, his men were dying of starvation. While they were staying in the Philippines, Magellan was killed in battle. The remaining officers then had to get back to Spain. They decided to sail round Africa. After many difficulties, one ship with eighteen men sailed into Seville three years after leaving. They were all that remained of Magellan's expedition. However, their achievement was great. They were the first men to sail round the world. 语篇解读：本文主要讲述的是麦哲伦及其船队第一次从欧洲向西航行到亚洲进而完成环 球航行的探险之旅。 5．The purpose of Magellan's expedition was________. A．to sail round the world B．to find a sea route to India C．to make a voyage to Asia D．to carry men to Philippines 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据第一段的内容，我们可以知道，欧洲人试图向西航行， 经大西洋到太平洋，然后到达亚洲，从而找到一条从海上去亚洲的路线。 6．The time Magellan's Strait was discovered was________. A．in August 1519 B．in October 1520 C．in November 1520 D．not mentioned 解析：选 B 细节理解题。根据第二段前两句内容可知，麦哲伦是在 1520年 10月发现 Magellan's Strait“麦哲伦海峡”的。 7．Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage concerning the expedition? A．Lack of navigation equipment. B．Severe winter in Patagonia. C．The death of Magellan. D．Dangers from rocks and storms. 解析：选 A 细节理解题。通读全文我们可以发现，全文没有提及 navigation equipment“航海设备”方面的问题。故选 A。 8．What is the best title for the passage? A．Magellan's Expedition B．The Discovery of the Philippines C．The Most Dangerous Expedition in Navigation D．The First Expedition to Asia 解析：选 D 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述的是麦哲伦及其船队第一次从海上去亚洲的探 险之旅。故 D为最佳选项。 C For years, the giant squid (大王乌贼 ) had remained a modern mystery. Living in the dark depths of the ocean, the creature is difficult for scientists to observe directly. It had also managed to avoid all attempts to film it. That changed last July: for the first time ever, scientists were able to catch the giant squid on video in its natural habitat. They were amazed by what they saw. The scientists filmed the squid in the North Pacific Ocean, south of Tokyo, Japan. They followed it down to a depth of 2,952 feet. They shot more than 23 minutes of video before the squid swam off into even darker depths. The video footage will be released to the public later this month on The Discovery Channel. Tsunemi Kubodera, a zoologist at Japan's National Museum of Nature and Science, led the team that filmed the squid. The team went into the ocean in a small submarine with lights invisible to both humans and squid. Since giant squid eat smaller squid, the scientists released a small squid as bait (诱饵). Then the scientists waited in the pitch black for the giant squid to approach. The color video shows the creature floating vertically, eating the bait squid. The giant squid is 9 to 10 feet long and is missing its two longest tentacles (触须). With those tentacles, it could have measured up to 26 feet long. It has huge black eyes, the size of dinner plates, “It was shining and so beautiful，” Kubodera said. Because the deep ocean is so unfriendly to humans, little is known about the giant squid. Scientists say catching the mysterious creature on video is an important step toward understanding it. For centuries, sailors had reported seeing a huge, oceandwelling beast, thought to be the giant squid. The creature is also believed to be the subject of the Nordic myth of the kraken, a sea creature that supposedly attacked ships in Scandinavian waters over the past thousands of years. 语篇解读：本文是一篇科普类说明文。大王乌贼生活在深海，人们很难有机会看到它， 长期以来人们对它知之甚少。最近科学家在深海拍摄到了这种神秘的生物，有望揭开其神秘 的面纱。 9．Why is it difficult to film the giant squid? A．Because it is illegal to film the giant squid. B．Because it is too expensive to make such a film. C．Because the giant squid lives in the dark deep ocean. D．Because the giant squid is dangerous to humans. 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Living in the dark depths of the ocean, the creature is difficult for scientists to observe directly.”可知，因为大王乌贼生活在大洋深处，所以 人们很难拍摄到它。 10．We can learn from the first paragraph that scientists ________. A．first saw the giant squid in the ocean B．discovered a new sea creature in the ocean C．have the ocean bottom secretly recorded on video D．have first caught the legendary giant squid on video 解析：选 D 细节理解题。根据第一段内容可知，科学家在北太平洋下到深度为 2 952 英尺的地方第一次拍摄了一段 23分钟长的有关大王乌贼的视频。因此 D项正确。 11．According to the passage, the giant squid's longest tentacles can be ________. A．16 to 17 feet long B．9 to 10 feet long C．more than 26 feet long D．about 36 feet long 解析：选 A 细节理解题。根据第三段内容可知，这只大王乌贼有 9到 10英尺长，算上 它的触须可达到 26英尺长，由此可得出这只大王乌贼最长的触须有 16到 17英尺长。 12．The scientists released a small squid in the ocean to ________. A．increase the number of the giant squid B．trick the giant squid into coming out C．make an educational film about it D．show concern for the giant squid 解析：选 B 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Since giant squid eat smaller squid, the scientists released a small squid as bait.”可知，科学家在大洋里放一条小乌贼目的是将大王乌贼引诱出 来。 Ⅱ.阅读七选五 Did you ever look at your parents and wish they were healthier? You're not the only one. We did a survey of kids. __1__ 69% of the kids would like their parents to make changes to be healthier. We also surveyed parents. They'd work extra hard to get healthier, if their kids asked them to. Here are the tips on talking to your parents about their health habits. ▲ Create an idea list. Try to remember what got you thinking about this topic. Is there an unhealthy thing you'd like to see them stop doing, or do less often? Get your list together. ▲ Practice how to say it. Changing can be hard. And it's not always easy to heat that someone you love thinks you need to do it. __2__ If your parents wanted you to make a change, how would you like them to ask? A gentle, earing way often works best. ▲ __3__ In our survey, 85% of kids said they's be willing to make healthy changes if it would help the whole family. You might be willing to go for a walk together after dinner, let your parents know you're willing to make an effort. ▲ Make a decision. __4__ It can be trouble if your goal is too general or you don't have steps in mind. ▲ __5__ Encourage your parents as the family starts making changes. An extra hug or a homemade card of encouragement can give them what they need to keep going down the healthy road. A．Cheer them on. B．Be willing to help. C．Find the right person to talk with. D．Parents care more about their kids' health. E．It helps to pick a single goal and be detailed. F．46% said they worry about their parents' health. G．So you'll want to bring up this topic in just the right way. 答案：1～5 FGBEA Section_Ⅱ Warmup_&_Lesson_1_—_Language_Points 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1．spirit n． 精神 2．voyage n. 航海；航空 3．underwater adj. 在水下，供水下用的 4．further adv. 更远，较远 5．deed n. 行为，行动 1.voyage n．航海；航空 [记法] 转化 voyage n．航海；航空→v.航行 [联想] 名词可转换为动词的还有： ①end n．端；结果 v．结束；终止 ②face n．脸 v．面对 6．journey n. 旅行，旅程 7．lecture_n. 讲授，演讲 8．eventually adv. 最终，终于 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1．explorer n．探险家→explore vt.探险 2．unknown adj.不知道的，未知的→known adj.出名的，已知的 3．frightening adj.令人惊恐的，骇人的→fright n．惊吓；恐怖→frighten vt.使惊吓；使惊恐 →frightened adj.惊吓的；受惊的；害怕的 4．sailor n．水手，海员→sail vi.(船) 航行；(人) 乘船航行 5．persuade vt.说服，劝服→persuasion n．说 服；劝说→persuasive adj.有说服力的 6．apologise vi.道歉→apology n．道歉 ③hand n．手 v．传递；交给 ④air n．空气 v．播送；晾晒 2．underwater adj.在水下，供水下用的 [记法] 合成词 under (在……下 ) ＋water(水 )→underwater adj.在水下 3．journey n．旅行，旅程 [词块] ①make a journey (to) 去……旅行 ②go on a journey 去旅行 ③return journey 归程 4．sailor n．水手；海员 [记法] 合成词 sail vi. (船) 航行＋or(表示人)→sailor n．水 手；海员 [联想] 以or结尾的名词： ①visitor 拜访者 ②inventor 发明 家 ③translator 翻译家 ④editor 编辑 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.set sail 启航 2．according to 根据，依照 3．get into trouble 陷入麻烦，陷入困境 4．make it to 到达 5．in search of 寻找，寻求 6．go surfing 去冲浪 7．follow one's directions 依照某人的指点 1.long before 很久以前 2．as many as 多达 3．be forced to do 被迫做某事 4．commit a murder 犯谋杀罪 5．blow off 吹离，脱离 6．be known as 被称为 7．write down 写下，记下 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.The Vikings were the first Europeans to reachAmerica. 动词不定式 to reach America 在句中作定语。 He is always the first to_arrive and the last to_leave in our 北欧海盗是第一批到达美洲 的欧洲人。 office. 在我们班他总是第一个到，最 后一个离开的。 2.They achieved this long before Columbus ever set sail. 早在哥伦布启航之前，他们就 已经到达那里了。 long before 意为 “早在……以前， 在……之前很早”。 She had seen the film long_before she came to work here. 她在来这儿工作之前很早就 看过这部电影了。 3.... found himself in an unknown land, from where he eventually reached Greenland. ……结果发现自己在一个不 知名的地方，从那里他最终到 达了格陵兰岛。 “find＋宾语＋介词短语”结 构。 When he woke up, he found_himself_in a strange room. 当他醒来时，发觉自己在一个 陌生的房间。 4.Leif followed Biarni's directions and sailed to what is believed to be the coast of presentday Canada. 利夫依照比阿尼的指点，航行 到据认为是现在的加拿大海 岸的地方。 what 引导的名词性从句。 We arrived at what_was_called “Death Valley”． 我们到达被称为“死亡谷” 的地方。 1．(教材 P7)frightening adj.令人惊恐的，骇人的 (1)fright n． 惊吓，恐怖 (2)frighten vt. 使害怕，使惊吓 (3)frightened adj. 惊吓的，受惊的，害怕的 be frightened of 害怕 be frightened to do ... 害怕做…… be frightened that 害怕…… ①Travelling in an airplane can be a frightening experience for some people. 乘飞机旅行对有些人来说可能会是一次骇人的经历。 ②The frightening fiction made him frightened to death. (frighten) 那部令人恐怖的小说使他怕得要死。 [名师点津] frightening和 frightened同为形容词，但用法却不相同。frightening表示“令 人害怕的”；frightened表示“感到害怕的”，修饰人以及人的表情、眼神、声音等。 [语境串记] The little girl was frightened at the sight of the frightening snake and shook with fright. 这个小女孩一看到这条令人恐怖的蛇就感到很害怕，吓得浑身发抖。 2．(教材 P8)Viking Voyages to America 北欧海盗航行到美洲 voyage n．航海，航空 v.航行，航海 go on a voyage 去航海 make/take a voyage to 航海去 on the voyage out 在出航途中 on the voyage home 在归航途中 ①China's first aircraft carrier Varyag began its voyage again. 中国第一艘航空母舰瓦良格号又开始了它的航行。 ②Columbus succeed in making a voyage to America in 1492. 哥伦布于 1492年成功地航行至美洲。 ③We'll go_on_a_sea_voyage next month. 下个月我们将航海旅行。 3．(教材 P8)They achieved this long before Columbus ever set sail. 早在哥伦布启航之前，他们就已经到达那里了。 set sail启航 set about 开始做，着手处理 set aside 留出，搁置 set fire to 放火烧 set off 动身；使爆炸 set out 动身；开始做 set up 建立，创立 ①They were expecting a safe journey when they set sail. 他们启航时，期望一帆风顺。 ②In much of the animal world, night is the time set aside for sleep－ pure and simple. 在很多动物世界里，夜晚完全是用来睡觉的时间。 ③She set about answering (answer) letters as soon as she arrived at the office. 她一到办公室就开始写回信。 ④They succeeded in what they set out to_do (do)． 他们打算做的事情做好了。 [名师点津] 作“开始做……”讲时，用 set about doing 或 set out to do。 4．(教材 P8)In 982AD, when a man called Eric the Red decided to set sail further west, there were as many as 10,000 Vikings living in Iceland. 公元 982年，一个叫埃里克·雷德的人决定向西远航。此时，冰岛生活着多达 10 000名 北欧海盗。 further (1)adv.(时间、距离)更远，较远；(程度)进一步，进一层 ①We must go further into the question. 我们必须进一步研究这个问题。 (2)adj.较远的；更进一步的 ②She should go abroad for further (far) education. 她应该出国深造。 (3)vt.促进，增进 ③He did all he could to_further (further) food safety. 他尽他所能来推进食品安全。 [名师点津] far — farther — farthest 多指具体的距离“较远”“最远”；far — further — furthest多指程度上“进一步”“最深”等抽象意义。 ④He walked farther forward to get the further information of the cave. 他又向前走了更远，为了得到这个洞穴更进一步的信息。 5．(教材 P8)According to the old stories of Iceland and Norway, Eric the Red was forced to leave Iceland because he had committed a murder, for which he got into trouble. 根据冰岛和挪威的传说，埃里克·雷德因为一起谋杀案而被迫离开冰岛。 get into trouble 陷入麻烦，陷入困境 have trouble with sth. ＝have trouble (in) doing sth. 做某事有困难 be in trouble 有麻烦，有困难 ask for trouble 自找麻烦 take the trouble to do 费力做某事 ①The company got into trouble when it expanded too quickly. 这家公司扩张太快，陷入了困境。 ②Many college students have trouble in dealing (deal) with realities. 很多大学生在如何应付现实生活上存在困难。 ③Do as you're told, or you'll be in trouble. 叫你怎么做就怎么做，否则你会有麻烦的。 ④Some people always take great trouble to_achieve (achieve) some goals which are beyond their ability. 有些人总是追求一些力所不能及的目标。 6．(教材 P8)He persuaded some people to go back with him to Greenland. 他说服一些人与他一起回到了格陵兰岛。 persuade vt.说服，劝服；使信服 persuade(＝argue/talk)sb. to do/into doing sth. 说服某人做某事 persuade sb. not to do/out of doing sth. 说服某人不做某事 persuade sb. of sth. 使某人相信某事 persuade sb. that ... 使某人相信…… ①I managed to persuade my classmates into accepting my idea. 我设法说服我的同学接受我的观点。 ②She persuaded her daughter not_to_smoke/out_of__smoking. 她说服女儿不要抽烟。 ③He persuaded me of his honesty. ＝He persuaded me that he was honest. 他使我相信他的诚实。 ④I have persuaded him to_give (give) up smoking. 我已说服了他戒烟。 [辨析比较] persuade, advise persuade 强调结果，表示“说服了”，指劝说对方并且使对方接受 advise 强调动作，表示“劝说”，劝说对方却未必使对方接受 选用上述单词填空 ⑤I advised my father to stop working，but I couldn't persuade him. 我劝说父亲不要工作，但未能说服他。 7． (教材 P8)Eric set sail once again, this time with 25 ships, of which only 14 made it to Greenland. 埃里克再次启航驶往格陵兰岛。这一次有 25 艘船与他同行，但其中只有 14艘最终到达 了格陵兰岛。 made it to到达 make it (尤指在困难情况下)准时到达；事业上获得成功 make up 化妆，编造，组成 make out 理解，明白 ①We live in a world where only the strongest can make it to the top. 我们生活在一个只有最坚强的人才能到达顶峰的世界。 ②Three doctors and five nurses made up the medical team. 三名医生和五名护士组成了这个医疗队。 ③I can't make out what my teacher said just now. 我不明白老师刚才讲的。 8．(教材 P8)Not long after Eric the Red had landed in Greenland, a man called Biarni set sail from Iceland in search of Eric's party. 埃里克·雷德登上格陵兰岛后不久，一个叫比阿尼的人就从冰岛起航寻找埃里克一行人。 in search of寻找；寻求 (1)search sb./sp. 搜查某人/某地 search for 寻找(＝look for) search ... for ... 搜查……以寻找…… (2)in the/one's search for 寻找 ①One of the greatest joys known to man is to take a flight into ignorance in search of knowledge. 人类认识到的最大乐趣之一是置身于愚昧之境去寻求知识。 ②The police searched the building for the escape, but failed to find him. 警察在那座建筑物里搜寻逃犯，但没找到。 ③The soldiers went into the woods in_their_search_for the missing pilot. 士兵进入森林去搜寻失踪的飞行员。 [名师点津] (1)search用作名词时前若有 the或 one's修饰，后常用介词 for；而 in search of结构中 search前无任何限定词。 (2)“in＋n.＋of”相关短语集锦 9．(教材 P9)Mr Johnson apologised for the mistake. 约翰逊先生因为这个错误而道了歉。 apologise vi.道歉 (1)apologise to sb. 向某人道歉 apologise for (doing) sth. 因为(做)某事而道歉 (2)apology n. 道歉 make an apology to sb. for sth. 因某事而向某人道歉 ①I apologise for having taken too much of your time. 我为占用你很多时间而表示歉意。 ②I apologised to her for stepping on her feet. ＝I made_an_apology_to_her_for stepping on her feet. 我因踩到她的脚而向她道歉。 ③We don't doubt that the boy can apologize to the angry teacher. 我们相信这个男孩会向生气的老师道歉。 1. The Vikings were the first Europeans to reach America. 北欧海盗是第一批到达美洲的欧洲人。 (1)句中 to reach America是动词不定式，在句中作定语，修饰 the first Europeans。 (2)当中心词为序数词、形容词最高级、the last，the only 等或中心词被这类词修饰时， 后面多用不定式作定语。 ①Li Xuemei was the first athlete to get to the finishing line. 李雪梅是第一个到达终点的选手。 ②He'd like to be the first to_eat (eat) tomato. 他愿意成为第一个吃螃蟹的人。 ③You are the only person to_do (do) the job. 你是做这项工作的唯一人选。 2．Biarni was hoping to join his father who was with Eric, but he was blown off course and found himself in an unknown land, from where he eventually reached Greenland. 比阿尼希望找到和埃里克在一起的父亲，但是他被风吹离了航线，结果发现自己在一个 不知名的地方，从那里他最终到达了格陵兰岛。 本句中 found himself in an unknown land 为“find＋宾语＋介词短语”结构，意为“发 现……处于某种状态”。find的复合结构如下： find＋宾语＋宾语补足语 形容词 副词 介词短语 动词的现在分词 动词的过去分词 ①The police found the lost boy in a wooden house. 警察发现丢失的小男孩在一个木屋里面。 ②The family had abandoned all hope of finding_him_alive. 家人对他的生还已经不抱任何希望。 ③He hurried there，but found_them_all_out. 他赶到那里，却发现大家都出去了。 ④We found him waiting (wait) to receive us. 我们发现他正在那儿等着接我们。 ⑤I entered the room and found the window broken (break)． 我走进房间发现窗户被打破了。 [名师点津] 该结构中的宾语为反身代词时，含有“不知不觉”的意思。 ⑥On hearing this, I found myself in an embarrassing position. 听到这后，我突然发现自己处在很尴尬的境地。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．He found the door closed (close)． 2．If we set off right now, we ought to be able to get there in time. 3．We drove around the town in search of a good hotel. 4．The film we saw yesterday was very frightening (frighten)． 5．He went on a voyage around the world. 6．For further (far) details call this number. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．Tom is the first student in our school to_win_such_a_special_honour. 汤姆是我们学校第一个获此殊荣的学生。 2．Thank you for persuading_my_mother_to_let_me_join_the_army. 谢谢你说服了我的妈妈让我参军。 3．Watch out！You can't get_her_into_trouble. 小心点！你不能给她惹麻烦。 4．He made_an_apology/apologized_to_the_guests for the oversight. 他因招待不周向客人道歉。 5．They made_it_to_a_small_town before dark. 他们在天黑之前赶到了一个小镇。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．She hopes to get a job on the local newspaper and eventually (终于) works for the Times. 2．You get a wonderful sense of achievement (成就) when you get to the top. 3．After a little gentle persuasion (劝说)，Bela agreed to let us in. 4．The police are out searching (寻找) the yard for clues. 5．Please accept our sincere apology (道歉)． 6．You must try and keep your spirits (精神) up. 7．The frightened (受惊的) child gripped his mother's arm. 8．Sailors (海员) do not earn much money but they do see life. 9．Even if you travel in ideal weather，sea journeys (旅行) take a long time. 10．Christopher Columbus was one of the great explorers (探险家)． Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．It was the middle of the night when my father woke me up and told me to watch the football game. 2．He wrote a letter where he explained what had happened in the accident. 3．Do you know the trouble I have buying (buy) the ticket for the concert? 4．While shopping, people sometimes can't help being_persuaded (persuade) into buying something they don't really need. 5．I must apologise for not having been able to write to you. 6．The moment he got home, the boy set about doing (do) his homework. 7．Large quantities of graduates go to the city in search of jobs. 8．When he came to, he found himself lying (lie) in the hospital. 9．The reason why he resigned is known to us. 10．The policeman with whom Mr.Henry is talking is a friend of mine. Ⅲ.选词填空 according to， in search of， make it， get into trouble， have no trouble in， as many as 1．We had_no_trouble_in finding this address. 2．—Did you reach the top of the mountain? —Yes.Even I myself didn't believe I could make_it. 3．Every year, as_many_as 10,000 visitors come to visit the Han Tombs from other provinces. 4．According_to Freud, our dreams represent our hidden desires. 5．Hungry beggars wandered the streets in_search_of food. 6．If you get_into_trouble,_I'll step out and help you out. Ⅳ.课文语法填空 Eric the Red, whose ancestors came 1.from Scandinavia, was one of the Vikings who achieved achievements in his voyage all his life. According 2.to the old stories of Iceland and Norway, Eric the Red 3.was_forced (force) to leave 4.where he lived because he was charged with murder. He left Iceland and then discovered Greenland where he persuaded some people 5.to_go/into_going (go) to live. Following Eric, another man, 6.whose name was Biarni, 7.eventually (eventual) reached and landed on Greenland because of an unexpected storm. In the year 1002, Eric's son, Leif, also made great 8.contributions (contribute) in 9.discovering (discover) other lands such as presentday Canada and Newfoundland. They are the first records we have of 10.Europeans (Europe) sailing to the Americas. Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达 上周我们举办了一次化装舞会，为此(用“介词＋关系代词”引导的非限制性定语从句) 我们准备了大约一个月。人人都玩得很开心，尤其是迈克。根据 (according to)他的行为表明 他已经喝醉了，但是他坚持自己开车回家。他翻遍口袋寻找到 (in search of，make it) 钥匙。 我们告诫他酒后开车会惹上麻烦 (get into trouble)。最终 (eventually)，我们说服 (persuade) 他 让汤姆开车送他回去。 Last_week,_we_had_a_dress_ball,_for_which_we_had_prepared_about_a_month._Everyone_ had_fun_at_the_party,_especially_Mike._According_to_his_behaviour,_he_got_drunk,_but_he_ins isted_on_driving_home_by_himself._He_went_through_his_pockets_in_search_of_his_keys_and_ made_it._We_warned_him_of_getting_into_trouble_if_he_drove_after_drinking._Eventually,_we_ persuaded_him_to_be_driven_home_by_Tom._ 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.完形填空 My Air Force room in Florida was empty and quiet — I was alone. My five roommates were gone for their __1__； I had chosen to __2__ behind in the camp. Being young and far from my home, I felt __3__. My room was comfortable enough, but I hadn't __4__ until then what made it so — the presence of others walking, joking or just lying on their __5__. I was not able to sleep. In fact, I __6__ being alone sometimes, but tonight was __7__. Turning over again and again in the darkened room gave no __8__. The last sign of daylight had disappeared, __9__ to my inner depression. __10__， the Christmas lights on the tall pine trees would only __11__ me of my great misery. __12__， I heard weak sound of men attempting to sing. Yes, the voices grew louder and came my way. I __13__ still, enjoying the sound. In the corridor (走廊 ) outside my __14__， voices came near enough for __15__ to hear Christmas carols being sung. Suddenly, there, four airmen, identities unknown, were slightly unsteadied by holiday cheer. The first held a Coke bottle with a __16__ candle stuck in its top. The others __17__ a dancing line behind him. Seeing I was in the room, with joyful __18__ in the flickering(摇曳的 ) light, they sang me several carols, __19__ me a merry Christmas and left as fast as they had arrived. I slept soundly soon after, burying my face in my pillow, __20__ that someone had cared. 语篇解读：本文讲述了作者在圣诞之夜独自一人，形影相吊，后来一群人出现给他唱了 圣诞颂歌并祝他圣诞快乐，让他重新快乐起来，因为他感觉到了别人的关心。 1．A.presents B．fights C．holidays D．weekends 解析：选 C 根据第 15空后“Suddenly, there, four airmen，identities unknown，were slightly unsteadied by holiday cheer.”以及第 10空后“the Christmas lights on the tall pine trees”可知故事 发生的时候正好是圣诞节，作者的室友都出去度假了。故 C项正确。 2．A.remain B．sleep C．help D．work 解析：选 A 根据后一句“Being young and far from my home”因为我离家很远，别人都出 去度假了，我选择留在营地里。故 A项正确。 3．A.guilty B．silly C．curious D．lonely 解析：选 D 根据第一句“My Air Force room in Florida was empty and quiet — I was alone.”可知我独自一人，而且这又是圣诞节，我感觉很孤单。故 D项正确。 4．A.prepared B．realized C．recovered D．awoken 解析：选 B 我的房间很舒适，但是直到室友们都离开的时候，我才意识到让我的房间 舒适的是：室友的存在。故 B项正确。 5．A.toys B．food C．beds D．floors 解析：选 C 我的房间舒服的原因是其他人的存在，根据本空前面的动词 lying“躺”， 可知是指躺在床上。故 C项正确。 6．A.imagined B．preferred C．suggested D．began 解析：选 B 本句是指有时候我宁愿独自一人，但是今天不一样。今天是圣诞节，需要 和很多人在一起庆祝。根据句意可知 B项正确。 7．A.different B．busy C．good D．simple 解析：选 A 参见上题解析。 8．A.balance B．effort C．comfort D．progress 解析：选 C 作者在漆黑的房间里翻来覆去地睡不着，感觉怎么样也不舒服。故 C项正 确。 9．A.adding B．appealing C．leading D．sticking 解析：选 A 最后一丝日光消失了，夜幕降临了，难熬的夜晚来临了，这更增加了我内 心的压抑。漆黑的夜是最难熬的。add to“增加”；appeal to“吸引，迎合；呼吁”；lead to“导 致”；stick to“坚持”。故 A项正确。 10．A.Therefore B．Otherwise C．Yet D．Besides 解析：选 D 日光消失让我更加压抑，而且高高的圣诞树上的光提醒我这是圣诞节，这 更增加了我的痛苦。上下文之间是递进关系，所以 D项正确。 11．A.cure B．remind C．rob D．think 解析：选 B 高高的圣诞树上的灯光在提醒着我这是圣诞节，应该和家人在一起，这让 我更加痛苦。故 B项正确。 12．A.Suddenly B．Sadly C．Unluckily D．Lately 解析：选 A 在安静的夜里，突然我听到了别人唱歌的声音。根据语境可知 A项正确。 13．A.stared B．sang C．lay D．observed 解析：选 C 根据第 7 空后“Turning over again and again in the darkened room gave no __8__.”中的 turn over“翻转”，说明我已经躺在床上了。所以本句使用 lie“躺”，我躺在那 里一动不动，欣赏着音乐。故 C项正确。 14．A.house B．room C．school D．camp 解析：选 B 根据第 18空前“Seeing I was in the room”中的 in the room，可知这些人在我 的房间外面唱歌。故 B项正确。 15．A.us B．them C．whom D．me 解析：选 D 根据文章第一段可知我独自一人在房间里，我的室友们都出去度假了。所 以此时能听到声音的只有我一个人。故 D正确。 16．A.lighted B．falling C．burned D．flying 解析：选 A 根据空格线后面的 candle，可知本句使用 lighted，表示“点燃的蜡烛”， lighted“点燃的”；falling“正在下落的”；burned“烧焦的”；flying“飞翔的”。故 A项 正确。 17．A.broke B．crossed C．formed D．drew 解析：选 C 第一人拿着一个顶部有一根点燃着的蜡烛的可乐瓶子，其余的人在他的后 面形成一个跳舞的队形。A、B、D三项与名词 line不搭配。故 C项正确。 18．A.noises B．quarrels C．necks D．faces 解析：选 D 在漆黑的房间里，在蜡烛摇曳的灯光下，能看见的只有那些人快乐的脸， 不会是噪音、争吵和脖子。故 D项正确。 19．A.predicted B．promised C．wished D．offered 解析：选 C 这些人给我唱了圣诞颂歌，希望我圣诞节快乐，然后迅速离开了。动词 wish 可以表示祝愿。故 C项正确。 20．A.grateful B．satisfied C．doubtful D．hopeful 解析：选 A 之前作者感觉很孤单，在圣诞节的夜晚独自一人睡在营地里，但是这一群 人的出现让作者重新快乐起来，因为他感觉有人关心他。故 A项 grateful正确。 Ⅱ.短文改错 Dear Sir/Madam， I'm glad to hear that you will organize an adventure trip. I'm interested on adventure and extreme sports so much. When travelling, we will enjoy ourselves and learn everything from the exploration, that attract me very much. But I wonder that if the trip will be exciting and relaxing. Personally, I think it's important that there will an experienced guide in the group, whom will be helpful to us. Beside, how can you make extreme sports like bungee jumping easy accepted and even more attractive? I hope that all the adventure would be interesting, fascinating but meaningful. Yours sincerely， Li Hua 答案：第二句：on→in 第三句：everything→something; that→which 第四句：去掉 that 第五句：第一个 will后加 be; whom→who 第六句：Beside→Besides; easy→easily 第七句：adventure→adventures; but→and Section_Ⅲ Lesson_2_&_Lesson_3_—_Prereading [原文呈现] UNDERwaterWORLD The Best Place to See Sea Creatures Polar World We have polar bears and a real iceberg① too！You can only see a small part of it above the water. It's three times as big② underwater. Watch the acrobatic seals③ at feeding time. Meet our less energetic④ but more friendly penguins⑤. You'll love them! Ocean Floor See some of the most beautiful coral⑥ and the most unusual fish in the world. Watch some fish “flying” through the water. They are less colourful than some other fish but they move beautifully. Sea Theatre See our intelligent⑦ dolphins. There are fantastic shows every⑧ two hours. Discovery⑨Pool Especially for younger children. They can touch crabs⑩ and other smaller creatures. They can be educated⑪ about daily life on the beach in this exciting area. [读文清障] ①iceberg /'aIsbɜːɡ/ n．冰山，浮冰 ②three times as big 是倍数表达法(的省略)。 ③seal /siːl/ n．海豹 ④energetic /ˌenə'dʒetIk/ adj.有活力的 energy n．精力，干劲，能量 ⑤penguin /'peŋɡwIn/ n．企鹅 ⑥coral /'kɒrəl/ n．珊瑚 ⑦intelligent adj.聪明的，有才智的 intelligence n．智力，才智 ⑧every adj.每，每隔……的 every other day＝every two days＝every second day 每隔一天/每两天 every few days 每隔几天 ⑨discovery /dIs'kʌv ri/ n．发现 discover v．发现 ⑩crab /kræb/ n．蟹 ⑪educate /'edjʊkeIt/ vt.教育 educated adj. 受过教育的 education n. 教育 水下世界观赏海洋生物的最佳地点 极地世界 这里有北极熊和一座真正的冰山！你只能看见水上的一小部分冰山。它的水下部分是水 上部分的三倍大。在给海豹喂食时观看表演杂技的海豹。会会我们不爱运动却更加友好的企 鹅。你会爱上它们的！ 海底 看看世界上的一些最美的珊瑚和最奇异的鱼类。看一些鱼“飞翔着”穿过水面。与其他 一些鱼类相比，它们不算绚丽多姿，但它们的游姿很优美。 海洋剧院 看看我们聪明的海豚。每两个小时就有一场精彩的表演。 探索池 这里是专为较小的孩子设计的。他们可以触摸蟹和其他较小的生物。他们可以在这个令 人兴奋的地方学到关于海滩上日常生活的知识。 Virtual Reality⑫ Voyage Our most uptodate⑬ attraction⑭. Come with us on a “virtual reality” trip to the ocean floor and see some of the strangest fish in the world. ·Noisiest Fish. Some fish can produce sounds almost twice as loud as⑮ your speaking voice！ You certainly won't find a noisier fish. ·Prettiest Fish. Some fish attract⑯ other fish with a light on their body — and then eat them！They have a huge mouth and can eat fish as big as⑰ themselves.Watch out⑱！ ·Tiniest Fish. Look carefully for the tiniest fish in the world. It is not as big as a fly in your house! ·Swim with dolphins and face⑲ an attack by the most dangerous creature in the sea — the great white shark⑳！ See these and many more! Special discount○21 before the 22nd so the sooner the better○22 ！ We're open every day from 10：00 till 19：00. ⑫virtual reality 虚拟现实 ⑬uptodate adj.最新的；现代的 out of date 过时的，陈旧的 ⑭attraction /ə'trækʃ n/ n．吸引人的地方 attractive adj. 有吸引力的，引起注意的 ⑮twice as ... as ...……的两倍，是倍数表达法的形式之一。 ⑯attract /ə'trækt/ vt. 吸引 attract one's attention 吸引某人的注意力 ⑰as big as“跟……一样大”，是形容词的原级比较形式。 ⑱watch out 注意 watch out for ... 提防……，密切注意…… ⑲face vt. 面临，面向，面对 be faced with 面临，面对 ⑳shark /ʃɑːk/ n．鲨鱼 ○21 discount /dIs'kaʊnt/ n．折扣，减价 at a discount 打折 ○22 the sooner the better 越早越好 the more ... the more ... 越……就越…… 虚拟现实航行,这是我们最新式的引人入胜之处。来和我们一起进行“虚拟现实”航行 吧，到海底走一走，看一看世界上一些最奇异 的鱼。 ·最吵的鱼。有些鱼能发出几乎是你讲话声音两倍大的声音！你绝不会找到比它们更吵 闹的鱼。 ·最漂亮的鱼。有些鱼用它们身体上的一种光吸引其他的鱼——然后吃掉它们！这些鱼的 嘴巨大无比，可以吃掉和自己体积一样大的鱼。要当心哦！ ·最小的鱼。要仔细寻找世界上最小的鱼。它还不及你家的苍蝇大！, ·和海豚一起游泳， 面对海洋中最危险的生物——大白鲨的攻击！,快来参观吧，还有好多生物呢！22日前特价， 所以越早越好！每天上午 10点开门，晚上 7点关门。 Prereading Please match the words with their proper meanings. 1．pollute A．长度，长 2．chemical B．折扣，减价 3．ban C．(长度、数量)为；测量 4．handle D．吸引 5．department E．教育 6．port F．有活力的 7．present G．发现 8．intelligence H．智力，理解力 9．energetic I．港口，海港 10．discovery J．演示；讲演 11．educate K．禁止 12．attract L．对付 13．discount M．部，系，局，部门 14．trick N．化学物 15．measure O．戏法，把戏 16．length P．使污染 1～5 __________ 6～10 __________ 11～16 __________ 答案：1～5 PNKLM 6～10 IJHFG 11～16 EDBOCA Leadin If you have a ticket for Qingdao Underwater World, which would you like to choose from the following marine livings and give your reasons? I_would_like_to_choose_the_fifth_one_—_dolphins._Because_they_are_very_friendly_and_l ively. Whilereading Scan the text and Choose the best answers according to the text. 1．According to the passage, which one is Right? A．In the Polar World, you can't see the polar bears. B．There are fantastic shows every two hours in Sea Theatre. C．Younger children are not allowed to touch crabs in the Discovery Pool. D．In the Ocean Floor, you can see some fish “flying” on the ground. 2．Where can we see some of the most beautiful coral? A．Sea Theatre. B．Virtual Reality Voyage. C．Ocean Floor. D．Discovery Pool. 答案：1～2 BC Read the text carefully and fill in the chart with the information in the text. Topic: The best place to see sea creatures Polar World ·have polar bears and a 3. real iceberg ·watch the acrobatic seals at 4. feeding time Ocean Floor ·see some of the most beautiful coral and the most 5. unusual fish ·watch some fish “flying” 6. through the water 1. Sea Theatre ·see our 7. intelligent dolphins 2. Discovery Pool ·especially for 8. younger children ·9. touch crabs and other smaller creatures Virtual our most 10. uptodate attraction Reality Voyage Noisiest Fish Some fish can produce sounds almost 11. twice as loud as your speaking voice！ Prettiest Fish Some fish 12. attract other fish with a light on their body — and then eat them！ Tiniest Fish This kind of fish is not as big as a fly in your house！ Ⅰ.阅读理解 A There are eight species of dolphins in Hawaii. The bottlenosed dolphin is the most common type of dolphin. This name came from its longer upper and lower jaws. This dolphin is a very loving and friendly animal. There are cases of dolphins that rescue injured divers in the ocean. In Hawaii, you can experience swimming with dolphins. There are several companies on Oahu and the Big Island that offer a swim with these animals in the wild. These kinds of tours usually are combined with water sports such as snorkel (水下呼吸管) or scuba diving. Dolphins are protected by the Marine Mammal Protection Act and it is against the law to become closer than 50 yards (45 m)to them. But these friendly animals can approach to check you out. You have to consider that if dolphins prefer to keep away, you should not try to swim close to them. If dolphins come close while you are swimming in the ocean, don't attempt to touch them and don't make aggressive or sudden movements. At the Sea Life Park on Oahu, they have special dolphin programs that allow you to swim and hug dolphins, besides, you'll learn about these mammals' habits. The Dolphin Quest program will explain to you why dolphins are considered one of the most intelligent creatures. Swimming with dolphins is one of the most attractive activities if you come to Hawaii. But Hawaii's underwater world is amazing and has many other species to watch：Humpback whales， Green sea turtles，Monk seals and so on. While you get in touch with this underworld，always have in mind the main rule of the ocean respect: Look but don't touch. 语篇解读：本文向读者介绍在夏威夷和海豚一起游泳时需要注意的几点事项。 1．What's the main idea of Paragraph 1? A．Dolphins in Hawaii have longbottle noses. B．Dolphins in Hawaii love friends. C．Dolphins in Hawaii always save the divers. D．Dolphins in Hawaii are explained in brief. 解析：选 D 段落大意题。第一段简单地介绍了夏威夷海域里海豚的情况。 2． According to the Marine Mammal Protection Act, when you swim in the ocean you ________. A．have to follow the dolphins B．must stay close to the dolphins C．should keep a distance from the dolphins D．can't move with the dolphins 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由第三段第一句 “Dolphins are protected ... to them.” 可知，人 们要与海豚保持一定的距离，否则就触犯了法律。 3．If you want to know something about dolphins' life, you can ________. A．travel to the Big Island now and then B．obey the Marine Mammal Protection Act C．turn to the dolphin programs at the Sea Life Park D．live with the dolphins for a long time on Oahu 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由第四段可知，从这些节目中可以了解海豚的生活习性。 4．When travelling around Hawaii's underwater world, you can do all of the following EXCEPT ________. A．swim with dolphins B．have a hug with dolphins C．watch other animals besides dolphins D．touch every animal 解析：选 D 推理判断题。由文章最后一句可知，在夏威夷海底世界有些动物不能触摸。 B The world's stocks of seafood will have collapsed (暴 跌 ) by 2050 at present rates of destruction by fishing, a scientist said. By 2048, to be exact, catches of all the presently fished seafoods will have decreased on average by more than 90 percent since 1950. The study says the loss of biodiversity (生物多样性 ) cuts down the ability of oceans to feed the world's growing human population — expected to rise by 50 percent to nine billion in 2050. Overfishing also destroys the stability of ocean environments largely, reducing the ocean's ability to produce seafood, resist diseases, filter (过滤) pollutants and rebound (回升) from stresses such as climate change. And every species matters when it comes to the ocean's ability to repair itself, says the study. Dr. Boris Worm, of Dalhousie University, Nova Scotia, the lead author, said, “This is what is projected, not predicted, to happen. I am confident we will not go there because we will do something about it. But if this trend continues in this predictable fashion, as it has for the last 50 years, the world's currently fished seafoods will have reached what we define (定义) as collapse by 2048.” “Every year a higher percentage of the currently fished stocks collapse. We are losing it piece by piece.” Prof Callum Roberts, of the University of York, who was not involved in the study, said, “The animals and plants that inhabit the sea are not merely embellishments (装饰) to be wondered at. They are essential to the health of the oceans and wellbeing of human society. We need to ban destructive fishing practices and create a network of largescale marine reserves around not just Britain, but globally.” 语篇解读：本文阐释了过度捕捞给整个海洋环境造成危害，并呼吁在全球范围内禁止过 度捕捞，建立保护网络。 5．According to the passage that all seafood will run out in 2050 will ________. A．make the sea water much fresher and cleaner B．make it impossible to support more people with the seafood C．make the whole animals on land die away D．make the fishermen have more free time to rest 解析：选 B 由第一段中的“The study says the loss of biodiversity (生物多样性) cuts down the ability of oceans to feed the world's growing human population — expected to rise by 50 percent to nine billion in 2050.”可知，过度捕捞造成的生物多样性消失最终将使海洋养活不了 增长的世界人口。 6．What bad result will overfishing bring to us? A．Destroying the stability of ocean environments. B．Largely reducing the ocean's ability to produce fresh water. C．Increasing the ocean's ability to filter pollutants. D．Making the ocean have no more capability to repair itself. 解析：选 A 由第二段中的“Overfishing also destroys the stability of ocean environments largely，reducing the ocean's ability ...”可知过度捕捞会破坏海洋环境的稳定性。 7．What is Dr. Boris Worm's idea about the future of the seafood in the world? A．All seafood will surely run out in 2050. B．The seafood will become more than now in 2050. C．Seafoods will not have collapsed if people try their best to protect the ocean. D． The situation of the seafoods will get much worse than predicted even if people do something about it. 解析：选 C 由第三段中的 “I am confident we will not go there because we will do something about it.”可判断 C项正确。 8．How should we do in order to protect the seafood from running out? A．We should encourage the destructive fishing practices around the world. B．We should regard the animals and plants that inhabit the sea embellishments to be wondered at. C．We should create a network of largerange sea reserves around the whole world. D．We should learn that the animals and plants that inhabit the sea are not necessary to the health of the oceans. 解析：选C 由最后一段最后一句“We need to ban destructive fishing practices and create a network of largescale marine reserves around not just Britain， but globally.”可知，Callum Roberts教授提出了两个解决办法，C项与第二个办法吻合。 C There's a new viral music video on the Internet that's getting millions of people dancing and laughing. Psy is a singer who created Gagnam Style, a music video which featured a catchy tune and interesting dance. The new music video called The Fox (What does the fox say？ ) has recently gone viral. At 123,000,000 views, it may even catch up to Gagnam Style. The video asks the question, “What does the fox say？” It's a good question. And it seems, at least according to the music video, there is no good answer. Actors in the video dress up like the animals they're singing about. One of the brothers dresses up like a fox. There is a surprising and silly dance in the video that takes the viewer a bit offguard. The video's appeal is the song's simple rhythm and catchy chorus (副歌)． The makers of the video never expected the video to do well or even to be taken seriously. In fact, it started out as a joke. The song was written by two brothers from Norway, Vegard and Bard Ylvis ker. The brothers have their own latenight talk show in Norway. They thought the video would be so bad that it would give them something to talk about on their show. On their website, they say the video was “supposed to entertain a few Norwegians for three minutes — and that's all.” But people started loving it. Some people say that once you listen to the delightfully silly song, you want to listen to it again and again. The brothers have been guests on some major North American talk shows. They say they're happy about the success of their video, but they know that tomorrow something else could come along and be even bigger. 语篇解读：本文介绍了最近网络上很流行的一首歌：The Fox。具体说明了这首歌的特点、 创作缘由以及人们对这首歌的喜好程度。 9．What can be learnt about the music video invented by Psy? A．It featured the traditional style of Korean music. B．It was difficult for people to follow. C．It was named after a new virus. D．It could make people relax a lot. 解析：选 D 细节理解题。根据文章第三段最后一句“The video's appeal is the song's simple rhythm and catchy chorus (副歌).”这首歌的节奏很简单，副歌部分很吸引人。再根据 倒数第二段最后一句“Some people say that once you listen to the delightfully silly song，you want to listen to it again and again.”可知有些人一听到这个令人高兴的音乐就会一遍一遍地再 听。说明这首歌让人很放松，人们都想听它。可知，故 D项正确。 10．Which of the following best describes the new music video The Fox? A．It can catch the viewers' heart easily by its amusing tune and dance. B．It features the same story with the music video Gagnam Style. C．It answers the question“What does the fox say？”exactly. D．It has the real animals in the video. 解析：选 A 推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二段最后一句“Some people say that once you listen to the delightfully silly song，you want to listen to it again and again.”可知有些人一听到这 个令人高兴的音乐就会一遍一遍地再听。说明这首歌能够抓住听众的心。故 A项正确。 11．It can be inferred from the passage that nowadays most people ________. A．like to enjoy music with simple and easy style. B．have difficulty in understanding the viral movie music. C．are working hard for the advancement of classic music. D．are tired of many music videos which are popularized through Internet too quickly. 解析：选 A 推理判断题。根据第三段最后一句“The video's appeal is the song's simple rhythm and catchy chorus(副歌)．”可知这首歌的节奏很简单，说明人们很喜欢这种简单容易 的风格的歌。故 A项正确。 12．The underlined word“offguard” in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ________. A．Annoyed. B．Offended. C．Unexpected. D．Relaxed. 解析：选 C 词义猜测题。根据第三段中的“There is a surprising and silly dance in the video that takes the viewer a bit offguard.”前半句中 surprising and silly可知视频中的舞蹈很出 人意料也很愚蠢滑稽，让观众想象不到。所以“offguard”应该与 C项 unexpected词义一致。 Ⅱ.阅读七选五 What Exactly Is Cheating? __1__ For kids, cheating may happen at school, at home, or while playing a sport. If a baseball team is for kids who are 8 or younger, it's cheating for 9yearold to play on the team and hit home run after home run. __2__ Cheating can happen in a lot of different ways. Jeff is doing it by sneaking answers to a test, but it's also cheating to break the rules of a game or contest or to pretend something is yours when it isn't. When people cheat, it's not fair to other people, like the kids who studied for the test or who were the true winners of a game or a contest. Why Kids Cheat? Some kids cheat because they're busy or lazy and they want to get good grades without spending the time studying. __3__ Even when there seems to be a “good reason” for cheating, cheating isn't a good idea. Truth and Consequences. Many kids feel tempted to cheat once in a while. Most resist and do the work instead. Some kids cheat once and feel so bad that they never do it again. __4__ Unfortunately, some kids start cheating and feel like they can't stop. Making a Comeback. There are plenty of reasons why a kid shouldn't cheat, but some kids have already cheated. __5__ Cheating can become a habit, but like other bad habits, a kid can always decide to act better and make better choices. It might help to talk the problem over with a parent, teacher, or counselor. Choosing to play fair and be honest again can help a kid feel relieved and proud. A．How Do People Cheat? B．How to deal with cheat? C．Others get caught and decide it isn't worth it. D．If that's you, it's never too late to stop cheating. E．Other kids might feel like they can't pass the test without cheating. F. There's an old saying that cheaters never win and winners never cheat. G. Cheating is when a person misleads, deceives, or acts dishonestly on purpose. 答案：1～5 GAECD Section_Ⅳ Lesson_2_&_Lesson_3_—_Language_Points 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.ban vt. 禁止 2.handle vt. 对付 3.department n. 部，系，局，部门 4.discount n. 折扣，减价 5.altogether adv. 完全 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.industrial adj. 工 业 的 →industry n．工业 2.agricultural adj.农业的→agriculture n．农业 3.chemical n．化学物→chemistry n．化 学→chemist n．化学家，药剂师 4.present vt.演示；讲演→presentation n．介绍；赠送 5.solution n．解决办法；答案→solve vt.解决，处理 6.pollute vt.使污染→pollution n．污染 7.intelligent adj.有灵性的；聪明的 →intelligence n．智力，理解力 8.energetic adj. 有 活 力 的 →energy n．精力，活力 9.discovery n．发现→discover v．发 现 10.educate vt.教育→education n．教育 1.handle vt.处理 [联想] handle 的原意是“手柄”，引申为“处理” 时，其内涵是管理和操纵。 [词块] ①handle three languages 运用三种语言 ②handle well 操作得很好 ③handle easily 容易操作 2.discount n．折扣 [记法] dis(不)＋count(计算)→不计算在内→打折 [联想] dis前缀单词荟萃 ①disadvantage n．不利因素 ②disorder n．无秩 序 ③discover v．发现 ④dislike n. & v．不喜爱 3.present vt.讲演，演示；授予；赠送；介绍 n. 礼物； 目前 adj. 在场的；目前的 [图片记忆] [串记 ] I'd rather use a chart to present the present situation to the audience present. 我愿意用图表向在场的观众呈现目前的形势。 4.energetic adj. 有活力的 [联想] 归纳tic结尾的形容词 ①romantic adj.浪漫的 ②realistic adj.实事求是的；现实的 ③fantastic adj.极好的 →educational adj.有教育意义的 11.attract vt.吸引→attraction n．吸引 人的地方→attractive adj.诱人的 12.measure vi. & vt.(长度、数量)为； 测量→measurement n．测量；(某物 的)尺寸 13.length n．长度，长→long adj.长的 →lengthen v. (使)变长；延长 5.length n．长度，长 [联想] 度量名词知多少 ①width 宽 ②depth 深 ③height 高 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.make a living 谋生 2．take turns 轮流 3．every two hours 每两小时 4．watch out 注意，小心 5．on the one hand ... on the other hand ... 一方面……另一方面…… 6．in length 在长度方面 1.deal with 处理 2．make notes 做笔记 3．be responsible for 对……负责 4．be interested in 对……感兴趣 5．of high intelligence 智商高的 6．communicate with sb. 与某人交流 7．the sooner the better 越早越好 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.Well, they are animals of high intelligence and they can communicate. 噢，它们是高智商的动物，并 且它们可以交流。 “of＋表示抽象意义的名 词”结构在句中作定语。 People of_different_age have different opinions on the book. 不同年龄的人对这本书有不 同的看法。 2.It's three times as big underwater. 它的水下部分是水上部分的 三倍大。 three times as big 为倍数表达 法。 This tree is three_times_as_tall_as that one. 这棵树是那棵树的三倍高。 3.You certainly won't find a noisier fish. 你绝不会找到(比它们)更吵 闹的鱼。 比较级用在否定句中，表达最 高级之意。 How well Song Zuying sings! I've never_heard_a_better_voice. 宋祖英唱得多好啊！这是我听 到过的最美的歌声。 4.Some fish attract other fish with a light on their body — and then eat them! 有些鱼用它们身体上的一种 光吸引其他的鱼——然后吃 掉它们！ “with＋宾语＋介词短语” 结构在句中作状语。 With_the_children_at_school， we can't take our vacation when we want to. 由于孩子们在上学，所以当我 们想度假时却不能去。 1．(教材 P10)ban vt.禁止 n.禁止，禁令 (1)ban doing sth. 禁止做某事 ban sb.from doing sth. 禁止某人做某事 (2)a ban on sth. 关于……的禁令 ①The government has banned the use of chemical weapons. 政府已经禁止使用化学武器。 ②The government has banned smoking (smoke) on public transport. 政府正在考虑禁止在公交车上吸烟。 ③He was banned from driving for three years. 他被禁驾三年。 ④Most people are for the ban on smoking in public buildings. 多数人赞成在公共场所吸烟的禁令。 2．(教材 P11)solution n．答案；解决办法 a/the solution to sth. ……的解决方法 solve v. 解决；解答 ①What is the solution to the radiation found in the vegetables? 解决蔬菜里发现的放射性物质的办法是什么？ ②It took me an hour to find the solution to the problem. 解决这个问题花了我一个小时。 ③The little boy helped his father to_solve_the_mystery. 小男孩帮他父亲解开了谜团。 [名师点津] solution后接介词 to，表示“……的解决方法”，类似的名词还有 key, answer, entrance, attitude(态度)等。 ④What's your attitude to students using cell phones at school? 你对学生在校使用手机持什么态度？ 3．(教材 P11)They also try to help people to get other kinds of jobs so there are less people trying to make a living from fishing. 他们还尽力帮助人们找到一些其他的工作，这样就会有更少的人再试图靠捕鱼谋生了。 make a living谋生 make a/one's living 谋生 earn a/one's living 谋生 make a ... life 过……的生活 ①She took it for granted that it was easier to make a living in the cities. 她想当然地认为在城市谋生容易些。 ②I wonder how he can make/earn_his/a_living with both his hands missing. 我不知道没有了双手他如何生存。 ③We make a living by what we get, but we make_a_life by what we give. [谚语]我们靠所得来谋生，但靠给予来创造生活。 4．(教材 P11)How will you present your project? 你将如何演示你的计划？ present (1)vt.讲演，演示；授予；赠送；介绍；引见 present sth. to sb. 向某人提交某物 present sb. with sth. ＝present sth. to sb. 给某人颁奖，向某人赠送某物 present sb. to sb. 向某人介绍/引见某人 ①After making careful preparations, I presented the report to the manager. 详细准备之后，我把报告交给了经理。 ②The children presented flowers to the teachers. ＝The children presented the teachers with flowers. 孩子们向老师赠送鲜花。 ③Allow me to present Mr. Brown to you. 请允许我把布朗先生介绍给你。 (2)n.礼物；赠品；现在；目前 at present 现在；目前 for the present 暂时 ④Personally, I think the best present is not necessarily the most expensive one. 就我个人而言，我认为最好的礼物不一定是最昂贵的礼物。 ⑤He is at_present away on his holidays. 目前他去休假了。 (3)adj.在场的，出席的；现在的，目前的 be present at 出席 be absent from 缺席 ⑥Something must be done about the present situation. 关于目前的状况必须采取某种措施。 ⑦People present_at_the_meeting were mostly scientists from different parts of the world. 出席会议的主要是来自世界各地的科学家。 [名师点津] present表示“出席的，在场的”时，常作表语或后置定语；当表示“目前 的”时，常作前置定语。 5．(教材 P12)There are fantastic shows every two hours. 每两个小时就有一场精彩的表演。 every two hours每两小时 (1)every＋序数词＋单数名词，意为“每……，第……”。 ①He comes to see his uncle every third Sunday every month. 他每月第三个星期天来看他的叔叔。 (2)every＋基数词＋复数名词＝every＋序数词＋单数名词，意为“每(多少)”。 ②She waters the flowers every_two_days/every_second_day to keep it grow well. 她每两天给花浇一次水，以便它们长得好。 (3)every other＋单数名词，意思是“每隔一……”。 ③He goes to town every_other_day to buy things. 他每隔一天进一次城买东西。 (4)every few＋复数名词，意思是“每隔几……”。 ④He stopped and turned around every_few_metres. 他每走几米就停下来向四周看一看。 6．(教材 P12)Our most uptodate attraction. (这是)我们最新式的引人入胜之处。 uptodate adj.最新的；现代的 (1)up to date 最新的 out of date 过时的 to date＝up to now/so far 到目前为止(常与现在完成时连用) (2)date back to/date from 追溯到 ①We can get the uptodate information around the world through the Internet. 通过互联网我们可以获得世界各地的最新资讯。 ②Much of the information in that book is_now_out_of_date. 那本书的材料中有许多现在已经过时了。 ③The college dates_back_to medieval times. 这所学院创办于中世纪。 [名师点津] date back to/date from 常用一般现在时，无被动形式；作定语时，常用现在 分词形式。 attraction n. [C]吸引人的地方[U]吸引，吸引力 (1)attract vt. 吸引 (2)attractive adj. 有吸引力的 be attractive to 对……有吸引力 ①The Tower of London is a great attraction to tourists. 伦敦塔对游客有很大的吸引力。 ②The tourist attraction is so attractive that it attracts a great many visitors every year.(attract) 这个旅游胜地如此吸引人，以至于每年都吸引很多的游客。 ③Actually, the three columns are equally attractive to us students. 实际上，这三个栏目对我们学生有同样的吸引力。 7．(教材 P12)Watch out！小心！ watch out for ... 当心/小心 watch over 保护，照看某人 watch it (口)当心 ①Watch out！There is a car coming! 小心，有车！ ②Watch_out_for cars when you cross the road. 过马路时要当心车辆。 ③There must have been an angel watching over me that day. 那天一定是有天使在保佑我。 [名师点津] 英语中表示“当心”的短语还有：be careful, look out等。 8．(教材 P13)Bigger dolphins can measure four metres in length but common dolphins are usually less than two metres long. 大一些的海豚可达 4 米长，但一般的海豚通常不到两米长。 measure vt.测定；测量；评估 vi.(长度、数量)为 n.尺寸；措施 make ... to one's measure 按照某人的尺寸做(衣服等) take measures to do sth. 采取措施做某事 ①The manager measured the importance of the accident and decided to send the worker away. 经理估量了一下事故的重要性，决定把那个工人打发走。 ②My mother made me a pair of trousers to my measure. 我妈妈按照我的尺寸给我做了一条裤子。 ③The government must take measures to_protect (protect) the wild animals. 政府应该采取措施来保护野生动物。 [名师点津] measure表示“某物有……长(宽/高等)”时，为不及物动词，后接表示数量 单位的内容，不用于被动语态和进行时；表示“措施”，常用复数形式。 1．Well, they are animals of high intelligence and they can communicate. 噢，它们是高智商的动物，并且它们可以交流。 句中 of high intelligence 为“of＋(修饰词)＋表示抽象意义的名词”结构，常在句中充当 表语、定语或宾语补足语，指某物/某人属于或具有某种特征、情感、品质等。 (1)有的抽象名词可转化为其同根形容词，如 help, importance, use, value, interest, benefit 等。抽象名词前可以加 much, great, little, some, any, no等表示程度。 ①Theory without practice is of little help. 没有实践的理论是没有什么帮助的。 ②We all think his words of great importance (important)． 我们都认为他的话非常重要。 (2)“of＋名词”结构中的名词还可以是表示度量、种类、形状、颜色等的名词，如 size, length, height, width, colour, weight, age, kind 等。名词前可以加 a, an, the same，表示不同的人 或物的共同特征。 ③The two children are of_the_same_age,_but of_different_heights. 这两个孩子年龄相同，但身高不同。 (3)“of＋名词”结构还可以表示主语的根源关系，此时的名词多是表示亲属、血统、种 族、国籍及出处的名词，常用的有 family, blood, race, origin 等。 ④The Americans are of_almost_all_colours_and_races. 美国人几乎包括各种各样的肤色及种族。 2．Some fish attract other fish with a light on their body— and then eat them! 有些鱼用它们身体上的一种光吸引其他的鱼——然后吃掉它们！ 本句是一个含有 with 的复合结构的并列句，with a light on their body 是 with 的复合结 构，其结构为“with＋n.＋介词短语”，在句中作状语。with的复合结构还有以下几种形式： with＋ 名词/代词＋ 形容词 副词 doing 表示主动、动作正在进行 done 表示被动、动作已经完成 to do 表示动作即将发生 ①With the beautiful moon up in the sky, we sit together and eat moon cakes and fruit, sharing our stories. 美丽的月亮高挂在天空，我们坐在一块吃月饼、吃水果并且分享我们的故事。 ②He is used to sleeping with_the_windows_open. 他习惯于开着窗户睡觉。 ③He left the room with_all_the_lights_on. 灯全亮着他就离开了房间。 ④With their homework finished (finish)，they went home happily. 做完作业，他们高高兴兴地回家了。 ⑤The young woman, with a baby sleeping (sleep) in her arms, was wandering in the street. 那位年轻的妇女，抱着一个熟睡的婴儿，漫步在大街上。 ⑥With so many essays to_write (write), he won't have time to go shopping this morning. 有那么多文章要写，他今天早上没有时间去买东西。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．With so much work to_do (do), I have no time for a holiday. 2．What you said is of no interest to me. 3．This is an temple dating (date) back to the Tang Dynasty. 4．An earthquake measuring (measure) 9.0 struck the northeast coast of the country on March 11,2014. 5．How many people were present at the meeting? 6．No country should be banned from joining the UN. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．How do people here make_a_living? 这里的人们怎么谋生呢？ 2．Sound travels in the water nearly five_times_as_fast_as in the air. 声音在水中的传播速度差不多是在空气中传播速度的五倍。 3．The government department is trying to find_a_solution_to the problem of pollution. 政府部门正在试图找到解决污染问题的方法。 4．She is_watching_over_her_sick_child day and night. 她在日夜照料自己生病的孩子。 5． From 2013 on，my husband and I visited the country every other year/every two years/every second year until my retirement. 从 2013年起直到我退休，我和我的丈夫每隔一年都来这个国家。 6.Shanghai Disneyland Park has been a_great_attraction_to_tourists since it was completed. 上海迪士尼乐园自建成以来一直对游客有很大的吸引力。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．The river is 300 kilometres in length (长度)． 2．Researchers in this field have made some important discoveries (发现)． 3．His son is strong and seems an energetic (有活力) boy. 4．The river that used to be clear is now badly polluted (污染)． 5．Students should be banned (禁止) from riding ebikes in the school yard. 6．He is 5 centimetres (厘米) taller than her. 7．Linda has so little education (教育) that she is unable to get a job. 8．Dolphins are always of great intelligence (智力) so that children like to play with them. 9．The main bedroom，much smaller than other rooms, measures (测量) 15 metres wide. 10．Bright Colors are attractive (吸引) to children. Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．We happen to be of an age，and we all go in for American football. 2．He minds so much about his position in the office that he watches out for any chance to be promoted. 3．I think of life as a good book.The further (far) you get into it, the more it begins to make sense. 4．We were told that the stone figure dating (date) back to the 16th century was of great value. 5．—Why does the lake smell terrible? — Because large quantities of water have_been_polluted (pollute)． 6．It is possible for him to come tomorrow morning. 7．With Christmas coming (come) near, they began to be busy shopping for the holidays. 8．I like this jacket better than that one, but it costs almost three times as much. 9．My grandfather is as energetic (energy) as a young man and hates sitting around doing nothing all day. 10．He works hard to make a better living. Ⅲ.选词填空 every two weeks，ban ... from，present ... to ...，of great value，up to date， take measures to do 1．Many schools try to ban students from using mobile phones. 2．I'd like to present all my books to the library of my old school. 3．This model is the newest and most up_to_date. 4．The book he gave me is of_great_value. 5．It is high time that we should take_measures_to protect endangered animals. 6．He used to visit his parents every_two_weeks,_but he is too busy to call on them now. Ⅳ.课文语法填空 Welcome to Underwater World. You can watch the polar bears, a real iceberg, acrobatic seals and meet more 1.friendly_ (friend) penguins in the “Polar World”. 2.If you go to the “Ocean Floor”， you can see the most beautiful coral and the most unusual fish 3.that appear to “fly” through the water. In the “Sea Theatre”， you can see our 4.intelligent (intelligence) dolphins. There are fantastic shows every two 5.hours (hour). And in the “Discovery Pool”， 6.younger (young) children can touch crabs and other smaller creatures. And on the “Virtual Reality Voyage”， you can enjoy some of the strangest fish in the world. You can see the prettiest fish that use a light on their body 7.to_attract (attraction) other fish, the noisiest fish that can produce sounds almost twice 8.as loud as your speaking voice and the tiniest fish that is smaller 9.than_a fly. Here you can also swim with dolphins and face an attack by the most 10.dangerous (danger) creature in the sea — the great white shark. Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达 去年在我们的家乡建起了一家新工厂。它是旧工厂的三倍大(倍数表达法)。许多人靠在 工厂里工作来生活 (make a living)。令我们遗憾的是，来自工厂的黑烟严重的污染 (pollute) 了空气。在我看来，一方面 (on the one hand) 它给我们带来了巨大的利益，另一方面 (on the other hand)它对环境有不好的影响。总之 (altogether)，我们必须找到好的方法 (solution) 来 解决 (handle) 这一问题。 Last year a new factory was set up in our hometown. It is three times bigger than the old one. Many people make a living by working in the factory. To our regret, the dark smoke from the factory has seriously polluted the air. In my opinion, on the one hand it brings us great profit. On the other hand, it has a bad effect on the environment. Altogether, we must find a good solution to handle the problem. 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.阅读理解 Seated in a convertible (敞篷车) with the top down at 60 miles an hour, Mary looked at the flies that sat on top of Mark's hair. How could they stay there? She wondered. Mary had not seen Mark in years, until the other day when he came into the café where she worked. His appearance was different from when he was in high school. Now, he was a bit fat and thick glasses covered his eyes. However, that didn't change Mary's feelings for him at all. He had just bought a brand new red sports car and asked her if she would like to go for a ride and then have dinner with him. Her heart beat with excitement as he opened the door for her. She noticed something very strange as Mark got into the car and started to drive away. On the hair was a group of flies just sitting there. Mary stared in amazement. It seemed the faster they drove, the more determined the flies were to stick to his hair. Mary remained silent. She leaned forward and turned the radio on, to try to divert her attention away from the flies, but she couldn't help thinking about them. She looked up at Mark, who was completely devoted to what was going on and continued to sing to the music while driving merrily along. Finally, Mark pulled the vehicle over to the side of the road beside a diner and looked in the mirror and said, “Mary, I would like to comb my hair before we get something to eat. Could you reach under the seat and give me my hair cream？” Mary reached under the seat and pulled out a camping backpack, which contained a round jar and started to laugh wildly as she pointed to the label (商标)． “That's not hair cream on your hair, Mark! It says it's Fly Trap Glue！” 语篇解读：本文讲述来了久别重逢的马克和玛丽一起出去吃饭，玛丽发现苍蝇一直黏在 马克的头发上，后来才知道马克错把蝇胶当成了头油。 1．What can we learn from the text? A．Mark had bought a new sports car for Mary. B．Mark used to be a thin，handsome boy. C．Mark and Mary had been in love for years. D．Mary felt strange when she saw the red car. 解析：选 B 推理判断题。根据第二段可知马克只是比以前胖了一点点。根据下文可知 玛丽愿意和他出去吃饭，说明玛丽对他的印象很好。可知以前的马克是一个瘦瘦的帅小伙。 故 B项正确。 2．What does the underlined word “divert” in Paragraph 4 probably mean? A．Replace. B．Absorb. C．Take. D．Recover. 解析：选 C 词义猜测题。根据后半句“but she couldn't help thinking about them”但是她情 不自禁地还是想起他头上的那些苍蝇。说明她打开收音机是想把注意力从苍蝇上转移开。所 以该词意为“转移(某人的)注意力”。故 C项正确。 3．Why did Mary burst into laughter? A．Because Mary played a trick on Mark. B．Because their ride wasn't well prepared. C．Because Mark had prepared a jar of hair cream for her. D．Because Mark had mistaken Fly Trap Glue for hair cream. 解析：选 D 细节理解题。根据文章最后一句“That's not hair cream on your hair，Mark！ It says it's Fly Trap Glue！”可知马克错把蝇胶当成了头油，导致了之前的苍蝇一直留在头发 上。这才是玛丽大笑的原因，故 D项正确。 4．What can be the best title for this passage? A．Stuck on you. B．Unchanged love. C．A hair trick. D．Awonderful ride. 解析：选 A 标题归纳题。本文讲述了久别重逢的马克和玛丽一起出去吃饭，玛丽发现 苍蝇一直黏在马克的头发上，后来才知道马克错把蝇胶当成了头油。所以 A 项“Stuck on you”“粘在你身上”符合文意。 Ⅱ.语法填空 Humans like to live and work in groups. Language is the “cement”(胶合剂) __1__ holds these groups together. Language is part of culture. Culture, in this sense, __2__ (mean) all those customs, skills, and attitudes that are part of the behavior of a __3__ (particularly) group. What you think __4__ what you want in life are all affected by the culture of the group in which you __5__ (raise). Groups of people live in different ways. They may have different skills, organizations, and art forms. Their family life may be completely different from yours. Human beings are inventive animals. They can decide to change their cultures in order to meet various __6__ (situation). Of all living things, human beings are the __7__ (clever). They can choose __8__ (live)in many environments and in a wide variety of ways. Only human beings can choose where and how they want to live and then improve the physical environment to help __9__ (they) realize these choices. Acquiring the wisdom to make wise choices __10__ (be) the lasting challenge of being human. 答案：1.that/which 2.means 3.particular 4.and 5.are raised 6.situations 7.cleverest/most clever 8.to live 9.themselves 10.is Section_Ⅴ Grammar 单元语法项目(一)——定语从句(Ⅱ) 语法图解 探究发现 ①Ancient China was a place where states were often at war with each other. ②But it was also a time when there are many great philosophers. ③Do you know the reason why he has been late? ④For example, it is the country in which silk was first invented. ⑤He is a man of whom China can be proud. [我的发现] (1)①②③句中黑体部分的引导词是关系副词，分别在定语从句中充当地点、时间、原因 状语。 (2)④⑤句中，“介词＋which/whom”引导的定语从句中的介词多与从句的谓语动词搭配 以及具体语境有关。同时，which用于指代物，whom用于指代人。 一、关系副词(when, where, why)引导的定语从句 1．when引导定语从句时，从句的先行词为表示时间的名词，在从句中作时间状语。 I can never forget the day when I first saw you. 我永远不会忘记第一次见到你的日子。 2．where引导定语从句时，从句的先行词为表示地点的名词，在从句中作地点状语。 After living in Paris for fifty years he returned to the small town where he grew up as a child. 在巴黎生活了 50年后，他回到了儿时成长的那个小镇。(先行词是 town) [名师点津] 关系副词where表示“地点的模糊化”。当先行词表示某人/物的 situation， 或某事发展的 stage，或表达某事的某个方面时都可用关系副词where。常见的先行词还有point, case, position, condition等。 The accident has reached to the point where both their parents are to be called in. 事情发展到如此地步，不得不请双方家长来一趟了。 3．why引导定语从句时，从句的先行词通常是 reason, 在从句中作原因状语。 Unsuccessful people can always find reasons why they're not doing well. 不成功的人总能找到自己表现不好的理由。 [名师点津] 先行词是 the reason 时，定语从句的引导词需根据定语从句缺少的成分而 定，如果缺少状语，用 why；如果缺少主语或宾语，则用 that/which。 I don't believe the reason (that/which) he gave me for his being late. 我不相信他给出的迟到的理由。 [即时演练 1] 用适当的关系副词填空 ①(2016·天津高考改编 )We will put off the picnic in the park until next week, when the weather may be better. ②(2015·天津高考改编 )The boss of the company is trying to create an easy atmosphere where his employees enjoy their work. ③(2015·陕西高考改编)As the smallest child of his family，Alex is always longing for the time when he should be able to be independent. ④Students should involve themselves in community activities where they can gain experience for growth. ⑤The village where I was born has grown into a town. ⑥The reason why he resigned is known to us. 二、“介词＋which/whom”引导的定语从句 1．“介词＋关系代词”结构引导定语从句时，关系代词只能用 which (指物) 或 whom (指 人)，即：介词＋which/whom，并且不能省略。 If you have anything on which you want my opinions, feel free to see me. 如果你们有什么事需要征求我的意见的话，随时来找我。 I took a photo of the students, among whom was seated a teacher. 我给这些学生拍了一张照片，他们中间坐着一位老师。 2．“介词＋which”在定语从句中作时间、地点、原因状语时，相当于关系副词 when, where, why。 She still remembers the day on which (＝when) she won the prize. 她仍然记得自己获奖的那一天。 This is the house in which (＝where) I lived two years ago. 这是我两年前住过的房子。 We didn't know the reason for which (＝why) he refused our help. 我们不知道他拒绝我们帮助的原因。 [名师点津] 当定语从句中的谓语动词短语是固定搭配不可分割时，那么该动词短语中 的介词不能前置，如 listen to, look at, look for, look into, depend on, make use of, pay attention to, take care of等。 This is the pen which I'm looking for. 这是我正在找的那支钢笔。 3．介词前有时加名词、数词等，构成“名词/数词/不定代词＋of which/whom”结构， 在定语从句中作主语。 English is a language shared by several diverse cultures, each of which uses it differently. 英语是一种多元文化共享的语言，每一种文化都以不同的方式使用它。 I collected some books， the covers of which (＝whose covers/of which the covers) are yellow with years. 我收藏了一些书，它们的封面因年代久远都变黄了。 [名师点津] “介词＋关系代词(which/whom)”是定语从句重点和难点，因为很多同学 不知道该如何确定关系代词(which/whom)前面的介词。下面介绍一个办法：“一先，二动， 三意义”。 “一先”，即根据先行词来确定介词。 The factory in which I'm working mainly produces computers. 我工作所在的工厂主要生产电脑。 (in which代替 in the factory，在工厂里用介词 in。) “二动”，即根据定语从句中的谓语动词来确定介词。 In the dark street there wasn't a single person to whom she could turn for help. 在漆黑的街道上她没有一个人可以求助。 (to whom代替 to a person；turn to sb.for help向某人求助。) “三意义”，即根据定语从句的意义来确定介词。 In the office I never seem to have time until after 5：30 p．m., by which time many people have gone home. 在办公室里下午 5：30以前我似乎永远没有时间，到那时，许多人已经回家了。 4．“复合介词＋which”引导的定语从句，常用逗号与先行词隔开，而且定语从句常用 倒装语序。 He lived in a big house, in front of which stood a big tall tree. 他住在一幢大房子里，房前有一棵大树。 [名师点津] “介词＋where”和“介词＋which”的用法不同，如： His head soon appeared out of the window，from where he saw nothing but trees. 他的头很快从窗口露出来，从那儿除了树木他什么也看不见。(from where相当于 from out of the window，而不是 from the window) [即时演练 2] 用“介词＋关系代词”填空 ①(2016·江苏高考改编)Many young people, most of_whom were welleducated, headed for remote regions to chase their dreams. ②(2016·浙江高考改编)Scientists have advanced many theories about why human beings cry tears, none of_which has been proved. ③Do you remember the day on_which you joined our club? ④There is a big window through_which I can see the railway station. ⑤This is the man with_whom I just shook hands. ⑥None of us know the reason for_which Tom was absent. Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1. He wrote many children's books, nearly half of which were published in the 1990s. 2. This is the person whom/who/that you are looking for. 3. I am looking forward to the day when my daughter can read this book and know my feelings for her. 4. The book has helped me greatly in my daily communication, especially at work where a good impression is a must. 5. Creating an atmosphere where/in_which employees feel part of a team is a big challenge. Ⅱ.单句写作 1．(2016·全国卷Ⅰ满分作文)This summer I intend to take up a parttime job in a foreign company, through_which_I_would_like_to_broaden_my_horizons (通过此事我能开阔眼界)． 2 ． (2015· 广 东 高 考 读 写 任 务 )Our class also has problems of its own, of_which_the_most_obvious_one_is_the_students'_laziness (其中最明显的一个是学生的懒惰)． 3 ． (2014· 全 国 卷 Ⅱ 满 分 作 文 )First of all, I will have a warm family where_the_members_will_love_each_other_and_care_about_each_other (一个家庭成员彼此相爱 和关心的家)． 4．(2014·广东高考基础写作)With the help of the local media, he has managed to find 32 time twins from 13 countries, of_whom_there_are_17_males_and_15_females (其中 17名男性和 15名 女性)． 5．(2014·安徽高考满分作文)I think the reason why_you__are_always_angry (你生气的原因) may be the high pressure of study. 单元语法项目(二)——形容词和副词的比较级 语法图解 探究发现 ①The earth is fortynine times as large as the moon. ②The earth is fortynine times larger than the moon. ③The earth is fortynine times the size of the moon. ④It's getting brighter and brighter. ⑤The more books I read，the more information I learn. ⑥The book on the table is much more interesting than that on the shelf. ⑦He has never spentmore worrying day. [我的发现] (1)句①②③是倍数的表达法：①倍数＋as＋adj.＋as； ②倍数＋比较级＋than；③倍数＋the＋名词＋of。 (2)句④“比较级＋and＋比较级”表示“越来越……”。 (3)句⑤“the＋比较级，the＋比较级”表示“越……，_越……”。 (4)句⑥比较级前可用 much/even等词修饰。 (5)句⑦否定词与比较级连用表示最高级。 形容词和副词的比较级和最高级是高考必考的语法项目，必须熟练掌握其用法。对于形 容词和副词的比较级和最高级的用法应注意以下具体问题： 一、倍数表达法的三个常用句型 1．...倍数＋as＋形容词/副词原级＋as ... Asia is four times as large as Europe. 亚洲的面积是欧洲的四倍。 2．...倍数＋形容词/副词比较级＋than ... This hall is five times bigger than our classroom. 这个大厅是我们教室的五倍大。 3．...倍数＋the＋性质名词(size/length/height等)＋ of ... The newly broadened square is four times the size of the previous one. 新扩建的广场是未扩建时的四倍大。 [名师点津 ] 英语中用 twice 或 double 表示两倍，三倍或三倍以上用 times，如 three/four ...times。 [即时演练 1] (1)完成句子 ①It's said that the power plant is now twice_as_large_as what it was. 据说现在这个发电厂大小是过去的两倍。 ②This restaurant wasn't half_as_good_as that other restaurant we went to. 这家餐馆还没有我们去过的那家餐馆的一半好呢。 (2)一句多译 我们学校是他们学校的四倍大。 ①Our school is four times as_big_as theirs. ②Our school is three times bigger_than theirs. ③Our school is four times the_size_of theirs. 二、形容词和副词比较级的特殊用法 1．“the＋比较级，the＋比较级”表示“越……， 越……”。 The fatter he becomes，the less confident he will be. 他变得越胖，他就越没有自信。 2．“比较级＋and＋比较级”表示“越来越……”。 Our city is now becoming more and more beautiful. 我们的城市变得越来越漂亮了。 3．“the＋比较级＋of the two＋n.”表示“两者中较……的那个”。 The larger of the two islands is Britain, which lies to the east of Ireland. 两个岛屿中较大的一个是不列颠岛，位于爱尔兰的东面。 4．“否定词＋比较级”结构表示最高级含义。 I have never seen a more interesting book. 我从没看过比这本更有趣的书。 5．“more than＋从句”表示“超出……的范围”。 The beauty of the city is more than I can describe. 我无法描述这座城市的美。 6．“not＋比较级＋than”表示“一方不如另一方”；而“no＋比较级＋than”表示“两 者都不……”。 Tom is not taller than me. 汤姆不如我高。 Tom is no taller than me. 汤姆和我都不高。 [名师点津] 用 much, far, still, even, a lot, a bit, any, rather, a great deal, by far 等修饰形 容词或副词的比较级，表示程度，除 by far外，必须置于形容词或副词比较级的前面。 [即时演练 2] 完成句子 ①This is by_far_the_most_inspiring_movie that I have ever seen. 这是我曾看过的最鼓舞人心的电影了。 ②—How was your recent trip to Sichuan? —I've never had a_more_pleasant_one before. ——你的四川之行怎么样？ ——再好不过了。 ③The noise is more_than_I_can_put_up_with. 这种噪音我忍受不了。 ④The_younger_of_the_two_brothers is a doctor. 两兄弟中较年轻的那个是医生。 ⑤The_more_learned a man is, the_more_modest he usually becomes. 一个人知识越渊博，他通常越谦虚。 ⑥The singer is no_more_popular_than_that_one. 这两位歌手都不受欢迎。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．Our village is three times the size of the village at the foot of the hill. 2．You can't find a better (good) place to live in. 3．It is much more exciting to travel by air than by water. 4．Of the two coats, I'd choose the cheaper (cheap) one to spare some money for a book. 5．The little town has now grown into a modern city, and it is twice (two) as big as what it used to be. 6．—The harder (hard) you study，the more interested you'll be in it. —It surely is. It's two degrees hotter (hot) than yesterday. 7．The pianos in the other shop will be cheaper (cheap), but not as good. 8．The weather here is colder than that of Beijing. Ⅱ.单句写作 1．(2015·广东高考满分作文)The_less_the_teacher_does (老师做得越少), the more the students do and the more they will learn. 2．The beauty of the West Lake is more_than_I_can_describe (我难以描述)． 3．It becomes_colder_and_colder (变得越来越冷) when winter comes. 4．The_taller_of_the_two_boys (两个男孩中较高的那个) is our monitor. 5．The manager earns three_times_as_much_as_I (是我的三倍多)． Section_Ⅵ Lesson_4 [原文呈现] A It may seem strange, but at that moment, when we were on the edge of① the whirlpool, I felt calmer than when we were moving towards it. We went round and round, nearer and nearer to the horrible② edge of the whirlpool. Suddenly, we went over the edge. I thought my life was over. But moment after moment③passed, and I was still safe. The boat was on the inside of the huge whirlpool and we were going round in circles at great speed④. I saw clearly that there were other objects in the whirlpool — trees and barrels⑤. I noticed that the heavier objects went down more quickly than the smaller, lighter ones. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float⑥. I tried to make my brother understand, but he was terrified⑦ and stayed in the heavy boat. Without waiting, I dived into⑧the sea to try and escape⑨. [读文清障] ①on the edge of 在……的边缘 ②horrible /'hɒrIb l/ adj.可怕的；令人厌恶的 ③moment after moment(时间)一点点地 ④at great speed 以高速 at a speed of 以……速度 ⑤barrel /'bærəl/ n．圆桶 ⑥float /fləʊt/ vi.漂，浮 float off 浮起，漂离 ⑦terrified adj.恐惧的，受惊吓的 terrify /'terIfaI/ vt.令人感到恐惧 terrifying adj.可怕的 ⑧dive into 跳入，投入 ⑨escape /I'skeIp/ vi.逃脱，逃跑 A 似乎有点儿奇怪，当我们处在漩涡边缘的时候，我的心情比向它驶近时平静。我们转了 一圈又一圈，离那个可怕的漩涡边缘越来越近。我们猛然间到了边缘。我觉得我的生命就要 完结了。但时间一点点地过去，我还很安全。船进入了巨大的漩涡内部，我们在漩涡里飞速 地旋转着。我清楚地看到，漩涡里还有其他东西——树和木桶。我发现沉重的物体比小而轻 的物体下沉得快。于是我把自己捆在一个木桶上，使我在水上漂浮。我努力使哥哥明白这一 点，但他十分恐惧，呆坐在沉重的木船里。刻不容缓，我潜入海里设法逃生。 B About three years ago，something terrible happened to me. Those six hours of terror⑩ have broken my body and soul⑪ . You think I am a very old man — but I am not. It took less than a single day to change my hair from black to white. One day，my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands，our boat full of fish⑫. All at once⑬，the sky was covered with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in a terrible storm. An enormous⑭ wave covered our boat and my younger brother fell into the sea. Our boat survived⑮， and I was trying to recover⑯ when my elder brother put his mouth close to ⑰ my ear ⑱ ， and screamed ⑲ out the terrifying word “Whirlpool⑳！”With the wind and waves we were going in the direction of○21 the whirlpool，and nothing could save us！,○10 terror /'terə/ n. 恐怖，恐惧 terrorist n．恐怖分子 terrorism n．恐怖主义 ⑪soul /səʊl/ n．灵魂 body and soul 身心 heart and soul 全心全意 ⑫our boat full of fish 是“名词＋形容词”类型的独立主格结构，作状语。 ⑬all at once 突然，忽然 ⑭enormous adj.巨大的，庞大的 ⑮survive /sə'vaIv/ vi.幸存，生存下来 survive sb.by two years 比某人多活两年 ⑯recover /rI'kʌvə/ vi.恢复正常；康复 recover from 从……中恢复 ⑰close to 接近，靠近 ⑱ I was trying to recover when ... 是 be doing ... when ... 句式，意为“正在做……，这 时……”。 ⑲scream /skriːm/ vi.(因恐惧、疼痛、兴奋等)尖声大叫 ⑳whirlpool /'wɜːlpuːl/ n．漩涡 ○21 in the direction of 朝着……方向 B 大约 3年前，我遇上了一件可怕的事。那 6个小时的恐惧情形让我身心俱毁。你认为我 是一个很老的人——其实我不是。就在不到一天的时间里，我的头发由黑变白。一天，我和 我的两个兄弟从岛上归来，船上载满了鱼。突然，天空被乌云笼罩，刹那间，我们就卷入了 可怕的暴风雨中。一个巨浪劈头盖脸地向我们的小船扑来，我弟弟落水了。我们的船保住了。 我正竭力从恐惧中回过神来，就在这时，哥哥把嘴凑到我耳旁，大声说出了那个让人胆战心 惊的词——“漩涡！”。风浪把我们推向了漩涡，什么也救不了我们！ C As you can see，I did escape. I will bring my story quickly to a conclusion○22 . Some time after I left the boat，with my brother in it○23 ， it sank○24 into the bottom of the whirlpool. Soon afterwards，the whirlpool became less violent. Then the sky was clear，the wind calmer and the moon was shining. I was still tied to the barrel and the waves soon carried me to an area where the other fishermen were. In the end，a boat picked me up○25 . I was very tired. The fishermen were my old friends，but they were unable○26 to recognise○27 me. When I told them my story，they did not believe it. Now I have told you， and I cannot expect you to believe me more than the fishermen did. (Adapted from ○28 A Descent into the Maelstrom by Edgar Allan Poe), ○22 bring ... to a conclusion 使……结束 come to/arrive at/reach/draw a conclusion 得出结论 ○23with my brother in it 是 with的复合结构，其构成为“with＋名词＋介词短语”。 ○24 sink /sIŋk/vi.下沉；沉没 ○25 pick up 取，接载 ○26 unable /ʌn'eIb l/adj.不能的，不会的 ○27 recognise /'rekəɡnaIz/vt.辨认出 recognise 是非延续性动词。 know“认识”，是延续性动词。 ○28 adapted from 节选自 adapt /ə'dæpt/ 改编；适应 adopt 采纳，收养 C 如你所见，我的确逃脱了。我的故事即将收尾。我离开船不久，哥哥就随船沉入涡底。 很快，漩涡变得不再那么猛烈。后来，天晴了，风静了，月光在闪烁。我还被捆在木桶上， 浪很快把我带到其他渔夫聚集的地方。最后，一条船把我救了起来。这时我已筋疲力尽了。 那些渔夫是我的老朋友，但他们已经认不出我了。我给他们讲述我的故事时，他们并不相信。 现在我已经把故事告诉了你，我也不能期望你会比那些渔民更相信我。 (摘自埃德加·爱伦·坡的《身陷大漩涡》) True (T) or False (F)． 1. The writer is an old man.__F__ 2．The writer and his brothers were trapped in the whirlpool.__T__ 3．The writer tried his best to tie himself to a barrel to help him float.__T__ 4．The writer and his brothers caught no fish that day.__F__ 5．At last the writer escaped, but his brothers didn't. __T__ 6．Some fishermen jumped into the sea and saved the writer and his brothers. __F__ Read the text carefully and choose the best answers. 1. What did the writer notice while he and his brother were going round and round on the inside of the whirlpool? A．The smaller and lighter objects went down more quickly. B．The heavier objects went down more quickly. C．His boat went down more quickly. D．Trees and barrels went down more quickly. 2．What made the writer's hair change from black to white? A．Medicine. B．Sorrow. C．Something terrible. D．The old age. 3．Who did not save the writer? A．The barrel. B．The writer himself. C．Some fishermen. D．The writer's brother. 4．Which one of the following is TRUE? A. The fishermen didn't recognise the writer because his hair turned all white. B．The writer's brother didn't die because he stayed in the boat. C．The writer didn't die because the fishermen told him to tie a barrel to him. D．The writer had his legs and arms broken in the terrible things. 5. What did the writer mean by the last sentence of the passage? A. He was not sure that the readers would believe him. B．He was sure that the readers would believe him, though the fishermen didn't. C．He was sure that the readers would believe half of his story. D．He expected the readers would believe him rather than the fishermen. 答案：1～5 BCDAA 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1．float vi. 漂，浮 2．leak vi. 渗漏；泄露 3．escape vi. 逃脱，逃跑 1.float vi.漂，浮 [反义] sink下沉；沉没 [词块] ①float along/down 顺流 ②float up 飘上…… 4．soul n. 灵魂 5．scream vi. (因恐惧、疼痛、兴奋等)尖声 大叫 6．Oceania n. 大洋洲 7．sink vi. 下沉；沉没 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1．horrible adj.可怕的；令人厌恶的→horribly adv.可怕地；令人恐惧地→horror n．恐怖 2．terrify vt.令人感到恐惧→terrified adj.恐惧 的，害怕的→terrifying adj.令人恐惧的→terror n．恐怖；可怕的人或事物→terrible adj.糟糕 的 3．survive vi.幸存；生存下来→survival n．幸 存→survivor n．幸存者，生还者 4．recover vi.痊愈，康复→recovery n．恢复， 痊愈 5 ． recognise ( ＝ recognize) vt. 辨 认 出 →recognition n. 认出；承认 6． opposite n．对立的人 (物 )；反义词 →opposition n．对立，意见相反 ③float down 飘下…… ④float on water 在水上飘浮 2．escape vi.逃跑；逃脱 [记法] es(off)＋cape (海角)→离开海角→ 逃跑 [词块] ①escape from 从……中逃脱 ②escape one's attention/notice 逃过某人的注 意；被某人忽略 ③a lucky escape 幸运逃脱 ④an escape of gas 气体泄漏 3．Oceania n．大洋洲 [联想] 由 Oceania想到的 ①Asia 亚洲 ②Europe 欧洲 ③Africa 非洲 ④South America 南美洲 ⑤North America 北美洲 ⑥Antarctica 南极 洲 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.in the end 最后，终于 2．make sense 有意义，讲得通 3．in the direction of 朝……方向 4．bring ... to a conclusion 使……结束 5．pick up 取，接载 6．all at once 突然，忽然 1.tie ... to ... 把……系在…… 2．on the edge of 在……的边缘 3．go down 下降 4．dive into 潜入水中 5．fall into 掉入……中 6．less than 少于 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.One day，my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands, our boat full of fish. 一天，我和我的两个兄弟从岛上归来， 船上载满了鱼。 独 立 主 格 结 构 作 状 语。 Computers_small,_we can use them widely. 电脑虽小，我们却能广泛地利用它们。 2.Our boat survived，and I was trying to recover when my elder brother put his mouth close to my ear ... 我们的船保住了。我正竭力从恐惧中回 过神来，就在这时，哥哥把嘴凑到我耳 旁…… be doing ... when ... “ 正 在……，这 时 ( 突 然)……”。 I was_watching the Sept.3rd military parade when someone knocked at the door. 我正在看 9·3大阅兵，这时有人敲门。 3.As you can see, I did escape. 如你所见，我的确逃脱了。 “do/does /did＋动词 原形”强 调谓语动 词。 Sun Yang did_win a gold medal. 孙杨的确获得了金牌。 1．(教材 P14)I tried to make my brother understand, but he was terrified and stayed in the heavy boat. 我努力使我哥哥明白这一点，但他十分恐惧，呆坐在沉重的木船里。 terrify vt. 令人感到恐惧 (1)terrify sb. into (doing) sth. 恐吓某人做某事 (2)terrifying adj. 吓人的 terrified adj. 恐惧的，害怕的 be terrified of (doing) sth. 对(做某事)感到害怕 be terrified at/with/by ... 被……吓一跳 be terrified that ... 害怕…… (3)terror n. 恐怖，可怕的人或事 terrible adj. 糟糕的 ①The dog's sudden appearance terrified the thief away. 狗的突然出现，把贼吓跑了。 ②The robber terrified her into handing out her money. 劫匪恐吓她交出所有的钱。 ③She was terrified of being killed in an air raid. 她害怕空袭时会被炸死。 [语境串记] I had a terrifying experience which was terrible; as a result, I often feel terrified at the thought of it. It is full of terror. 我有一次可怕的经历，它糟透了。因此一想起我就常常会感到害怕。太恐怖了。 2．(教材 P14)Without waiting, I dived into the sea to try and escape. 刻不容缓，我潜入海里设法逃生。 escape vi. 逃跑；逃脱 vt. 逃避；被遗忘 n. 逃跑，逃脱，逃避 (1)escape from/out of ... 从……逃走 escape n．/doing sth. (常用被动语态)避开…… escape sb. 被某人遗忘 (2)have a narrow escape 九死一生 ①He escaped from prison, but was rearrested by police a month later. 他成功越狱，但一个月后再次被警方逮捕。 ②He escaped punishment/being_punished (punish)． 他逃脱了惩罚。 ③He had_a_narrow_escape during the war. 战争中他九死一生。 3．(教材 P14)All at once, the sky was covered with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in a terrible storm. 突然，天空被乌云笼罩，刹那间，我们就卷入了可怕的暴风雨中。 all at once 突然，忽然(＝suddenly, all of a sudden); 同时，一齐(＝at the same time, all together) at once 立刻，马上 once in a while 偶尔 once upon a time 很久以前 once more＝once again 再一次，又一次 ①We didn't know why the machine stopped all at once. 我们不知为什么机器忽然停了下来。 ②They go out together once_in_a_while but not very often. 他们偶尔一块出去，但不经常。 ③Can you explain it to me once_more? 你能再向我解释一次吗？ 4．(教材 P14)Our boat survived, and I was trying to recover when my elder brother put his mouth close to my ear ... 我们的船保住了。我正竭力从恐惧中回过神来，就在这时，哥哥把嘴凑到我耳旁…… survive vi. 幸存，生存下来 vt. 从……中幸存下来(后接疾病、灾害、事故等名词)； 比……活得久 survive from sth. 从……幸存下来 survive on sth. 依靠……生活 survive sth. 幸免于……，从……中艰难度过 survive sb.(by three years) 比……活得长(三年) ①His doctor says it's a miracle that he survived. 他的医生说他能活下来是个奇迹。 ②Still a few houses have survived from the Tang Dynasty. 仍然有一些房子从唐朝遗留下来。 [名师点津] survive 用作及物动词时，可直接跟“疾病、灾难、事故”等名词，表示 “从……中幸存下来”。 ③He is lucky to survive the massive earthquake in Japan. 他很幸运能够在日本大地震中幸存下来。 5．(教材 P14)With the wind and waves we were going in the direction of the whirlpool, and nothing could save us! 风浪把我们推向了漩涡，什么也救不了我们！ in the direction of 朝着……的方向 in every direction/in all directions 朝四面八方 from the direction of 从……方向来 ①After a week in Dalian we sailed in the direction of Shanghai. 在大连停泊了一个星期后，我们起锚驶向上海。 ②The enemy fled in_every_direction/in_all_directions. 敌军四处逃散。 6．(教材 P15)In the end, a boat picked me up. 最后，一条船把我救了起来。 pick up 取，接载；收听(节目，电台)；(偶然)学会；(身体)好转；收拾；拿起；拾起 写出下列句中 pick up的含义 ①Sally walked onto the platform，picked up a piece of chalk and wrote on the blackboard： “Rule 1. We are family！”拿起 ②My radio can pick up the BBC programmes clearly. 收听 ③I'll pick you up at your home tomorrow. 接载 ④It's surprising that your brother picked up Russian so quickly — he hasn't lived there very long.(偶然)学会 ⑤Business has been very poor but they expect it to pick up again before Christmas.好转 ⑥Children, it's time to pick up and have dinner.收拾 [语境串记] After I picked up a collection of Monkey King stamps on the market, I heard that Lily was waiting for me to pick her up, so I picked up speed. 我在市场廉价买到一套猴王邮票后，得知莉莉在等我去接她，所以我加快了速度。 7．(教材 P15)The fishermen were my old friends, but they were unable to recognise me. 那些渔夫是我的老朋友，但他们已经认不出我了。 recognise (＝recognize) vt. 认出，辨认出；承认，认可 (1)recognise ... by ... 凭借……认出 (2)recognise ... as/to be ... 认为……是…… recognise that ... 认识到…… be recognised as 被公认为…… ①I recognised him as soon as he came in the room. 他一进屋我就认出了他。 ②I recognised her by her red hat. 我凭借她的红帽子认出了她。 ③People in the world recognise Mao Zedong as/to be a great man. 世人认为毛泽东是个伟人。 ④He recognised_that he made a severe mistake. 他认识到自己犯了严重的错误。 1．One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands, our boat full of fish. 一天，我和我的两个兄弟从岛上归来，船上载满了鱼。 (1)本句为简单句，our boat full of fish为独立主格结构，在句中作状语。 (2)独立主格结构不是句子，只是一个修饰成分，在句中作时间、原因、方式、条件和伴 随状语。独立主格结构是由“名词/代词＋分词/不定式/形容词/副词/介词短语”构成，名词/ 代词与这些词之间有主谓或动宾关系。该结构常用逗号与句子的主干部分隔开。 ①Tom looked at the millionpound note, his eyes wide open. 汤姆眼睛睁得大大的，看着这张百万英镑的钞票。 ②The test finished (finish), we began our holiday. 考试结束了，我们开始放假。 ③The teacher came in, a_book_in_his_hand/book_in_hand. 老师进来了，手里拿着一本书。 ④The headmaster came into the room，a group of students following (follow) him. 一群学生跟着校长进了房间。 ⑤So many people to_help (help) him, he is sure to succeed. 这么多人帮他，他一定会成功的。 2．Our boat survived, and I was trying to recover when my elder brother put his mouth close to my ear, and screamed out the terrifying word“Whirlpool！” 我们的船保住了。我正竭力从恐惧中回过神来，就在这时，哥哥把嘴凑到我耳旁，大声 说出了那个让人胆战心惊的词——“漩涡！”。 were trying ... when ... 为“be doing ... when ...”句型，意为“正在做……，这时 (突 然)……”，when为并列连词。 ①I was walking along the street when I heard someone calling my name. 我正在街上走，这时突然听到有人喊我。 when用作并列连词句型归纳： (1)be doing ... when ... 正在做……这时…… (2)had just done ... when ... 刚做完某事这时…… (3)be about to do ... when ... 正要做……这时…… (4)be on the point of doing ... when ... 正要做……这时…… ②The thief was on the point of putting his hand into the lady's handbag when the bus suddenly stopped. 小偷正要把手伸进那位女士的手提袋中，这时公共汽车突然停了。 ③Jim was_watching (watch) a late night film at home when, right in the middle of a thrilling scene, the television went blank. 吉姆正在家里看午夜电影，恰好演到一个惊险场面时，电视没影像了。 ④I was_about_to_give_up_when my father came and encouraged me to keep going. 我正要放弃这时父亲来鼓励我继续努力。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．Weather permitting (permit), we are going to visit you tomorrow. 2．It is necessary to use a shortwave radio to pick up the programmes. 3．The old lady survived his husband by 10 years. 4．It took him a long time to recover from a bad cold. 5．The thunderstorm terrified (terrify) the child and he burst into tears. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．We were_about_to_leave_when it began to rain. 我们正要离开，这时天突然下起雨来。 2．They drove in_the_direction_of_the_station. 他们开车朝车站方向去了。 3．The book is_now_recognised_as_a_classic. 这本书现在是一部公认的经典著作。 4．Only with the greatest of luck did she manage to escape_from_the_rising_flood_waters. 她设法逃离了不断上涨的洪水只是非常侥幸而已。 5．All_at_once，they rushed out together. 突然他们一起跑出去了。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．Lisa didn't change lot.I recognised (认出) her the moment we met again four years later. 2．Water was leaking (渗漏) from a pipe in the bathroom. 3．At the news the children were screaming (尖声大叫) with laughter. 4．A lot of water flowed into the boat and soon it sank (沉没)． 5．Fortunately，he narrowly escaped (逃脱) death in a storm. 6．It took a long time for him to_recover (恢复正常)． 7．I looked up at the clouds floating (漂浮) in the sky. 8．Fortunately he survived (幸存) the Wenchuan earthquake. Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．If you have a job, do devote yourself to it and finally you'll succeed. 2．She is surprised at the recovery (recover) of the missing diamond. 3．Charles often attempts to escape being_fined_ (fine) whenever he breaks traffic regulations. 4．I was walking in the street when the accident happened. 5．The last guest to_arrive (arrive), our party will start. 6．He comes from the direction of south. 7．My room is opposite to his. 8．Alexander tried to get his work recognised (recognise) in the medical circles. Ⅲ.选词填空 in the direction of， all at once， make sense， pick up， dive into， bring ... to a conclusion 1. No one could tell why Mary left all_at_once. 2．The police found that the murderer's car went in_the_direction_of Yunnan. 3．The meeting this evening has lasted for two hours.Let's bring it to_a_conclusion. 4．The children picked_up many sea shells at the seashore. 5．This sentence doesn't make_sense at all. 6．They tried to escape by diving_into a river. Ⅳ.课文语法填空 About three years ago, something terrible happened to me. Those six hours of 1.terror (terrible) have broken my body and soul. One day, my two brothers and I were coming back from the islands. All 2.at once, the sky 3.was_covered (cover) with dark clouds and in less than a minute we were in 4.a terrible storm. It may seem strange, but at that moment, 5.when we were on the edge of the whirlpool, I felt 6.calmer (calm) than when we were moving towards it. I noticed that the heavier objects went down more quickly 7.than the smaller, lighter ones. So I tied myself to a barrel to help me float. And without 8.waiting (wait), I dived into the sea to try and escape. As you can see, I did escape. In the end a boat picked me 9.up. I was very tired. The fishermen were my old friends, but they were unable 10.to_recognise (recognise) me. When I told them the story, they did not believe it. Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达 天气很好(独立主格结构)，我们决定去参观一座追溯到(date back to)宋朝的寺庙。一大早， 我们就朝寺庙的方向(in the direction of)出发(set sail)。当我们到达时，我们了解到这座寺庙经 历(survive)了一场可怕(horrible)的大地震。当我们正在欣赏寺庙的美丽时，突然(all at once) 我们听到一声可怕(terrible)的尖叫声(scream)。一名游客掉到一条很深的河里，我立即把他救 起来(pick up)并设法把他送到医院。尽管我不能好好欣赏一下寺庙，但这对我很有意义(make sense)。 Weather_fine,_we_decided_to_pay_a_visit_to_an_old_temple_dating_back_to_Song_Dynasty. _Early_in_the_morning,_we_set_sail_in_the_direction_of_the_temple._When_we_arrived_there,_ we_learned_that_it_survived_a_horrible_earthquake._When_we_were_enjoying_the_beauty_of_th e_old_temple,_all_at_once_we_heard_a_terrible_scream._A_visitor_fell_into_a_deep_river._I_pic ked_him_up_immediately_and_managed_to_take_him_to_a_local_hospital._Although_I_couldn't_ have_a_good_look_at_the_temple,_it_made_great_sense_to_me. 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.完形填空 All of us go through some difficult times as we approach teenage years. It's the age when we have to deal with the most __1__ in our life. This transition (过渡) from childhood to adulthood is __2__ for some, but rough for others. The most important thing about being a teenager is __3__. When we are teenagers, we would get blamed or even punished for anything wrong we do. It's all not so __4__about being a teenager though. We don't have to have our __5__ take us to somewhere we want to go or we couldn't go before. We can have __6__ with friends or even alone, which we couldn't have because we were too __7__ to know what pleasure is! It's a very enjoyable time of life. During this age, we are old enough to __8__ what is good for us, and make decisions without __9__ others. But like the saying goes, “All good things must come to an end, but all bad things can continue __10__.” During this period, we are having much __11__ for our studies. If we don't pass, we won't get jobs, and things will take a turn for the __12__. With the present world economy in __13__， we have to do really, really well in our __14__ for a job. Adults say that their __15__ is the hardest part of life. But I think the transition from a kid to an adult is much __16__ than being already an adult. What we do in our teenage years will __17__ what we become and how we lead our life in the future. In conclusion, it is quite __18__ that parents put much pressure on an already stressed out teenager. If they realized that, living condition for teenagers would be much better. __19__ for the teens ourselves we should get to know what is best for us. What's more, we should understand the right __20__ of life we choose at this age can make us happy for the rest of our existence. 语篇解读：在从童年到成年的过渡时期，人们需要应对很多困难，在这个阶段所选择的 生活方式会影响我们的一生。 1．A.chances B．changes C．feelings D．expectations 解析：选 B 由下文“This transition(过渡)”可知，在这个阶段我们需要应付生活中最多 的改变(changes)。 2．A.smooth B．practical C．demanding D．necessary 解析：选 A 从童年到成年的过渡，对于有些人来说是很顺利的 (smooth)，但是对于有 些人来说却很艰难。此处用 smooth“顺利的”和后面的 rough相对应。 3．A.knowledge B．independence C．confidence D．responsibility 解析：选 D 根据此空的下一句“当我们成为青少年时， 我们会因犯错受到责备甚至 是惩罚”可知，此处表示“成为青少年最重要的一件事就是责任 (responsibility)”。 knowledge“知识”；independence“独立”；confidence“自信”。 4.A.easy B．strange C．bad D．interesting 解析：选 C 由下文可知，成为青少年并非总是如此糟糕(bad)。 5．A.guides B．partners C．parents D．friends 解析：选 C 根据第 6空后的“with friends or even alone”可知，此处表示“我们不需要父 母(parents)带着我们去我们以前想要去或不能去的地方”。 6．A.fun B．trouble C．relation D．business 解析：选 A 此处表示“我们可以和朋友一起玩，甚至独自去玩”。have fun“玩得开心， 玩得高兴”，符合语境。 7.A.proud B．young C．smart D．mature 解析：选 B 根据语境可知，此处 young“年轻的”正确。proud“自豪的”；smart“聪 明的”；mature“成熟的”。 8．A.predict B．remember C．imagine D．understand 解析：选 D 在这个年龄段，我们已经足够成熟，明白什么对我们好，而且能够不需要 咨询别人就做出决定。understand“理解，明白”，符合语境。 9．A.guiding B．helping C．inviting D．consulting 解析：选 D 根据上题解析可知，consult“咨询，请教”，符合语境。guide“引导，带 领”；help“帮助”；invite“邀请”。 10．A.occasionally B．briefly C．forever D．naturally 解析：选 C 但是正如谚语所说，“一切美好的事物一定会走到尽头，但是所有不好的 事情可能会永远继续。”forever“永远，永久”，符合语境。occasionally“偶尔，间或”； briefly“短暂地”；naturally“自然地”。 11．A.pressure B．passion C．motivation D．panic 解析：选 A 在这个阶段，我们在学业上有很大的压力(pressure)。passion“激情，热情”； motivation“动机”；panic“恐慌，惊慌”。 12．A.better B．worse C．fewer D．more 解析：选 B 如果我们不能通过考试，我们就没有工作，事情就会更糟(worse)。 13．A.decline B．hope C．increase D．debt 解析：选 A 由下文可知，“我们”真的需要在学业上好好表现，为工作做好准备，因 此此处应为世界经济衰退，就业形势不好。decline“衰退，下降”，符合语境。 14．A.contribution B．education C．application D．qualification 解析：选 B 根据上题解析可知，education“教育”，符合语境。contribution“贡献”； application“应用，申请”；qualification“资格，条件”。 15．A.promotion B．work C．experience D．age 解析：选 D 成年人认为他们这个年龄(age)阶段是人生中最难的部分。promotion“促销， 提升”；work“工作”；experience“经验”。 16．A.harder B．happier C．easier D．lighter 解析：选 A 但是“我”认为从小孩到成年人的过渡期比成为一个成年人更加艰难 (harder)。 17．A.reflect B．confirm C．determine D．identify 解析：选 C 在青少年阶段，我们所做的将决定我们将来成为什么样的人，我们未来的 生活如何。determine“决定”，符合语境。reflect“反映，反射”；confirm“确认”；identify“鉴 定，识别”。 18．A.vital B．urgent C．common D．unnecessary 解析：选 D 总之，父母真的没有必要对已经很大压力的青少年施加更多的压力。 unnecessary“没有必要的”，符合语境。vital“至关重要的”；urgent“紧急的，急迫的”； common“共同的，普通的”。 19．A.Or B．Otherwise C．But D．Because 解析：选 C 但是，对于我们青少年而言，我们应该知道什么对我们来说是最好的。此 处和上句之间是转折关系，故用 but。 20．A.experience B．way C．condition D．power 解析：选 B 而且，我们应该理解，这个年龄我们选择正确的生活方式能够使我们的余 生幸福。the right way of life“正确的生活方式”，符合语境。 Ⅱ.语法填空 Charles Babbage was born in 1792 in Britain. He was in poor health in his __1__ (young) so he had to be educated at home. Concerned __2__ his health, his mother was advised that he should not be taught too much. However, the boy showed __3__ early interest in mathematics and worked __4__ (hard) at it than anyone else. Later he __5__ (admit) into Cambridge University. In 1827 he became a professor of mathematics. He worked selflessly, __6__ (devote) a lot of his wealth and energy to computing machines. In 1834 he __7__ (invent) the Analytical Machine which is the prototype (原型) of a Computer. This was a great achievement but Charles Babbage never produced a real computer. Finally in 1871, Charles Babbage, __8__ is remembered as the “grandfather of computing”， died __9__ (peaceful). However, his principles are still those on __10__ modern computers are based. 答案： 1.youth 2.about/for 3.an 4.harder 5.was admitted 6.devoting 7.invented 8.who 9.peacefully 10.which Section_Ⅶ Communication_Workshop,_Culture_Corner_&_Bulletin_Board 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.stadium n． 运动场，体育场 2.debate n. 辩论，争论 3.thunderstorm n. 雷雨 4.wherever conj. 无论哪里 5.shopkeeper n. 店主，店东 6.bay n. 海湾，湾 7.wildlife n. 野生生物 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.disagree vi.不同意→disagreement n．意见不 合 2.manage v．完成(困难的事)，对付，处理； 经营，管理→management n．处理；管理 3.electricity n ． 电 →electric adj. 带 电 的 →electrical adj.和电有关的 4.protection n．保护→protect vt.保护 1.stadium n．运动场，体育场 [联想] 与运动场相关词汇： ①gymnasium 体 育 馆 ， 健 身 房 ②ground 场地 ③field (足球、橄榄球)场地 ④track 跑道 2.debate n．& v．辩论，争论 [同义] ①argue 争论，辩论(企图说服 对方) ②discuss 讨论，商量(交换意见) ③quarrel 争吵，吵架(口角的方式) 3.thunderstorm n．雷雨 [ 记 法 ] thunder( 雷 ) ＋ storm( 暴 风 雨)→thunderstorm n．雷雨 [联想] 类似合成词还有： ①shopkeeper 店主 ②wildlife 野生动 物 ③schoolboy 男生 ④windsurfing 风帆冲 浪 4.bay n．海湾，湾 [联想] 与“海”相关的名词 ①beach 海滩 ②port 海港 ③island 岛 ④shore 海岸 ⑤seaside 海边 ⑥channel (strait) 海峡 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.in addition to 除 ……( 还 有……) 2．up to 多达 1.be located on/in 位于 2．prepare for 为……准备 3．make a list of 列清单 3．on board 在船上(飞机上) 4．rather than 而不是 5．share sth. with sb. 与某人分享 6．break off 中断，折断 7．care for 喜欢，照顾 4．in one's opinion 据某人看来 5．be for 赞成，支持 6．be against 反对 7．far away from land 远离陆地 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.Some of the ships even had earth on board so that the sailors could grow their own crops for food. 有些船上甚至还装有土以便船员们可以 自己种庄稼作为食物。 so that“目的是， 以便”，引导目的 状语从句。 My old father began to study computer at the age of sixty so_that he might keep up with times. 我父亲六十岁时开始学习电 脑，以便跟上时代。 2.When he died in 1435, the stories of his travels made him one of China's most famous sailors. 当他于 1435年去世时，他的旅行故事使 他成为中国最著名的航海家之一。 make＋宾语(名词/ 代词)＋宾语补足 语。 We made_Tom_monitor_of_our_cl ass. 我们选汤姆作我们的班长。 3.Wouldn't it be great if we could put together some pictures and information of sea animals？ if引导的虚拟条件 句。 If_it_weren't_for_your_help,_I would still be homeless. 若不是你帮忙，我现在还是无 家可归。 如果我们能把一些有关海洋动物的图片 和信息收集在一起，这岂不太棒了？ 4.The starfish moves so slowly that it's difficult to tell if it is moving or not. 海星移动如此缓慢以至于很难判断它是 否在动。 so ... that 引导结 果状语从句。 It was so_noisy_that we couldn't hear ourselves speak. (环境)这么嘈杂，以至于我们 都听不到自己说的话。 1．(教材 P16)Read each other's report and see if you agree or disagree with them. 阅读每个人的报告，看一下你同意还是反对他们的意见。 disagree vi.不同意，意见不合；(食物、气候)不适宜 disagree with sb.on/about/over sth. 关于某事与某人意见不一致 disagree with (说法、报道等)不一致；(食物、气候)不适合某人 ①Bill and I often disagree but we're good friends. 比尔和我常闹意见，但我们还是好朋友。 ②I disagree with you about/on/over_this. 在这一点上，我不同意你的意见。 ③The climate here disagrees with me. 这里的气候不适合我。 [名师点津] agree 的固定搭配为 agree with/to/on，但 disagree只有 disagree with。 agree with 同意某人的意见；适合；与……一致 agree to 同意(计划、安排、决定等) agree on 就某事达成一致意见 2．(教材 P17)Prepare for and take part in a debate. 准备参加辩论。 debate n．& vt.& vi.辩论，争论 (1)a debate on/about/over sth. 就……进行讨论 under debate 在讨论中 (2)debate with sb. 与某人讨论 debate whether/how ... 讨论是否/如何…… ①Using food crops to make fuel was a major point of debate. 使用食品稻谷来制造能源仍然是争论的焦点。 ②They debated for over an hour on the merits of the different systems. 他们就几种不同体制的优点辩论了一个多小时。 ③We have been debating whether_to_go_on_vacation. 我们一直在讨论是否去度假。 3．(教材 P18)In addition to the supplies for the long journeys, the ships carried gold, silver, silk, china and other treasures to give as gifts to the rulers of the neighbouring countries. 除漫长旅途所需物质外，船上还装有金银、丝绸、瓷器和其他宝物，作为送给邻国统治 者的礼品。 in addition to除……之外(还有……) ①We'll order some extra corn in addition to our sixty pounds. 除了我们的 60磅以外，我们还将额外订购一些谷物。 ②In addition to English, he knows Japanese. 除英语之外，他还懂日语。 [名师点津] in addition to为介词短语，后接名词或代词，相当于 besides/as well as/apart from；in addition“此外，也”多用作插入语，相当于 besides/what's more。 ③In addition, the course also provides practical experience. 另外，这门功课还提供了实践的机会。 4．(教材 P18)In 28 years travelling, he had managed to share the glory of China with many different countries. 在长达 28年的旅行中，他成功地与其他国家的人们分享了中国的荣耀。 manage v．设法，对付，处理；经营，管理 ①The following advice will help you manage your money. 以下建议将有助于你理财。 ②She managed to_make (make) herself understood in English. 她设法用英语表达清楚了自己的意思。 [辨析比较] manage to do, try to do manage to do 设法完成(某件困难的事)，强调经过努力达到了目的 try to do 尽力去做某事，动作未必成功或不涉及动作结果 选用上述短语填空 ③He tried_to study hard and at last he managed_to be admitted to a key university. 5．(教材 P19)Rather than using muscles to move its hundreds of tiny legs, the starfish uses a hydraulic system to move around or cling to rocks. 海星用水力系统移动或依附在岩石上，而不是用肌肉来移动它数以百计的小腿。 rather than宁愿……而不是……，常用于平行结构中，连连两个并列成分 (1)prefer to do ... rather than do ... ＝would do ... rather than do ... ＝would rather do ... than do ... 宁愿做……而不愿做…… (2)or rather 更确切地说 other than 除了(常用于否定句中) ①The sweater she bought at a discount is beautiful rather than cheap. 与其说她买的这件打折毛衣便宜，不如说它漂亮。 (连接两个形容词) ②I decided to write rather_than_(to) telephone. 我决定写信而不是打电话。(连接两个动词不定式) [语境串记] Or rather, I don't know any French people other than you，so I would rather stay at home than go out. 更确切地说，除了你之外，我不认识别的法国人，因此我更愿意待在家里而不愿出门。 [名师点津] (1)rather than 为并列连词，连接并列成分，后面可以接名词、代词、形容 词、副词、动词或动词不定式等。 (2)rather than连接并列主语时，谓语动词与前面的主语在人称和数上保持一致。 ③Facing up to your problems rather than running (run) away from them is the best approach to working things out. 面对你的问题而不是逃避是解决问题的最好方法。 ④I think Tom, rather than you, is (be) to blame. 我认为该受责备的是汤姆而不是你。 1. Some of the ships even had earth on board so that the sailors could grow their own crops for food. 有些船上甚至还装有土以便船员们可以自己种庄稼作为食物。 (1)本句中 so that 为从属连词，引导目的状语从句，表示“以便；为了”，从句中常使 用 can, could, may, might等情态动词。so that还可以引导结果状语从句，表示“因此；所以”。 从句中一般不用 can和 may等词，主从句间可用逗号隔开。 ①I got up early this morning so that I could catch the early bus. 今天早上我起得很早以便赶上早班车。 ②I got up early this morning, so_that_I_caught the early bus. 今天早上我起得很早，所以赶上了早班车。 (2)so ... that ...引导结果状语从句有以下几种形式： so＋形容词/副词＋that ... so＋形容词＋a/an＋单数可数名词＋that ... so＋many/few＋复数可数名词＋that ... so＋much/little少＋不可数名词＋that ... ③The song Small Apples sounds so_sweet_that I want to listen to it again and again. 歌曲《小苹果》如此优美，以至于我百听不厌。 ④There is so_much_work_to_do_that I won't be able to take off this year. 有太多的工作要做，以至于我今年没有时间度假。 (3)such ...that ...引导结果状语从句有以下几种形式： such＋a/an＋形容词十单数可数名词＋that ... such＋形容词＋复数可数名词＋that ... such＋形容词＋不可数名词＋that ... ⑤It was such_bad_weather_that we had to stay at home all the day. 天气如此差以至于我们不得不一整天都待在家里。 ⑥He told us such_funny_stories_that we all laughed. 他对我们讲了那么些有趣的故事，我们全都哈哈大笑。 2．When he died in 1435, the stories of his travels made him one of China's most famous sailors. 当他于 1435年去世时，他的旅行故事使他成为中国最著名的航海家之一。 本句中使用了 make＋宾语 (n./pron.)＋宾语补足语 (n./do/done/adj.)“使某人 /某 物……”。 ①It was this movie that made him a star. 正是这部电影使他成为明星的。 ②Nothing will make me change (change) my mind. 什么也改变不了我的主意。 ③I had to shout to make myself heard (hear) above the music. 我不得不大声呼喊使我的声音不被淹没在音乐中。 ④The use of computers has made it possible for more people to work from home. 计算机的使用使更多的人在家办公成为可能。 ⑤He was made to_work (work) for twelve hours every day. 他每天被迫工作 12个小时。 [名师点津] (1)make 复合宾语结构中的宾语有时用 it作形式宾语，来代替真正的宾语不 定式、动名词或从句等。 (2)make sb.do sth.中的 do为不带“to”的不定式，但在被动语态中，不定式前面要加“to”。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．The boss disagreed with the manager on/about/over this future plan, so he had to adjust. 2．The tourists managed to_live (live) through the desert, one female hurt. 3．The bill is still under debate, but it's more likely to be vetoed. 4．He makes it easy to understand how computers work. 5．In addition to English, he has to study a second foreign language. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．This is such_an_interesting_book_that we all enjoy reading it. 这本书非常有趣，我们都喜欢看。 2．The pop star sang so_beautifully_that he was asked to sing again and again. 歌星唱得这样好，人们要求他唱了一首又一首。 3．He tried to make_himself_understood. 他尽量使自己的话被别人听明白。 4．He prefers to live in the countryside rather_than_live_a_busy_life in the city. 他宁愿生活在农村也不愿在城里过着忙碌的生活。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 [本课语言点针对练习] Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．We are debating (争论) whether or not to go skiing this winter. 2．Our teacher expressed his views on education (教育) to me at great length. 3．In the light of recent discoveries (发现), it may be necessary to revise our previous theory. 4．I'll make arrangements (安排) for you to be met at the airport. 5．Anyone who disagrees (不同意) with me can tell me your reason. 6．I don't know exactly how we'll manage (完成) it, but we will, somehow. 7．It will produce electricity (电) more cheaply than a nuclear plant. 8．A thin coat gives little protection (保护) against the cold. Ⅱ.选词填空 in addition to， rather than， under debate， on board， so ... that ... 1．I'd like to have a cold drink rather_than coffee. 2．There were 300 passengers on_board when the plane crashed. 3．He worked so hard that he succeeded at last. 4．The question of the third shop is still under_debate. 5．In_addition_to English，my younger sister has to study French. Ⅲ.单句语法填空 1．Bob decided to resign rather than accept (accept) the new rules. 2．They are debating whether to raise the price of school meals. 3．Mrs.Li is very kind and always avoids making you feel (feel) stupid. 4．Although poor, they managed to_buy (buy) a computer for their son. 5．Although they are close friends, they sometimes disagree with each other. 6．She has so much money that she can buy whatever she wants. 7．The Olympic stadium can hold up to 80,000 spectators. 8．It is so wet there that the trees are extremely tall, some measuring (measure) over 90 metres. Ⅳ.串点成篇微表达 昨天在会议上我不同意(disagree)杰克未来的计划。我们对此争论(debate)的很激烈以至 (so ... that)汤姆无法表达自己的想法。 另外(in addition)，汤姆对此已经准备(prepare for)了很 长的时间。他有一个完美的计划。我认为是汤姆而不是(rather than)杰克和我应受到表扬。 I_disagree_with_Jack_on_the_future_plan_at_the_meeting_yesterday._We_debated_so_bitterl y_on_it_that_Tom_couldn't_express_himself._In_addition,_Tom_has_prepared_for_it_for_a_long_ time._Tom_has_a_perfect_idea_about_it._I_think_it_is_Tom_rather_than_Jack_and_I_that_deserv es_to_be_praised._ [本单元语言点温故练习] Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．I don't feel energetic (energy) enough to rush about, so I'll sit down. 2．One of the main attractions (attract) of the job is the high salary. 3．It is said he took the trouble to_gather (gather) the materials for me. 4．This is the room where they lived a week ago. 5．The woman promised the boy she would make a dress to his own measure. 6．Some universities require that all students living in a dormitory sign up for a meal plan. 7．I never thought Clare would make it as a successful actress. 8．They were about to go back home when the accident happened. 9．Can you arrange for us to visit the Industrial Exhibition tomorrow morning? 10．With his leg bleeding (bleed), he made it to a nearby house. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．I have so_little_money_that I cannot afford a car. 我的钱太少，买不起车。 2．I had_just_gone_to_bed_when the telephone rang. 我刚上床睡觉，这时电话响了。 3．Her_glasses_broken,_she couldn't see the words on the blackboard. 由于她的眼镜坏了，她无法看清黑板上的字。 4．The_harder you work, the_more_progress you will make. 你越努力，取得的进步就越大。 5．People present_at_the_meeting were in favor of the plan. 出席会议的人们都赞成这个计划。 6．The reason why_I_don't_trust_him is that he often tells lies. 我不信任他的原因是他常常撒谎。 7．She found_a_wallet_lying_on_the_ground. 她发现一个钱包躺在地上。 8．He was_frightened_to_death when he saw the frightening scene. 当他看到这令人惊恐的一幕时他吓得要死。 9．She has read twice_more_books_than I have. 她读的书是我读的两倍多。 10．He is the boy about_whom_I_was_talking. 他就是那个我在谈论的男孩。 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.语法填空 Once a group of 50 people was attending a seminar. Halfway through his talk, the speaker stopped and decided __1__ (create) a group activity. He went around the hall and gave each person a balloon. Each one was asked to write his or her name on the balloon __2__ (use) a marker pen. Then all the balloons __3__ (collect) and put in another room. The speaker then led the group to the room full of balloons and asked them to find the balloon that had their name __4__ (write) on, within five minutes. Everyone was __5__ (hurried) searching for their name, bumping into each other, pushing each other around. It was chaos. At the end of the five minutes no one could find __6__ (them) own balloon. Now each person was asked to randomly collect __7__ balloon and give it to the person whose name was written on it. Within two minutes everyone __8__ (have) their own balloon. When everyone quieted down, the speaker began to talk, saying that this is exactly what was happening in our __9__(live). Everyone is hurriedly looking for happiness, and not knowing where it is. Our happiness sometimes lies in the happiness of other people. Give them their happiness __10__you will get your own happiness. 答案：1.to create 2.using 3.were collected 4.written 5．hurriedly 6.their 7.a 8.had 9.life/lives 10.and Ⅱ.短文改错 Dear Sir， How are you? As a exchange student, I am writing to tell you I would prefer to move into a single room in next term, as I find it inconvenient to share a room with others. My roommate often held parties at night, made much noise. Besides, his friends are always visiting him, that disturbs me a lot. So I hope to draw your attentions to this problem. If you think in my position, I am sure he will agree that the only solution for me is get a room of my own, one not in the same building but as near to the school campus as possible. I would be gratefully if you could do me favor. Best wishes. Yours sincerely， Li Ming 答案：第二句：第一个 a→an; 去掉 in 第三句：held→holds; made→making 第四句：that→which 第五句：attentions→attention 第六句：he→you; get前加 to 第七句：gratefully→grateful; favor前加 the Ⅲ.书面表达 以下是《健康杂志》就人们日常生活中健康问题所做的调查： 1．工作忙碌，压力过大，缺少锻炼； 2．生活没有规律，熬夜，休息不够； 3．不少人有抽烟、喝酒的习惯。 建议：培养良好的生活习惯，戒烟，戒酒，多运动。 根据以上提示，写一篇 100词左右的英语短文。 参考范文： According to the survey made by Health Magazine, compared with the past, people are in poorer health. One of the main reasons is that people are living a busy life without taking enough exercise and suffer lots of stress. Besides, most of them have to stay up late at night with so little time to rest, making their life become quite irregular. Worse still, a number of these people have got into the habit of smoking and drinking alcohol. To change this situation, one should form a good living habit by doing physical exercise regularly and try to keep away from cigarette and alcohol. Section_Ⅷ (自修课) Writing—_调查报告 一、基本结构 一般来说，写调查报告主要包括以下四个部分： 1．简介——调查报告具有针对性，因此在首段就应明确报告的主题和目的； 2．方法——调查报告具有客观性，因此客观的数据来源必不可少； 3．结果——调查报告具有写实性，因此要描述调查结果； 4．总结——总结全文的主要观点，进一步深化主题。 二、注意事项 1．语言应简明扼要，语气和态度保持客观。 2．结论应与正文照应，归纳、总结要有理可依。 3．提出建议时，应考虑调查报告与读者之间的关系及与建议接收部门的关系，用词方面 要符合交际原则。 三、增分佳句 1．A survey was carried out by an evening post in our city among the citizens on how they spent their last national holidays. 上周，我市的一家晚报对国庆长假期间市民的休闲方式进行了一项调查。 2．It is suggested that we students not overuse their eyes and it's of great help to our eye health to participate in more outdoor activities. 人们建议我们学生不应过度用眼，多参与课外活动对我们的眼睛健康有帮助。 3．The number of people who are opposed to this idea is over 5,000. 反对该观点的人超过 5 000。 4．From the result of the survey we can conclude that English is so important in our society that everyone should try to learn it well. 从调查结果可以得出结论：英语在社会中如此重要所以每个人都应该学好。 5．After the discussion, we all realize the importance of learning English. Thus, we make up our minds to learn English well. 讨论结束后，我们都意识到学习英语的重要性。因此，我们下定决心学好英语。 [题目要求] 昨天，你们对 800名中学生的未来理想职业进行了一次调查，请根据以下表格，写一篇 英语短文： 职业 百分比 原因 老师或医生 40% 能帮助人 演员或歌手 20% 能出名，受人崇拜 做生意 30% 能挣大钱 你想从事什么职业及原因 注意：1.词数 100左右； 2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 第一步：审题构思很关键 一、审题 1．确定体裁：本文是一篇调查报告； 2．确定人称：本文的主要人称应为第一和三人称； 3．确定时态：主要以一般现在时为主。 二、构思 第一部分：点明调查的时间和对象。 第二部分：指出调查结果和原因。 第三部分：表达自己的想法。 第二步：核心词汇想周全 1．do_a_survey 做调查 2．career 职业 3．according_to 根据 4．admire 羡慕 5．make_much_money 挣大钱 6．as_for 至于 7．be_good_at 擅长 8．take_part_in 参加 第三步：由词扩句雏形现 1．昨天，我们对 800名中学生的未来理想职业进行了一次 调查。 Yesterday we_did_a_survey_about_the_future_career among 800 middle school students. 2．他们中 40%的人想当老师或医生。 40%_of_them_want to be teachers or doctors. 3．他们认为老师和医生能帮助别人。 They think teachers_and_doctors_can_help_people. 4．他们中 20%想成为明星像演员或歌手。 20% of them want to be stars like_actors_and_singers. 5．他们认为明星会受人崇拜。 They think stars will_be_admired by others. 6．他们中 30%想自己做生意。 30% of them want_to_do_business by themselves. 7．他们能挣大钱。 They can make_much_money. 8．对于我，我想成为一名运动员。 As_for_me，I want to be an athlete. 第四步：句式升级造亮点 1．用 because把句 2和句 3连成复合句 _40%_of_them_want_to_be_teachers_or_doctors,_because_they_think_teachers_and_doctors _can_help_people. 2．把句 4和句 5改写为含有 who的定语从句 20%_of_them_want_to_be_stars_like_actors_and_singers_who_they_think_will_be_admired _by_others. 3．用 for把句 6和句 7连成复合句 30%_of_them_want_to_do_business_by_themselves,_for_they_think_they_can_make_much_ money. 第五步：过渡衔接联成篇 Yesterday we did a survey about the future career among 800 middle school students. According to the result, 40% of them want to be teachers or doctors, because they think teachers and doctors can help people. 20% of them want to be stars like actors and singers who they think will be admired by others. 30% of them want to do business by themselves, for they think they can make much money. As for me, I want to be an athlete. I am one of the members of our school's basketball team. I am good at it and I hope one day I can get a chance to take part in the Olympic Games. There were once lived some sailors in a village near the sea, who made a living by fishing. Since their ancestors were explorers, they all inherited the spirit of adventure. Because of overfishing and industrial and agricultural pollution from chemicals, there were fewer and fewer fishes in the coastal waters. So they had to travel further in search of more fishes. One day, they set sail for deepsea fishing. Before their journey, they had a debate about where to go. Since Jack was the oldest of them, everything was done according to his instructions. Jack, though in his forties, was intelligent and energetic. He persuaded others to make a voyage of adventure. After a day's voyage, they eventually reached an unknown area they had never been to before. They were trying to recognise where they were. All at once, a man screamed with terror “Watch out! Sharks！” They were surprised to find that they were surrounded by dozens of sharks, each at a length of 5 to 10 metres. What a horrible scene! Everyone felt terrified. Obviously they had got into trouble. Jack began to regret and apologised for his risky decision. But now they must find a solution to handle the sharks. They had no choice but to battle with the sharks because they could hardly escape. A fierce battle began. Everyone took up their weapons to fight against the sharks. With their joint efforts, they finally survived the adventure. 从前，在靠近海边的一个村庄里，住着一些水手，他们以捕鱼为业。由于他们的祖 先是探险家，所以他们都继承了冒险的精神。 由于过度捕捞，以及工农业化学物带来的污染，近海水域的鱼越来越少，所以他们不得 不到更远的地方去寻找更多的鱼。 一天，他们启航去深海捕鱼。旅行前，他们就去哪里捕鱼进行了辩论。由于杰克年龄最 大，大家都依照他的安排。杰克虽然 40多岁了，但他却聪明机智并充满活力。他说服大家进 行一次航海冒险。 经过一天的航行，他们最终到达了一个他们未知的水域。他们正在辨认到了何处。突然， 有人惊恐地大喊：“小心！鲨鱼！” 他们吃惊地发现，他们被数十只鲨鱼包围了，这些鲨鱼每个都有 5到 10米长。多么可 怕的情景啊！大家都非常恐惧。很明显他们已经陷入了麻烦。杰克开始后悔并为自己的冒险 决定道歉。 但现在他们必须找到一个对付鲨鱼的办法。他们除了跟鲨鱼斗争外别无选择，因为他们 很难逃离。 一场激烈的斗争开始了，每个人都拿起了武器与鲨鱼搏斗。在他们的共同努力下，他们 最终在这场冒险中幸存了下来。 第一部分 听力 (满分 30分，限时 20分钟) 第一节(共 5小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 7.5分) 听下面 5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最 佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有 10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和 阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。 1．What time is it now? A．It's 4：30. B．It's 4：50. C．It's 5：10. 2．What does the man think of the fish? A．It is tasty. B．It is spicy. C．It is salty. 3．What is the man going to do? A．Finish his report. B．Borrow a computer. C．Buy a train ticket. 4．Where does the conversation probably take place? A．At a restaurant. B．At the woman's house. C．At a clothes store. 5．What did David do in London? A．He went sightseeing. B．He bought some gold. C．He worked as a delivery man. 第二节(共 15小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 22.5分) 听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的 A、B、C三个 选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个 小题，每小题 5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。 听第 6段材料，回答第 6、7题。 6.Why is the man calling? A．To check the price of renting. B．To book an area for an event. C．To confirm the reservation. 7．When will the man have the outdoor event? A．On Saturday. B．On Sunday. C．On Monday. 听第 7段材料，回答第 8、9题。 8．Why is the woman coming here most probably? A．To visit the new house. B．To have afternoon tea. C．To attend a dinner party. 9．How many people will be absent? A．One. B．Two. C．Three. 听第 8段材料，回答第 10至 12题。 10．How's the weather today? A．It's sunny. B．It's rainy. C．It's cloudy. 11．What are the two speakers going to do? A．Watch a movie. B．Do outdoor sports. C．Go to an exhibition. 12．When will they get there? A．At 8：20. B．At 8：30. C．At 8：50. 听第 9段材料，回答第 13至 16题。 13．Why does the man come to Cambridge? A．To work here. B．To stay with family. C．To study in a school. 14．What does the man dislike about Cambridge? A．The concerts. B．The people. C．The place he lives in. 15．What do we know about the man's apartment? A．It is noisy. B．It is quiet. C．It is big. 16．What does the woman suggest the man do? A．Try some Chinese food. B．Have dinner with his family. C．Go to the parks with her. 听第 10段材料，回答第 17至 20题。 17．Where is the man's new house? A．In the city. B．In the country. C．In the town. 18．Where is the man's work area? A．In the hallway. B．In the living room. C．In the bedroom. 19．What does the man think of cooking? A．Boring. B．Hard. C．Interesting. 20．What is the man going to do this Sunday? A．Hold a housewarming party. B．Buy a bigger fridge. C．Get a washing machine. 答案：1～5 ABCBC 6～10 BACBA 11～15 CAACB 16～20 ABBCA 听力材料 (Text 1) W：When is your piano class over? M：It's over at ten to five. It's only twenty minutes left. W：OK. I'll wait for you outside the school then. (Text 2) W：The fish tastes fresh. Don't you think so? M：Yes. But it's a bit hot to me. W：I think it's just right. M：I'd like light diet. (Text 3) W：May I borrow your computer? I haven't finished my report yet. It's due tomorrow. M：Wait for a minute. I need to buy a train ticket online right now. Then you can use it. (Text 4) W：Come in, Jack. Can I take your coat? M：Sure, thanks. W：You're the first guest to arrive.I'll get you something to drink. M：OK. Should I take off my shoes? W：Whatever you like. (Text 5) W：Where did you go in the summer vacation, David? M：I went to London for a parttime job, but not for a trip. W：So you got the first pot of gold? M：Yeah. I got it by delivering beer to restaurants. (Text 6) W：City of Nutley, Department of Parks and Recreation. M：Yes, this is Mr. Black from Balentine Construction Company. We're organizing an outdoor company event. May I reserve a barbecue area and the big picnic tables at Lake Park for the July 4 holiday weekend? W：It's a bit late to call, isn't it? M：Yes, so sorry. But we're not talking about the Monday holiday, here... it's Saturday we had in mind. We need it all day, really, from 9：00 a．m. until 6：00 p．m. (Text 7) W：It's a nice place. How long have you been living here? M：Just over three weeks. Would you like a drink? W：Sure. What do you have? M：I've got white wine, red wine, green and black tea, orange juice and cola. W：I'll have a cup of black tea, please. So how many people are coming for the party tonight? M：It's just going to be 14 of us tonight. W：Oh, I thought there were going to be 16. Who isn't coming? M：Mark and Eric called to cancel at the last moment. Mark was running late and Eric wasn't feeling well. (Text 8) W：It has rained for two days. It finally clears up. What would you like to do? M： I haven't decided what to do yet. Anyway, staying at home all day watching plays or movies on TV isn't a good way to kill time. Do you have any suggestions? W： I feel like going to the Coal Trade Center. They've got a special exhibition about new sports cars. Why don't you go with me? M：Good idea. I'd love to see that. You see, I'm interested in new sports cars. I'm planning a special study of car engines this term. Maybe I could find some useful information there. W：Fine. M：How much shall we pay to get in? W：It's free. It's 7：50 a．m. now and if we ride there, we'll arrive in half an hour. Why don't you go back to get your bicycle? M：OK, I will. (Text 9) W：Hello, Ken! Are you from Cambridge? M：Well, I'm from Hong Kong, but I live near Cambridge now. I just started a new job here. W：How do you like Cambridge? M：Um ... I like it. There are so many things to do: I like the concerts and the music. And the people are very friendly. W：Yeah, I like all the parks, the stores and the people. There's always something happening. M：Yeah. I like all that, too. But I don't like the place I live. It's a new apartment near Alden Park. I live alone, and it's just a little too quiet. W：Quiet is usually good. M：Yeah, but I don't like to live alone. In Hong Kong I lived in a big apartment with my grandparents, my parents, my sister and brother. It was noisy, but it was home. We ate dinner together and we talked together. I miss them. W：It seems you're a little homesick. I know some good Chinese restaurants around here. I'll write down a few names. You can try them. M：Sure, thanks.Sounds good. (Text 10) M： I moved into a new house last week. It's on the side of a mountain. At the back of my house there are rice fields. There's a house next door to mine and it has a barking dog. Luckily, I like dogs and this dog loves me. He welcomes me home every day, which makes me feel good. The house is not big, with one story. When you go in the door there is a hallway for taking off shoes and coat. Then you are in a bright living room. There is what I call a work area. It's where I have my computer and some books and research stuff. The kitchen is large. I have everything because I enjoy cooking. It relaxes me after a hard day at work. I'm thinking of buying a new bigger fridge because my fridge is too small, and because it's in the country I can't do shopping as often. By the time I get out of work, most of the shops around here are closed. The shower room and the bathroom are separated. There is a washing machine in my bathroom. I can't live without it. I'm having a housewarming party this Sunday. Welcome to join it! 第二部分 阅读理解 (满分 40分，限时 35分钟) 第一节(共 15小题； 每小题 2分，满分 30分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和 D)中，选出最佳选项。 A Dear Mom and dad， Camp is great! I have met a lot of new friends. Jim is from California, Eric is from Iowa, and Tony is from Missouri. We have a great time together, swimming, boating, hiking, and playing tricks on other campers! Every night, we go to another tent secretly and try to scare other campers by making scary noises. It's so funny to see them run out screaming! Now, don't worry, Mom. I'm not going to get cough like I did last year. One thing that is different from last year is how many bugs (昆虫) there are! I have at least 100 mosquito bites and about 25 ant bites. Every time I go outside, horseflies chase me, too! Other than all these bugs, I'm having the best time! Love， Tyler Dear Tyler， Are you sure you are okay? All of those bugs sound awful! Have you used all of the “ItchBeGone” cream I got you? How about the “Ants'k Awful” lotions (护肤液 ) for the ant bites? You and your aunt Ethel have always seemed to attract those nasty fire ants. Now Tyler, I am very happy that you have met some new friends and that you are having fun together. However, you MUST stop trying to scare other campers. Remember, honey, some campers may be scared easily. I want you to apologise for any anxiety you may have caused them and start being the nice, polite boy that I know you are. Do you hear me, Tyler? Please be careful. I want you to come here safely. Love， Mom 语篇解读：第一篇小文章是孩子在外出远足期间，写给父母的信。根据孩子信中所说的 问题，在第二封信中母亲给孩子正确的引导。 21．Why did Tyler write the letter to his parents? A．To describe his interesting camp experiences. B．To express his regret about scaring others. C．To ask his parents for advice about camping. D．To tell his parents about his sufferings at camp. 解析：选 A 细节理解题。通过第一封信中孩子的描述，可以看出他是给父母描述了远 足的情况。 22．The underlined word “chase” in the first letter probably means “________”． A．fly away B．get rid of C．put up with D．run after 解析：选 D 词义猜测题。由第二段可以看出，孩子在 外碰到的问题之一就是：总是 有昆虫、蚊子和苍蝇咬他，因此，在他每次外出时，都会有 horseflies追逐他。 23．Tyler's mother advises him to ________. A．buy more lotion for the bites B．return with a few friends C．avoid scaring other campers D．turn to the police when in trouble 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由第二封妈妈的回信中第二段中的“you MUST stop trying to scare other campers”可知，妈妈让他不要吓唬别人。 B Far from the land of Antarctica, a huge shelf of ice meets the ocean. At the underside of the shelf there lives a small fish, the Antarctic cod. For forty years scientists have been curious about that fish. How does it live where most fish would freeze to death? It must have some secret. The Antarctic is not a comfortable place to work and research has been slow. Now it seems we have an answer. Research was begun by cutting holes in the ice and catching the fish. Scientists studied the fish's blood and measured its freezing point. The fish were taken from seawater that had a temperature of －1.88℃ and many tiny pieces of ice floating in it. The blood of the fish did not begin to freeze until its temperature was lowered to －2.05℃. That small difference is enough for the fish to live at the freezing temperature of the icesalt mixture. The scientists' next research job was clear: Find out what in the fish's blood kept it from freezing. Their search led to some really strange things made up of a protein (蛋白质 ) never before seen in the blood of a fish. When it was removed, the blood froze at seawater temperature. When it was put back, the blood again had its antifreeze quality and a lowered freezing point. Study showed that it is an unusual kind of protein. It has many small sugar molecules (分子) held in special positions within each big protein molecule. Because of its sugar content, it is called a glycoprotein. So it has come to be called the antifreeze fish glycoprotein or AFGP. 语篇解读：本文主要讲述了对一种能够生活在南极冰冷海洋中的鱼的研究。 24．What is the text mainly about? A．The terrible conditions in the Antarctic. B．A special fish living in freezing waters. C．The ice shelf around Antarctica. D．Protection of the Antarctic cod. 解析：选 B 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了对一种能够生活在南极冰冷的海水中的鱼的 研究，因此 B项是文章的中心意思。 25．Why can the Antarctic cod live at the freezing temperature? A．The seawater has a temperature of －1.88℃. B．It loves to live in the icesalt mixture. C．A special protein keeps it from freezing. D．Its blood has a temperature lower than －2.05℃. 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据文中第五段的说明可以 知道：正是这种特殊的蛋白 质使得这种鱼在南极海水中生活而不至于被冰冻。 26．What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 5 refer to? A．A type of icesalt mixture. B．A newly found protein. C．Fish blood. D．Sugar molecule. 解析：选 B 代词指代题。根据文中的叙述可以判断出该物质就是帮助这种鱼生活在南 极海水中的神奇的蛋白质。 27．What does“glyco” in the underlined word “glycoprotein” in the last paragraph mean? A．sugar B．ice C．blood D．molecule 解析：选 A 词义猜测题。根据“Because of its sugar content, it is called a glycoprotein.”这 句话可以推断出前缀“glyco”应该和 sugar有关。 C “The noise made by boats of whale watching tourists may be causing communication problems for the animals，” British researchers said last week. Whale watching is a popular tourist activity in places where groups of killer whales (虎鲸 ) live. Every day, dozens of boats filled with tourists go to watch the beautiful animals. Unfortunately, the engines of the boats make a lot of noise, and that may be causing problems for the whales, according to a report in the US science magazine Nature. The whales travel in groups, and communicate with each other through sonic (声波的) calls that some scientists refer to as singing. The sounds of the boat engines may be creating too much background noise for the whales to be able to hear each other. The researchers listened to recordings of whale calls made between 15 and 25 years ago, before whale watching became popular. These were compared to more recent recordings. They found that the animals have started to sing for longer than they used to, like a person shouting to a friend across a noisy room. It is believed that the whales are trying to communicate hunting or breeding information. Scientists said that, if this is prevented, the future of the world's whale population could be in danger. “Animals become slow in mind and repeat themselves in noisy areas，” said Volker Deecke, a Canadian biologist. “They have to say things twice or three times in order to be understood.” The killer whales studied were living off the coast of northwestern America. The number of killer whales in this area has been falling for several years, but scientists are not sure why. 语篇解读：本文讲述了观鲸船所产生的噪音给虎鲸之间的信息交流造成了麻烦。 28．What does the underlined word “breeding” in Paragraph 6 mean? A．Singing to others. B．Producing young. C．Caring about the old. D．Hunting for food. 解析：选 B 词义猜测题。由第六段第二句可知，科学家说如果这件事情被阻止的话， 世界上鲸的数量将会处于危险中，因此推断 breeding指的是“繁殖”。 29．The passage mainly tells us ________. A．the problems of whale watching B．how killer whales communicate with each other C．the reduced population of killer whales caused by whale watching D．hearing problems of the killer whales caused by whale watching 解析：选 D 主旨大意题。文章讲述了观鲸船所产生的噪音给虎鲸之间的信息交流造成 了麻烦。 30．Now in a noisy background，the killer whales have to ________. A．sing in a louder voice B．sing longer C．travel in smaller groups D．get nearer to each other 解析：选 B 细节理解题。由第五段可知，因为受噪音干扰，现在虎鲸“唱”的时间比 原来长。 31．From the passage, we can feel that the author is ________. A．angry B．hopeful C．worried D．disappointed 解析：选 C 推理判断题。文章介绍观鲸船所产生的噪音给虎鲸之间的信息交流造成了 麻烦，而且虎鲸数量在下降，科学家也不明白其中原因，因此显然作者对此感到“担忧”。 D ◆Open Monday to Saturday 10：00 to 17：00 and Sunday 12：00 to 17：00. Last admissions at 16：30 each day. ◆Personal Admission: Adults,5; Senior/Student,4. ◆Group Admission (Ten or more): Adults ￡ 4.5 per person; Students/Seniors 3.50 per person. ◆Payment for groups must be made together. Welcome to the James Joyce Centre The James Joyce Centre is to promote an understanding of the life and works of James Joyce. In doing so, the Centre tries to work with institutions to celebrate Ireland's rich cultural heritage (遗 产 ). The James Joyce Centre provides the casual visitor with a rewarding and memorable experience. The Centre's home is a restored 18th century townhouse in the north of Dublin, the city of Joyce's birth and the setting for all his works. From this central place in Joyce's heartland, the Centre aims to develop an appreciation of this most remarkable and significant literary figure of the 20th century. No.35 North Great George's Street was built in 1784 and decorated with fine plasterwork (灰 泥 ) by Michael Stapleton. The house was restored in the 1980s and opened as the James Joyce Centre in 1996, run by members of Joyce's sister's family. The Kenmare Room is used for lectures and has a small show of reproductions of Joyce family pictures. In addition, this room provides details of Joyce's life and times, a reading table where visitors can sit and read works by and about Joyce, and a show of some of the many translations of Joyce's works. Exhibitions The centre's permanent and temporary exhibitions show various aspects of Joyce's life and works. Through shows and three films, you may dig into the novel about its historical background and learn more about Joyce's life. The Centre also hosts International Joyce, an exhibition that provides a wonderful introduction to the life and works of James Joyce. Walking Tours Our walking tours are available every Saturday at 11 am and 2 pm, and by advanced booking on Tuesdays and Thursdays at 11 am and 2 pm (with at least four people). Adult 10; Senior/Student 8. For bookings, contact info@ jamesoyce. ie. We look forward to your visit. 语篇解读：本文是一篇应用文体——广告。短文介绍了文化旅游圣地——James Joyce Centre的历史、概况及其独特的参观价值。 32．According to the text，the James Joyce Centre ________. A．has a history of about 230 years B．is run by Dublin's government C．is on the North Great George's Street D．has been well protected since its construction 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据“a restored 18th century townhouse in the north of Dublin” 可排除 A项，由“run by member of Joyce's sister's family”可排除 B项，而由“was restored in the 1980s”可将 D项排除。故答案为 C。 33．If you visit the James Joyce Centre with nine other students, you must pay ________. A．40 B．50 C．45 D．35 解析：选 D 细节理解题。根据“Group admission (Ten or more): ... Students/Seniors 3.50 per person.”一句可知，十人或以上的学生团体票价是每人 3.5英镑。故答案为 D。 34．It can be inferred from the text that in the James Joyce Centre, you can ________. A．see some movies about James Joyce B．listen to James Joyce's lectures C．learn every event of James Joyce's times D．have the walking tours by yourself 解析：选 A 推理判断题。根据 Exhibitions一段中的“Through shows and three films, you may dig into the novel ...”可以推断 A项为正确答案。 35．What is the main purpose of the text? A．To comment on the James Joyce Centre. B．To tell the history of the James Joyce Centre. C．To briefly introduce the James Joyce Centre. D．To attract potential tourists to the James Joyce Centre. 解析：选 D 文章意图题。由全文对 James Joyce Center 的历史特色的评论和介绍及文 末“We look forward to your visit.”一句可知，其最终目的显然是吸引游客来此参观。 第二节(共 5小题；每小题 2分，满分 10分) 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余 选项。 Cell Phones: Hang Up or Keep Talking Millions of people are using cell phones today. In many places, it is actually considered unusual not to use one. __36__ They find that the phones are more than a means of communication — having mobile phone shows that they are cool and connected. The explosions around the world in mobile phone use make some health professionals worried. Some doctors are concerned that in the future many people may suffer health problems from the use of mobile phones. Mobile phone companies are worried about the negative publicity (负面报 道) of such ideas. __37__ On the other hand, signs of change in the issues of the brain and head can be detected with modern scanning equipment. In one case, a traveling salesman had to retire at a young age because of serious memory loss. __38__ This man used to talk on his mobile phone for about six hours a day, every day of his working week, for a couple of years. __39__ The answer is radiation(辐射). Hightech machines can detect very small amounts of radiation from mobile phones. Mobile phone companies agree that there is some radiation, but they say the amount is too small to worry about. As the discussion about the safety continues, it appears that it's best to use mobile phones less often. __40__ Use your mobile phone only when you really need it. In the future, mobile phones may have a warning label that says they are bad for your health. So for now, it's wise not to use your mobile phone too often. A．They will possibly affect their benefits. B．In many countries, cell phones are very popular with young people. C．What do the doctors worry about? D．What is it that makes mobile phones potentially harmful? E．They say that there is no proof that mobile phones are bad for your health. F．He couldn't remember even simple tasks. G．Use your regular phone if you want to talk for a long time. 答案：36～40 BEFDG 第三部分 英语知识运用 (满分 45分，限时 30分钟) 第一节：完形填空(共 20小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 30分) 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和 D)中，选出可以填入空白处 的最佳选项。 I once had a teacher whose husband died suddenly of heart attack. About a week after his death, she __41__ some of her thoughts with a classroom of students. As the late afternoon sunlight shone __42__ the classroom windows, and when the class was nearly over, she __43__ a few things aside on the edge of her desk and sat down. With a __44__ look on her face, she paused and said, “__45__ class is over, I'd like to share with all of you a deep __46__ which I feel is very important. Each of us is put here on __47__ to learn, share, love, appreciate and give of ourselves. __48__ of us knows when this fantastic experience will __49__. It can be taken away at any moment. Perhaps this is the God's __50__ of telling us that we must make the __51__ of every single day.” Her eyes were beginning to __52__， but she went on,“So I would like you all to make me a __53__： From now on, on your way to school, or on your way home, find something beautiful to __54__. It doesn't have to be something you see. It could be a __55__ of freshly baked bread floating out of someone's house, or it could be the sound of the soft __56__ rustling (使发出沙沙 声) the leaves in the trees. Please look for these things, and __57__ them, for at anytime they can all be taken away.” The class was completely __58__. We all picked up our books and went out of the room silently. That __59__， I observed many more beautiful things on my way home from school than usual. Remember: Life is not __60__ by the number of breaths we take, but by the moments that take our breath away. 语篇解读：作者讲述了自己的一个老师的故事。当心脏病夺去了她丈夫的生命时，她将 自己的感受告诉她的学生，告诉大家要好好享受每一刻，因为这一切随时都有可能会失去。 41．A.learned B．shared C．argued D．discussed 解析：选 B 与后面的 with 构成搭配，即 share sth. with sb.，表示“和某人分享某物”。 此处意为老师将自己的一些想法和同学们分享。 42．A.onto B．into C．across D．through 解析：选 D through指阳光透过窗户射进来。 43．A.moved B．brushed C．swept D．pulled 解析：选 A move ... aside指老师将桌子上的东西挪到一边。brush aside“刷掉，擦掉”； sweep aside“堆到一边，不予理会”；pull aside“把……拉向一边”。 44．A.surprised B．worried C．gentle D．strange 解析：选 C surprised“惊讶的”；worried“担心的”；gentle“温和的”；strange“奇 怪的”。只有 C项符合语境，即她脸上带着温和的表情。 45．A.After B．Unless C．Before D．If 解析：选 C 根据第一段最后一句话中的“when the class was nearly over”可知，这时候还 没有下课，因此本题选 C项。 46．A.feeling B．understanding C．love D．memory 解析：选 B understanding 指“理解，认识”。根据文章内容可知，老师这里是和学生 分享自己对人生的认识，因此只有 understanding符合语境。 47．A.business B．time C．duty D．earth 解析：选 D 我们每个人被带到世界上。 48．A.None B．All C．Each D．Neither 解析：选 A 根据下文内容可知，此处意为：没有人知道什么时候这些美好的经历(上句 所说的 learn，share, love 等)会结束。因此本题答案是 A项。 49．A.happen B．begin C．end D．gain 解析：选 C 根据上题解析可知答案。end指“结束”。 50．A.way B．signal C．plan D．arrangement 解析：选 A the way of意为“……的方式”。上帝用这种方式告诉我们必须好好地利用 每一天。 51．A.least B．worst C．lowest D．most 解析：选 D make the most of是固定词组，意思是“充分利用”。根据后文内容可知， 老师是想告诉大家要好好享受每一天。 52．A.ache B．water C．shine D．dry 解析：选 B water在这里是动词，意为“(眼睛)充满眼泪”。根据全文内容可知，老师 说这番话是因为她突然失去了自己的丈夫，因此选 B项符合语境。 53．A.promise B．choice C．wish D．rule 解析：选 A 老师要求所有学生答应她好好生活，积极地去发现生活中的美好。其他几 个词显然不符合语境。 54．A.buy B．enjoy C．take D．learn 解析：选 B 要学会随时随地享受生活中的美好事物。 55．A.smell B．gift C．taste D．sight 解析：选 A 从别人家里飘出的烤面包的味道。 56．A.wind B．hand C．light D．color 解析：选 A 风吹树叶的沙沙声。 57．A.get B．appreciate C．hide D．follow 解析：选 B appreciate表示“欣赏”，即欣赏生活中美好的事物。 58．A.puzzled B．excited C．quiet D．anxious 解析：选 C 根据上下文语境可知，听了老师的话后，所有学生都若有所思，沉默不语。 59．A.morning B．night C．noon D．afternoon 解析：选 D 根据第一段中的“the late afternoon”再结合此处语境可知，故事发生的时间 是下午。 60．A.wasted B．measured C．saved D．lost 解析：选 B 生活不是用我们呼吸的次数来衡量的…… 第二节(共 10小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 15分) 阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。 One Saturday morning in September I __61__ (go) to a local music festival. I left it early __62__ I had an appointment later that day. My friends walked me to the bus stop and waited with __63__ (I) until the bus arrived. I got on the bus and found a seat near the back, and then I noticed a man __64__ (sit) at the front. He pretended that a tiger toy was real and giving it a voice. He must be __65__ (mental) disabled. Behind him __66__ (be) other people to whom he was trying to talk, but after some __67__ (minute) he walked away and sat near me, looking annoyed. I didn't want __68__ (laugh) at for talking to him but I didn't like leaving him on his own either. After a while I rose from my seat and walked to the front of the bus. I sat next __69__ the man and introduced myself. We had __70__ amazing conversation. He got off the bus before me and I felt very happy the rest of the way home. I'm glad I made the choice. It made both of us feel good. 语篇解读：本文属于记叙文，讲述了我在公交车上和一个表现奇怪的人交流的故事，我 很高兴能够让对方感觉开心。 61．went 本文全文都使用了一般过去时，同时根据本句的时间状语“One Saturday morning in September”，这是一个一般过去时的时间状语，所以本句谓语动词使用过去式went。 62．because 句意：我很早就离开了，因为那天的晚些时候我和别人有一个约会。根据 句意可知上下文之间是因果关系，所以使用 because引导原因状语从句。 63．me 句意：我的朋友和我一起走到公交车站并和我一起等到公交车来。根据句意可 知我的朋友和我一起在等待。所以使用 me作 with的宾语。 64．sitting 本句中动词 notice的宾语是 a man，该宾语和动词 sit构成主动关系，所以 使用现在分词短语在句中作宾语补足语，对宾语进行补充说明。 65．mentally 本句中使用副词 mentally作状语修饰形容词 disabled。 66．were 本句是一个全部倒装句，真正的主语是空格线后面的名词 other people，这是 一个复数名词，作主语的时候谓语动词使用复数形式，而本文又是一般过去时的时态，故 were 正确。 67．minutes 名词 minute是一个可数名词，前面有 some修饰，说明要使用复数形式。 68．to be laughed 动词短语 want to do sth.想要做某事；句意：我不想因为和他说话而 被嘲笑。 所以使用动词不定式的被动语态 to be laughed。 69．to 固定短语 next to ... 在……旁边；我坐在他的旁边，做了自我介绍。 70．an 空格线后面的名词 conversation对话，这是一个可数名词，前面有形容词 amazing 修饰，所以使用 an修饰，表示泛指。 第四部分 写作 (满分 35分，限时 35分钟) 第一节：短文改错(共 10小题；每小题 1分，满分 10分) 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共 有 10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词； 2.只允许修改 10处，多者(从第 11处起)不计分。 My classmate Liu Hui looks tired this week. This morning, I asked him if he had trouble in fall asleep. He said no and explained how he looked tired. “I want to do well on my studies, so I have been stayed up these days，” he said. Hearing that, I became worrying. “Staying up may not help you at all. If you want to study well, you should have had a good sleep every night，” I said, though he disagreed with me. He believed that if he studied for two more hour every night, he would catch up others. I said nothing more but I'm sure he will realize what I told them is true one day. 答案：第二句：fall→falling 第三句：how→why 第四句：on→in; stayed→staying 第五句：worrying→worried 第七句：去掉 had 第八句：though→but 第九句：hour→hours; up后加 with 第十句：them→him 第二节：书面表达(满分 25分) 受某英文报委托，你最近对高中生的英语阅读兴趣做了一次调查。请根据以下信息，用 英语为该报写一篇 100词左右的短文。 调查内容：在新闻、故事、科普、学习方法 四种英语文章中，学生最喜欢哪一种 调查范围：湖北省的 10 所中学 调查对象：高中生 调查人数：1 000 调查方式：访谈 调查结果：新闻：53%；故事：26%；科普： 14%；学习方法：7% 参考范文： Reading Interests of Senior Middle School Students Recently a survey has been done to find out the reading interests of senior middle school students. In this survey, one thousand senior middle school students from ten schools in Hubei Province were interviewed. They were asked which they liked reading most among the four categories of English articles: news, stories, popular science articles and articles about learning methods. The survey shows that more than half of the students like to read news most. Twentysix percent of the students say that English stories are their favorite. Only seven percent of the students are most interested in reading articles about learning methods. However, the number of students who enjoy reading popular science articles doubles that of those who prefer reading articles about learning methods. The great Himalayas run through the entire northern part of India. Derived 源自 from the Sanskrit  梵语 word“Himalaya” — which means “the home of snow”，it has the largest mountain peaks in the world and stretches 延伸 across six countries in Asia： Bhutan， China， Nepal， India， Pakistan and Afghanistan. This range offers numerous sports activities like trekking 徒步旅行  and camping that can satisfy your adventure enthusiasm. Besides this， you may even try whitewater rafting in mountain rivers. Trekking in the Himalayas can be the most enjoyable and challenging experience of your life. Trekking in the Himalayas actually requires great courage. Though trekking provides you with the best opportunities to view the natural beauty through naked eyes，you need to be physically fit. It can be one of your most memorable vacations in the Himalayas and also reasonably less expensive. Camping in the Himalayas can be the best way to enjoy nature photography and explore this heaven on earth. All you require is to surrender 交给  your soul to the Mother Nature and feel its hidden beauty and dimensions  规模  . Camping in the Himalayas will let you understand why this land has always attracted the hearts of mountaineers ， explorers and travellers for over a century. Today，people from all across the world come to the Himalayas for different purposes. There are some who come to view the nature and some for vacation. Whatever the reason is， the Himalayas foothills are just perfect to experience adventure activities. Section_Ⅰ Warmup__&_Lesson_1_—_Prereading [原文呈现] ADVENTURE IN THE HIMALAYAS Just imagine①. You are walking along a mountain path in the Himalayas. You are feeling tired. You are thinking about how far there is to go. Then, suddenly you are there! And the amazing Mount Qomolangma is on the horizon②. It looks great. A few minutes later, you arrive at the camp. The food cooking on the fire smells③ great and while you are having a hot cup of tea, you relax and watch the sun go down. At dinner, the food tastes④ fantastic⑤. You talk with other people in the group about everything you have seen and done during your day's hiking. If you are looking for experiences like this, Adventure 2000 is the organisation⑥ for you. A lot of hiking holidays sound⑦ exciting, but the reality is often very different. Hiking trips can be uncomfortable⑧ and even dangerous. However, at Adventure 2000 we feel that we understand the needs of hikers. All our guides have several years of experience in leading hiking trips in the Himalayas. They know all the best routes⑨ and best places to camp. We also realise that hiking can be hard work and believe that hikers need all our help. As well as⑩ the group guide, all teams have cooks and porters⑪. While on a hiking trip⑫， our cooks prepare delicious meals. And our porters carry your luggage⑬，which means⑭ that you can simply⑮ enjoy the experience. [读文清障] ①imagine v．想象，设想 imagine doing sth. 想象做某事 imagination n．想象力，想象出来的东西 ②horizon /hə'raIzən/ n. 地平线 on the horizon 在地平线上；将要发生 ③smell 是连系动词，意为“闻起来”。 ④taste 是连系动词，意为“尝起来”。 ⑤fantastic adj. 极好的，有趣的 ⑥organisation /ˌɔːɡənaI'zeIʃən/ n．团体，组织，机构 organize vt.组织 ⑦sound 是连系动词，意为“听起来”。 ⑧uncomfortable /ʌn'kʌmftəbəl/ adj.不舒服的，不自在的 comfortable adj.舒服的 ⑨route /ruːt/ n．路程，路线 ⑩as well as 除……以外还有 ⑪porter /'pɔːtə/ n．行李搬运工 ⑫while 当……时候，引导时间状语从句，此处是省略形式。 ⑬luggage /'lʌɡIdʒ/ n．行李(同美式英语 baggage) a piece of luggage/an article of luggage 一件行李 ⑭mean v．意味着 mean to do sth. 打算做某事 mean doing sth. 意味着做某事 ⑮simply adv.仅仅，简单地 喜马拉雅山探险 [第 1～2段译文] 试想一下，你正走在喜马拉雅山的一条山路上，感到很疲惫，正在想还要走多远，然后 突然你就到达目的地了！惊人的珠穆朗玛峰出现在地平线上，看起来如此壮观。几分钟后， 你到达营地。烤在火上的食物散发着诱人的香味，你喝着一杯热茶，轻松地欣赏着日落。晚 饭时，品尝着可口的食物，和其他成员讨论着你们一天的远足中所见以及所做的一切。如果 你在寻找这样的经历，“探险 2000”这个机构最适合你。 很多徒步旅行听起来令人兴奋，但是现实常常大不相同。徒步旅行可能会不舒服，甚至 会很危险。但是在“探险 2000”，我们认为我们是理解远足者的需要的。我们所有的导游都 有多年在喜马拉雅山上带领徒步旅行的经验。他们熟知所有的最佳路线和最好的宿营地。我 们也知道远足很艰难，我们确信远足者需要所有帮助。所有的登山队都配有厨师、搬运工和 向导。在徒步旅行中，我们的厨师会准备美味可口的食物。有搬运工为你搬运行李，这就意 味着你能尽情享受旅行。 At Adventure 2000 we also think that good travel arrangements⑯ are important. We organise all the flights for you: from London to Beijing, from Beijing to Lhasa and bus travel in Tibet. Accommodation⑰ is in comfortable hotels in Beijing and Lhasa, hostels⑱ on the hiking trip, and oneor twoperson tents for camping. There are also special offers for people who don't want to go straight⑲ home afterwards. If you like history, there is a trip to Western China. For people who prefer to spend some time on the coast, we can organise your travel and accommodation too. This is a Class A hike — you have to be fit⑳. There are walks of 68 hours most days, with a maximum○21 altitude○22 of 5,545 metres. Class B and C hikes are easier, so you don't need to be so fit. The hike costs○23 ￡2,500 including all flights and accommodation. Maximum group size is 15 people. Hikes are between October and May. ⑯arrangement n．安排，准备工作 make arrangements for ... 为……做准备 ⑰accommodation /əˌkɒmə'deIʃən/ n．住所，住处 make accommodation for 为……提供膳宿 ⑱hostel /'hɒst l/ n．旅社，招待所 ⑲straight adv. 直接地；径直地 straight 形容词与副词同形。 ⑳fit adj. 健康的 keep fit(＝keep healthy) 保持健康 ○21maximum /'mæksIməm/ adj.最大的，最多的 minimum adj.最小的，最少的 ○22 altitude /'æltItjuːd/ n．高度，海拔 with an altitude of ... 高度为…… attitude n．态度(形近词) ○23 sth. costs (sb.) some money 某物花掉(某人)多少钱 [第 3～7段译文] 在“探险 2000”中我们同样认为，好的旅游安排是非常重要的。我 们为你们安排所有航班：首先从伦敦直飞北京，再从北京飞往拉萨，然后乘公共汽车在西藏 旅游。 在北京和拉萨，食宿都被安排在舒适的饭店；旅行途中住旅店；宿营地则配有单、 双人帐篷。 我们还为那些不想直接回家的游客提供特殊的服务。如果你喜欢历史，会安排你去中国 西部旅行。如果你想在海边多停留些日子，我们可以为你安排旅行和食宿。 这是 A类跋涉 旅行——你需要有强健的体魄。大多数时间里，每天要步行 6至 8小时，最高海拔可达 5 545 米。B类和 C类旅行要容易一点，不要求具备那么强健的体魄。 旅行费用为 2 500英镑，其中包括所有机票和食宿费。每团最多 15 人。时间在 10 月和 5 月期间。 Prereading Please match the words with their proper meanings. 1．adventure A．较严重的；较重要的 2．desert B．不同于，有区别 3．presenter C．特别的；额外的 4．major D．奇遇，冒险的经历 5．tiring E．行李 6．optional F．住所，住处 7．extra G．节目主持人 8．maximum H．不舒服的，不自在的 9．anxious I．团体，组织，机构 10．accommodation J．可选择的，非强制的 11．luggage K．忧虑的，担心的 12．organisation L．令人疲劳的 13．uncomfortable M．野生的；狂热的 14．wild N．最大的，最多的 15．differ O．沙漠， 荒原 1～5 _________ 6～10 _________ 11～15 ________ 答案：1～5 DOGAL 6～10 JCNKF 11～15 EIHMB Leadin Look at the following pictures and match them with their names. A．Climbing B．Surfing C．Safari D．Hiking E．Whitewater rafting 答案：1～5 BECAD Whilereading Scan the brochure and match the paragraphs (1～7) with these topics. 1．Para.1 A．difficulty of hikes 2．Para.2 B．accommodation 3．Para.3 C．extra offers 4．Para.4 D．prices and dates 5．Para.5 E．experiences of a hike 6．Para.6 F．flight arrangements 7．Para.7 G．organization of hikes 1～5 ________ 6～7 ________ 答案：1～5 EGFBC 6～7 AD Read the text again and choose the best answers. 1．What does the first paragraph serve to the whole passage? A．To act as an introduction to the topic. B．To put forward the topic directly. C．To give an example of the topic. D．No relation to the passage at all. 2.With Adventure 2000, you can________. A．have guides who have experience in leading trips B．have cooks to prepare meals C．have porters to carry your luggage D．all of the above 3．Which of the following statement is TRUE? A．If you attend a Class A hike, you can climb on the top of the Mount Himalayas. B．You have to live in tents in Tibet. C．Adventure 2000 is a travelling programme. D．Climbing the Mount Himalayas is cold, so you'd better go there in July. 4．What does “Class A hike” mean according to the passage? A．The hike is more difficult for hikers. B．Hikers can get more and better service from Adventure 2000. C．It refers to one of the hiking groups. D．In Class A, you can enjoy special offers afterwards for free. 5.The main purpose of the passage is________. A．to make people know more about hiking B．to tell people how to choose travelling programme C．to call on people to attend Adventure 2000 D．to tell people Himalayan Adventure is exciting and attractive 答案：1～5 ADCAC Read the text again and fill in the chart with the information in the text. Adventure in the Himalayas Your feeling ·Walking along a mountain path, you feel 1．tired. ·The amazing Mount Qomolangma looks great. ·While you are having a hot cup of tea, you 2. relax and watch the sun go down. Information about Adventure 2000 Organisation of hikes 3. Experienced _guides who know all the best routes and best places to camp. All teams have cooks and 4．porters， who help prepare delicious meals and 5．carry your luggage. Flights arrangements From London to Beijing, from Beijing to Lhasa and bus travel in Tibet. Accommodation Comfortable hotels in Beijing and Lhasa, 6. hostels on the hiking trip, and oneor twoperson tents for camping. Extra offers If you like history, there is a trip to Western China. If you prefer to spend some time on the coast, we can organise your travel and 7．accommodation _too. Difficulty of hikes Class A hike — you have to be 8. fit . Class B and C hikes are easier. Costs and time Prices and dates Costs：￡2,500 9. including all flights and accommodation. 10．Maximum group size is 15 people. Hikes are between October and May. Studyreading Analyze the following difficult sentence in the text. The food cooking on the fire smells great and while you are having a hot cup of tea, you relax and watch the sun go down. [句式分析] [尝试翻译] _烤在火上的食物散发着诱人的香味，你喝着一杯热茶，轻松地欣赏着日落。 Ⅰ.阅读理解 A Travelling can be a way to gain life experience, especially during Spring Break — a weeklong school vacation in the United States. But what if you're a student and don't have enough money for a trip? Don't worry. Here are some useful suggestions： ·Save: This probably is the most important preparation for travelling. Cut expenses to fatten your wallet so you'll have more choices about where to go and how to get there. ·Plan ahead: Don't wait until the last minute to plan your trip. Tickets may cost more when bought on short notice. Giving yourself several months to get ready can mean security (安全) and savings. ·Do your homework: No matter where you go, research the places you will visit. Decide what to see. Travel books will provide information on the cheapest hotels and restaurants. ·Plan sensibly: Write down what you expect to spend for food and hotels. Stick to your plan or you may not have enough money to cover everything. ·Travel in groups: Find someone who is interested in visiting the same places. By travelling with others you can share costs and experiences. ·Work as you go: Need more money to support your trip? Look for work in the places you visit. ·Go off the beaten path：Tourist cities may be expensive. You may want to rethink your trip and go to a lesserknown area. Smaller towns can have many interesting activities and sights. ·Pack necessary things: The most important things to take are not always clothes. Remember medicine in case you get sick and snacks in case you cannot find a cheap restaurant. ·Use the Internet: The Net can help to save money. Some useful websites include www. travelocity. com., www. bargainslowest fare. com and www. economictravel. com. By planning sensibly, even students can enjoy the travel. Your travel experience will be remembered for a lifetime. 语篇解读：本文介绍了如何制订旅游计划。 1．Before your trip, the most important thing you should do is ________. A．to make a plan of the route B．to get information on the Internet C．to save money by spending less D．to buy tickets in advance 解析：选 C 推理判断题。根据第一则建议可推知此题答案为 C。 2．The writer advises you ________. A．to share costs with your parents B．not to go to wellknown places C．not to visit dangerous places D．to buy anything you want to buy 解析：选 B 细节理解题。根据第七则建议可知此题答案为 B。 3．During your trip, ________. A．you need more shoes than clothes B．you shouldn't look for work all the way C．you can gain valuable life experience D．you should forget to do your homework 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据文章的首句和尾句可知此题答案为 C。 4．We know from the passage that________. A．one had better take his/her homework along with him or her while travelling B．there are working chances while travelling C．travelling in big cities will cost less D．it is better to travel alone 解析：选 B 细节理解题。根据第六则建议可知答案为 B。 B Americans like to travel on their yearly holiday. Today, more and more travelers in the United States are spending nights at small houses or inns (客栈) instead of hotels. They get a room for the night and the breakfast the next morning. Rooms for the night in private homes with breakfast have been popular with travelers in Europe for many years. In the past five to ten years, these bedandbreakfast places have become popular in the United States. Many of these America's bedandbreakfast inns are old historic buildings. Some bedandbreakfast inns have only a few rooms. Others are much larger. Some inns do not provide telephones or televisions in the rooms, others do. Staying at a bedandbreakfast inn is much different from staying at a hotel. Usually the cost is much less. Staying at an inn is almost like visiting someone's home. The owners are glad to tell about the areas and the interesting places to visit. Many vacationists say they enjoy the chance to meet local families. 语篇解读：本文主要介绍了在美国流行的一种小型家庭旅馆，bedandbreakfast B & B只 提供住宿和早餐。 5．Americans take a holiday trip ________. A．all the year round B．for years C．every year D．every other year 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由文中第一段第一句“美国人喜欢在他们一年一度的假期去 旅游”可知答案。 6．According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true? A．Some Americans like to stay at bedandbreakfast homes instead of hotels. B．The bedandbreakfast inns are private homes opened to vacationists. C．The bedandbreakfast inns have been popular in America for a long time. D．The bedandbreakfast inn owners provide a morning meal for their visitors and a room for the night. 解 析： 选 C 推 理判 断题 。根 据第 二段 中“In the past five to ten years, these bedandbreakfast places have become popular in the United States.”可得出答案为 C项。 7．Staying at the bedandbreakfast inns, ________. A．the travelers needn't pay anything B．the travelers don't have to pay for the telephone or television C．the travelers can meet and talk with the local people D．the owners will show the travelers around the area 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由文章最后一段的最后两句可知，C项正确。 8．Which is TRUE according to the passage? A．European and American vacationists like staying at bedandbreakfast inns. B．All Americans enjoy travelling. C．These bedandbreakfast inns are all old historic buildings. D．Staying at a bedandbreakfast inn is just like at the traveler's home. 解析：选 A 推理判断题。由文章第二段开头部分“Rooms for the night in private homes with breakfast have been popular with travelers in Europe for many years.”可知，A项正确。 C Restaurants in the USA Steve's Pizza So many pizza chains compete for the attention of tourists in South Beach, but ask a Miami Beach local where to get the best pizza and they'll tell you about Steve's. This is New York style pizza, handmade with care and good ingredients (成分). New branches of Steve's Pizza are opening elsewhere in Miami, all in nontourist areas. Opening hours: 11 a．m.—3 a．m. Cattleman's Steakhouse This place is 20 miles east of the city, but local folks would probably drive 200 miles to eat here. The food is good, and the scenery is even better. Come early and wander around the grounds of Indian Cliffs Ranch, where you'll see everything from rabbits to buffalo (水牛), and then catch the sunset either before or after your meal. Opening hours: 5 p．m.—10 p．m. Absolute Baking & Café The screen door is always swinging open at this town hot spot with giant breakfasts. Try the green chili on eggs — it's made from scratch, as are the organic (有机的) bread. Lunch includes salads, big sandwiches and local grassfed beef burgers. Don't miss a square of soft, fresh carrot cake. Opening hours: 7 a．m.—2 p．m. Walt's Wharf Everybody's favorite for fresh fish (some drive in from LA), Walt's packs them in on weekends. You can't make reservations for dinner (though they're accepted for lunch), but it's worth the wait for the tree firegrilled seafood and steaks on the manywindowed ground floor or upstairs in captain's chairs. Opening hours: 11 a．m.—3：30 p．m. 语篇解读：本文列举了四则餐馆的广告，各有千秋。 9．The new branches of Steve's Pizza are mainly intended for ________. A．New Yorkers B．tourists C．the locals D．foreigners 解析：选 C 推理判断题。根据第一则广告中的“all in nontourist areas”可知选 C。 10．Cattleman's Steakhouse offers the wonderful ________ as well as good food. A．wine B．view C．discount D．service 解析：选 B 细节理解题。根据第二则广告中的“The food is good, and the scenery is even better.”可知选 B。 11．Which restaurant serves both breakfast and lunch? A．Steve's Pizza. B．Walt's Wharf. C．Absolute Baking & Café. D．Cattleman's Steakhouse. 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据第三则广告中的“The screen door is always swinging open at this town hot spot with giant breakfasts.”和“Lunch includes salads, big sandwiches and local grassfed beef burgers.”可知选 C。 Ⅱ.阅读七选五 Where would you most like to go on vacation? Paris? London? The Amazon Rainforest? Each of these destinations is attractive.__1__ As a new word, staycation refers to people staying at home during their vacation time, and going sightseeing around their hometown. Staycations have become really popular recently, as a way of having an enjoyable vacation, without spending too much money. There are shortcomings (缺 点 ) to every positive thing, however. __2__ You might also prevent yourself from enjoying things to the fullest, as the atmosphere might be the same as any other time. __3__ It means you won't be available for work or other activities. What can you do to make your staycation fun? (1)Go to a nearby town, or to a fancy hotel in your hometown and stay overnight. Treat yourself to room service and any other fun things the hotel has to offer. (2)__4__ You would have done it on a vacation, right? Treat yourself to this, at least for one day! (3)Throw a small party. Think about the money you are saving by not going away. You will still save money, but have more fun, and you will help other people to have fun too! (4)Go shopping! Window shopping, or the super fun type, where you buy things! You would have bought souvenirs (纪念品 ) if you had gone on a vacation, so treat yourself during your staycation! The most important thing to remember is to do things that make you and your family excited! __5__ A．Eat out for every meal! B．Go on a day trip to a nearby town, or to a beach. C．But why not remain at home and enjoy a staycation? D．Most of the time it involves dining out more frequently than usual. E．If you are on a staycation, you might get calls from work. F．Make sure you all have fun, and when it is over, you feel refreshed. G．The trick is to make sure your friends and coworkers know you are on a staycation. 答案：1～5 CEGAF Section_Ⅱ Warmup_&_Lesson_1_—_Language_Points 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1．desert_n． 沙漠，荒原 2．extra_adj. 特别的；额外的 3．altitude n. 高度，海拔 4．footprint n. 脚印，足迹 5．uncomfortable adj. 不舒服的，不自在的 6．maximum adj. 最大的，最多的 7．luggage n. 行李 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1．adventure_n．奇遇，冒险的经历→adventurer n．冒险家 2．tiring adj.令人疲劳的→tired adj.感到疲劳 的 1.desert n．沙漠，荒原 v．遗弃，抛弃 [联想] 英语中名词可转换为动词的还有： ①water n．水→v.浇水 ②plant n．植物→v. 种植 ③head n．头→v.领导 ④paint n．颜料→v. 上颜色，油漆 2．maximum adj.最大的，最多的 [反义] minimum adj.最小的，最少的 3．luggage n．行李 [同义] baggage [联想] 盘点age结尾的名词 ①garage 车库 ②shortage 短 缺 3 ． optional_adj. 可 选 择 的 ， 非 强 制 的 →optionally adv.可供选择地→option n．选择 权，选项 4．organisation n．团体，组织，机构→organise v．组织 5．wild_adj.野生的；狂热的→wildly adv.野生 地 6．differ_vi.不同于，有区别→different adj.不 同的→difference n．区别，差异 7．anxious adj.忧虑的，担心的→anxiously adv. 忧虑地，担心地→anxiety n．忧虑，焦虑 8 ． accommodation n ． 住 所 ， 住 处 →accommodate vt.为……提供住处/工作场所 ③cabbage 洋白菜 ④package 包裹 ⑤garbage 垃圾 ⑥passage 通道 4．differ vi.不同于，有区别；有异议 [词块] ①differ from 与……不同 ②differ in 在……方面不同 ③differ with sb. on sth. 在……方面与某人 持不同观点 5．anxious adj.忧虑的，担心的；渴望的 [记法 ] anxi (窒息 )＋ ous(形容词后缀， “……的”)→焦虑的 [联想] ous结尾形容词集锦 ①nervous 紧张不安的 ②famous 著名 的 ③humorous 滑稽的，幽默的 ④dangerous 危险的 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.take off 起飞 2．go down 下降，下沉 3．as well as 也，和 4．right now 就在此刻 5．take photos 拍照片 6．differ from 不同于 1.with an altitude of ... 高度 为…… 2．think about 考虑 3．on the horizon 在地平线上 4．prefer to do sth. 更喜欢做某事 5．have a shower 淋浴 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.As well as the group guide, all teams have cooks and porters. 所有登山队都配有厨师、搬运 as well as “也，又，和；不 但……而且”。 As_well_as_English,_he has to learn a second foreign language. 除英语外，他还要学习另一门 工和向导。 外语。 2.While on a hiking trip, our cooks prepare delicious meals. 在徒步旅行中，我们的厨师会 准备美味可口的食物。 while on a hiking trip 为状语 从句的省略。 While_(I_was)_in_London,_I picked up a lot of English. 在伦敦时我学会了许多英语。 1．(教材 P21)Explore: a forest, a desert, another planet 探索：一片森林，一片沙漠，另一个星球 desert (1)n.沙漠，荒原 ①He went to the Sahara last year which is the biggest desert in the world. 去年他去了撒哈拉，它是世界上最大的沙漠。 (2)vt.遗弃，抛弃 deserted adj. 无人居住的，被抛弃的 ②The teacher deserted_(desert)his teaching post and worked as a businessman. 那个老师放弃了教学岗位下海经商了。 ③To his surprise, he found a deserted_(desert)hut in the desert. 使他吃惊的是，他在沙漠里发现了一间废弃的小屋。 2．(教材 P21) take off去掉；脱掉；起飞；成功；休假；匆匆离开 写出下列句中 take off的含义 ①He took off his raincoat and took out the key.脱掉 ②The plane is taking off; please fasten your safety belts.起飞 ③His business is taking off after going through the financial crisis.成功 ④He took two weeks off in August because of his son's sickness.休假 [名师点津] take短语荟萃 3．(教材 P116)The presenter went round the world visiting all the major capitals. 这个节目主持人环游世界参观了世界上的主要首都。 major adj.较重要的，较严重的 n.& vi.主修课；主修 (1)major in 主修 majority n. 大多数 the majority of 大多数 be in the majority 占多数 (2)minor adj. 少数的 minority n. 少数 ①Themajor part of the town was ruined by the earthquake. 这城镇的大部分已被这次地震毁成一片废墟。 ②In college I majored in_natural science. What was your major? 上大学时我主修自然科学，你当时学什么专业？ ③The_majority_of doctors believe smoking is harmful to health. 大多数医生认为吸烟有害健康。 [名师点津] (1)“the majority of ＋复数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用复数。 (2)当 majority后面不接 of短语时，若强调整体，谓语动词用单数；若强调个体，谓语动 词用复数。 ④The majority of our students are_(be) boys. 我们的学生大多数是男生。 ⑤The majority was/were__(be)in favour of the suggestion. 大多数人赞成这个建议。 4．(教材 P21)Yes, but I think that travelling around for weeks would be quite tiring. 是的，但是我认为连续几周的旅行会非常疲劳。 tiring adj.令人疲劳的 (1)tired adj. 累的；厌烦的 be/get tired from/with 因……而劳累 be/get tired of (doing) sth. 厌烦(做)某事 be tired out 筋疲力尽 (2)tire vt. 使疲倦 ①The work was dirty, tiring, and not very wellpaid. 这种工作又脏又累，而且工资很低。 ②You will soon get tired from_the long journey. 你很快就会因长途旅行感到劳累。 ③I am tired of_eating the same food for lunch. 我厌倦了午饭都吃一样的东西。 [辨析比较] tiring, tired tiring “令人困倦的；使人疲劳的；累人的” tired “疲倦的；厌烦的”，用于修饰人以及人的表情、言语等，表示人的一种感受 选用上述单词填空 ④Her tired_look suggested that what a tiring_day she had. 她疲惫的神情表明她度过了一个令人劳累的一天。 5．(教材 P22)Just imagine. 试想一下。 imagine vt.想象；设想 imagine＋ n. 想象…… doing sth. 想象做某事 sb./sb.'s doing sth. 想象某人做某事 that/wh从句 想象…… sb./sth. to be/as ... 想象某人/某物是…… ①I imagine our new head teacher as a reasonable man. 我想象新的班主任是一个通情达理的人。 ②I can hardly imagine what_life will be like 200 years later. 我很难想象 200年之后生活会是什么样子。 ③I can't imagine walking_(walk) all the way to the North Pole. 我无法想象一路走到北极去。 6．(教材 P22)Accommodation is in comfortable hotels in Beijing and Lhasa, hostels on the hiking trip, and oneor twoperson tents for camping. 在北京和拉萨，食宿(都被安排)在舒适的饭店；旅行途中住旅店；宿营地则配有单、双 人帐篷。 accommodation n．住所，住处；住宿，膳食(常用复数) (1)make accommodations for 为……提供食宿 (2)accommodate vt. 容纳；使适应；为……提供住宿 vi. 适应 accommodate to 适应 accommodate oneself to 使自己适应…… accommodate sb. with sth. 帮某人忙；给某人提供方便 ①The price for the holiday includes flights and accommodation. 度假的价格包括机票和食宿费。 ②Wherever he goes, he readily accommodates_to/accommodates_himself_to the changed conditions. 无论到哪里，他都能很快地适应变化的环境。 ③It was very good of you to accommodate me with the ticket for my journey. 你真好，为我的旅行提供车票。 7．(教材 P23)How do the tourists differ from local people? 游客与当地人如何不同？ differ vi.不同于，有区别；有异议 (1)differ from 与……不同 differ in 在……方面不同 differ with sb. on/about/over sth. 在……方面与某人持不同意见 (2)different adj. 不同的 be different from ...in ... 在某方面与…… (3)difference n. 差别，差异 tell the difference between A and B 区分 A与 B的不同之处 make a difference 有影响，起作用 ①The story he told the police differed from the one he told his mother. 他给警方讲的情况与跟他妈妈讲的情况不同。 ②The two lawyers differed with each other on_how to present the case. 这两个律师在如何展现这个案件方面意见有分歧。 ③Whatever you can do can make_a_difference. 无论你能做什么，都会有效果。 8．(教材 P23)From that moment they started to feel anxious and they slept badly that night. 从那时起，他们开始感到担心，并且那天晚上他们睡得很糟糕。 anxious adj.忧虑的，担心的；渴望的 be anxious about sth. 为某事担心/担忧 be anxious (for sb.) to do sth. 渴望(某人)做某事 be anxious for sth. 渴望某事 be anxious that ... 担心/渴望…… ①Everyone is anxious that the world should be peaceful. 每个人都渴望世界是和平的。 ②There is no reason to be anxious about/for the exam result. 不必为这次考试结果而担心。 ③He is anxious to_spend (spend) the holiday with you. 他渴望和你共度假期。 [辨析比较] anxious, eager anxious 强调“担心，焦虑”，对结果感到不安 eager 强调“对成功的期望，进取的热情”，含有积极向上的意思 选用上述单词填空 ④She is eager_to go to college, but anxious_about not passing the entrance examination. 她渴望上大学，但又担心不能通过考试。 1．(教材 P22)As well as the group guide, all teams have cooks and porters. 所有的登山队都配有厨师、搬运工和向导。 as well as在本句中意为“除……外，还有”，它还有“同，又，和，也”之意。其用法 为： (1)as well as用作连词时可以用来连接两个相同的成分，如名词、形容词、动词、介词， 通常不位于句首。 (2)as well as连接复合主语时，谓语动词的数根据最前面的名词或代词来确定。 (3)as well as用作介词时，相当于 besides或 in addition to，意思为“除……之外(还有)”， 后面通常接名词或动名词，尤其是位于句首时。 ①He sells books as well as newspapers. 他既卖报也卖书。 ②Helen as well as I is (be) eager to see the performance tonight. 今晚海伦和我一样急于要看演出。 ③As well as breaking (break) his leg, he hurt his arm. 他不但摔断了腿，而且还伤了胳膊。 2．While on a hiking trip, our cooks prepare delicious meals. 在徒步旅行中，我们的厨师会准备美味可口的食物。 句中While on a hiking trip为状语从句的省略。状语从句的省略条件：在有些表时间、 地点、条件、方式或让步的从句中，若从句的主语是 it或与主句的主语相同，且谓语中含有 be时，常省略从句的主语和 be。 ①While (I was) in Beijing, I paid a visit to the Summer Palace. 在北京时，我参观了颐和园。 ②Look out for cars when crossing_(cross) the street. 过街时注意车辆。 ③Take this camera with you, if_(it_is)_necessary. 如果有必要，你随身携带这部照相机吧。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．She majored in_history in Beijing University. 2．The design first took off_in an American college. 3．When he reached the old temple, he found it deserted_(desert) and in ruins. 4．She differs from her sister in the colour of her eyes. 5．Mr. Smith, tired_of the tiring_speech, started to read a novel.(tire) Ⅱ.完成句子 1．I as well as they am_ready_to_help_you. 不仅他们愿意帮助你，我也愿意帮助你。 2．Helen is_anxious_about_travelling_on her own. 海伦对自己独自旅行感到担心。 3．Though (he_was)_defeated,_he didn't lose heart. 虽然被打败了，可他并不灰心。 4．Most employers will make_accommodations_for excellent employees. 多数雇主将为优秀员工提供膳宿。 5．She doesn't dare to imagine_herself_to_be/as a real artist. 她真不敢把自己想象成一位真正的艺术家。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．All the children listened to his adventures_ (冒险的经历) with eager attention. 2．He deserted_ (遗弃) his wife and children and went abroad. 3．Among many presenters (节目主持人), I think Zhu Jun is one of the best ones. 4．He has got an major_ (较严重的) illness, which forces his family into poverty. 5．After a long tiring_ (令人疲劳的) walk, he wanted to have a good rest. 6．I'll make accommodations_ (住所) for you during your journey to my hometown. 7．She waited anxiously_ (焦急地) for her mother's letter. Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．This kind of oranges tastes_ (taste) great. 2．She sings as well as playing (play) the piano. 3．Though tired_ (tire) of doing the work, they had to go on. 4．We'll never allow war threats, nuclear war threats included (include)． 5．It is difficult to imagine his accepting_ (accept) the decision without any consideration. 6．He will accommodate me with_the use of his house while he is abroad. 7．Mutual support and trust often make a great difference. 8．Please remain seated_ (seat) until the plane has come to a complete stop. 9．The shy boy felt rather uncomfortable (comfortable) with strangers. 10．Although our looks differ (different), we are both attractive. Ⅲ.选词填空 as well as， keep fit， take off， differ from， go down， take photos， right now， think about 1．He takes exercise regularly to keep_fit. 2．The twins differ_from each other in character. 3．He publishes as_well_as prints his own books. 4．The plane took_off from the airport and headed south towards Hong Kong. 5．Are you still thinking_about moving? Is it necessary to move again? 6．His income has gone_down,_so he had difficulty in supporting his family. 7．Many students send short messages under their desks or use the cameras on their cell phones to take_photos during class. 8．He's not in the office right_now and you can call back later. Ⅳ.课文语法填空 Adventure 2000 is an organisation for adventures to the Himalayas. It can satisfy all the needs of hikers. All the guides 1.who are very experienced, learn about all the best places 2.to_camp (camp). 3.On_a hiking trip, their cooks can prepare foods 4.tasting_ (taste) delicious and porters can carry luggage for hikers. Besides, at Adventure 2000, they can make a detailed 5.arrangement (arrange) for travel, 6.including (include) flights, accommodation and so on. They also provide special offers for those hikers who have different interests. For those 7.who are interested in history, there is a trip to Western China. For hikers preferring to play on the coast, they can provide relative service. Among the three classes, Class A is 8.the_most_difficult (difficult). If you want to join in this adventure, you 9.will_pay (pay) ￡2,500, which includes all flights and accommodation. Keep in mind 10.that maximum group size is 15 people. Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达 上个月，我和 (as well as) 几个同事去非洲旅行。第一次乘坐飞机，我感觉有些紧张 (anxious)。但是飞行期间 (while 的省略句)，飞机上提供了可口的饭菜，我们感觉很舒服 (comfortable)。当地旅行社为我们提供食宿 (accommodation)，我们要参观的城堡位于高海拔 (altitude)地区，你可以想象 (imagine)我们的经历多么刺激 (adventure)。 Last_week,_a_few_colleagues_as_well_as_I_went_on_a_trip_to_Africa._The_first_time_I_tr aveled__by_air,_I_felt_anxious._However,_while_in_the_plane,_we_were_offered_delicious_food, _which_made_us_comfortable._The_local_travel_agency_provided_accommodations_for_us._The _castle_we_visited_was_located_at_high_altitude._You_can_imagine_what_an_exciting_adventur e_we_had_there. 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.完形填空 I couldn't drive myself so I took my husband's car every day to work. However, his __1__ were different from mine. I worked earlier. So he __2__ me off and went to a small café to drink coffee until work time. Then, in the afternoons, I walked three miles to his __3__ place. One day while waiting for him, I __4__ a beautiful car pull in the car park. I was busily __5__ the car when I noticed the driver — a pretty woman. Our eyes made __6__ and she smiled at me. She was wearing a light blue shirt that just __7__ her car. Minutes later, a nicelooking man came out of the building and entered her car. Then she __8__ away. Sitting there in my jeans and shirt, I wanted to __9__. How could some people have it all? Maybe I'd have __10__ about her, but later it became almost a __11__ event to see her about once a week. She seemed __12__ and always waved, flashing a big smile. My __13__ stayed long after she drove away. Then one day, when waiting in our __14__ car park, I saw her get out of her car with her husband's help. She walked __15__. The lady had a prosthesis (假肢) on the left leg. For weeks I'd envied this woman, __16__ I'd been able to walk three miles to our car. I thought the lady had __17__， but she didn't. I thanked God for my legs, arms and sight, and for teaching me a __18__ early on in life. When you meet a person who seems much happier than you, don't be __19__. You still had your parents, and the __20__ to walk, run or dance through life — wonderful things money can't buy. 语篇解读：本文为一篇夹叙夹议文。作者遇到一个美丽优雅、穿着讲究、开着好车的女 士，相比之下，作者感到生活对自己不公平。当得知这位女士的残疾后，作者为自己曾经的 想法感到惭愧。 1．A.plans B．ideas C．hours D．purposes 解析：选 C 由下句“I worked earlier”可知，作者夫妻俩上班的时间不一样。 2．A.saw B．dropped C．took D．set 解析：选 B 丈夫送妻子上班，即将妻子放下车。 3．A.study B．rest C．party D．work 解析：选 D 第一段介绍他们的上班规律，结合语境可判断，此处指作者到丈夫上班的 地方等他。 4．A.noticed B．made C．felt D．heard 解析：选 A 由上下文语境可知，作者注意到一辆好车开了进来。 5．A.repairing B．considering C．admiring D．washing 解析：选 C 车是好车，因此作者非常羡慕，即忙于欣赏它。 6．A.sense B．a difference C．a choice D．contact 解析：选 D 由“she smiled at me”可知，她们视线接触。 7．A.covered B．matched C．improved D．compared 解析：选 B 她身上穿着的淡蓝色的衬衣与她的车极为相配。 8．A.walked B．ran C．turned D．drove 解析：选 D 由前文“the driver — a pretty woman”可知，她是驾车离开。 9．A.cry B．laugh C．sleep D．sing 解析：选 A 由下句“How could some people have it all？”可知，作者内心很难过，即 可推断她想哭。 10．A.worried B．cared C．forgotten D．learned 解析：选 C 由后面的“see her about once a week”可知，作者原以为会忘掉她，但后来每 周都能遇见她，已经成了常事。 11．A.regular B．rare C．major D．social 解析：选 A 参见上题解析。 12．A.confident B．honest C．patient D．friendly 解析：选 D 由“always waved, flashing a big smile”可知，她显得很友好。 13．A.anger B．envy C．pleasure D．disappointment 解析：选 B 由下文“For weeks I'd envied this woman”的提示可判断，每次那位女士开车 走了以后，作者还会嫉妒很久。 14．A.average B．special C．usual D．casual 解析：选 C 根据语境可知作者每天都要在这个停车场等候丈夫，由此可判断选 C项。 15．A.slowly B．calmly C．quickly D．nervously 解析：选 A 由“The lady had a prosthesis (假肢) on the left leg.”可知，她行走不便，自 然走得慢。 16．A.when B．since C．because D．while 解析：选 D 自己能走(而她却不能走)，然而作者却在嫉妒她。本句前后为转折关系。 17．A.something B．everything C．nothing D．anything 解析：选 B 由第 9 空后“How could some people have it all？”可知，作者原以为那位 女士拥有一切，但实际上她却没有。 18．A.course B．theory C．lesson D．subject 解析：选 C 下一段即是作者根据这次经历悟出的人生道理。 19．A.fooled B．discouraged C．depressed D．annoyed 解析：选 A 此处指凡事不要被你所看到的表象所蒙蔽。 20．A.time B．ability C．courage D．need 解析：选 B 残疾的女士行走不便，而我们却有走、跑、跳的能力。 Ⅱ.短文改错 I love camping. It is my favoritest way to spend the summer vacation. Last year, my families and I went camping in the countryside. It was one of the excited experiences I had never had. We slept in a tent and took a long walk every day. We cooked over a fire and the food always tasted wonderfully. For a whole week, I saw lovely mountain views or breathed fresh air. At night, I heard the gentle wind blowing in the trees, and I feel so peaceful. It doesn't cost many to camp. What I believe it's the best way to get close nature and enjoy its beauty. 答案：第二句：favoritest→favorite 第三句：families→family 第四句：excited→exciting; never→ever 第六句：wonderfully→wonderful 第七句：or→and 第八句：feel→felt 第九句：many→much 第十句：去掉What; close后加 to Section_Ⅲ Lesson_2_&_Lesson_3_—_Prereading_ [原文呈现] Marco Polo and His Travels Marco Polo was born in Italy in 1254. When he was 17 years old, he travelled across Europe and Asia with his father, who wanted to do trade① with the Chinese②. Eventually③ ， they arrived in Beijing. At that time, China was ruled by the Yuan Dynasty Emperor④， Kublai Khan. Kublai Khan welcomed Marco and his father. He was very happy to meet two foreigners and wanted to learn all about Europe. Marco and his father were guests at the Emperor's Palace. Although Marco was young, he was very clever and could already speak four languages. The Emperor was impressed⑤ by him and they became friends. He asked Marco to serve⑥ in his court⑦ and sent him to do many important tasks across the country. Marco, in turn⑧， was amazed⑨ by how beautiful and powerful China was. He was very impressed by Beijing and the Emperor's Palace, especially⑩ the Summer Palace ⑪ which he described as⑫ “The greatest palace that ever was ... The walls were covered in gold and silver and the Hall was so large it could easily seat⑬ 6,000 people for dinner⑭.” There were inventions and developments in China which were not available⑮ in Europe at that time ⑯ . Marco was surprised to see Chinese people using paper money in the markets. In Europe, people paid for goods⑰ with gold or silver. He could not understand how people could pay for food and valuable things with paper! He was also confused⑱ by the black stones people used to burn for fuel⑲. The black stones were coal, but Marco had never seen coal before！ [读文清障] ①trade v．做买卖 n．买卖，交易 trade with sb. in sth.同某人做某方面的生意 ②who引导非限制性定语从句，修饰 his father。 ③eventually adv. 最终，终于 ④emperor /'emp rə/ n. 皇帝 ⑤impress vt. 给……以深刻印象 be impressed by ... 对……印象深刻 ⑥serve vt.& vi.为……服务；任职 ⑦court /kɔːt/ n．宫廷；法庭 ⑧in turn 轮流；相应地 by turns 轮流 take turns 依次，轮流 in return 作为回报 ⑨amaze /ə'meIz/ vt.使惊愕(惊奇) amazed adj.吃惊的，惊异的 amazing adj.令人惊异的，了不起的 be amazed at/by ... 对……感到惊奇 ⑩especially adv.尤其，特别地 specially adv.特别地，专门地 ⑪which引导定语从句，修饰 the Summer Palace。 ⑫describe ... as 把…… 说成/描述成 ⑬seat vt.使某人就座，容纳 ⑭该句为“so ...that”结构，句中省略了 that，补充为 so large that it could ... ⑮available adj. 可获得的；可找到的 ⑯which引导定语从句，修饰 inventions and developments。 ⑰goods /ɡʊdz/ n. 商品，物品 ⑱confuse /kən'fjuːz/ vt. 使困惑 be confused by 对……感到困惑 confuse A with B把 A与 B混淆 ⑲fuel /fjʊəl/ n．燃料 马可·波罗和他的旅行 [第 1～4段译文] 马可·波罗 1254年出生于意大利。他 17岁时，由于父亲想和中国人做生意，他就和父亲 一起游历欧洲和亚洲。最后，他们到达北京。当时元世祖忽必烈正统治着中国。 元世祖忽必烈欢迎马可和他的父亲。他很高兴见到两位外国人，想向他们了解欧洲的全 部情况。马可和他的父亲成了皇宫里的贵客。尽管马可很年轻，但他聪明伶俐，并且会讲四 种语言。他给皇帝留下了深刻的印象，两个人成了朋友。皇帝让马可留在朝廷服务，派他到 全国各地完成了多项重要使命。 马可也相应地被中国的美丽和强大所震撼。北京和皇宫给他留下了深刻的印象，尤其是 夏宫，他称它为“迄今最伟大的宫殿……它的墙用黄金和白银装饰，大厅大到可以轻易地容 纳 6 000人同时进餐。” 那时，中国的许多发明和发展水平是在欧洲见不到的。马可惊奇地发现中国市场上流通 的是纸币。而在欧洲，那时人们还是用金、银买货物。他不理解人们怎么可以用纸来买食物 和值钱的物品！他也不明白为什么人们用黑色的石头作燃料。这种黑色的石头就是煤，但是 马可以前从没有见过煤！ In 1291, after 17 years of service to the Emperor, Marco returned to Italy. He was now a very wealthy⑳ man. Not long after his return, a local war broke out○21 near his town. During the war, Marco was the captain of a warship but was caught by the enemy and put into prison○22 . However, Marco was lucky enough to meet another prisoner who enjoyed listening to his stories about China. The prisoner was an author○23 and he took dictation○24 while Marco told all his stories to him. The prisoner then wrote the stories in a book called The Description of the World○25 ， which became one of the bestselling○26 books in Europe○27 . Although people enjoyed reading his book, many of them thought that Marco's stories about China were too fantastic○28 to be true. But Marco always stood by○29 his tales. Just before he died, aged○30 70, Marco was asked the question，“Was it all true？”， to which he replied○31，“I have only told a half of what I saw！”,⑳wealthy /'welθi/ adj. 富有的，富裕的 wealth n．财富；大量；丰富 ○21 break out (坏事)突然发生，爆发 happen vi. 发生 ○22 put ... into prison 把……关进监狱 be in prison 被监禁 ○23 author /'ɔːθə/ n. 作者 ○24 dictation /dIk'teIʃ n/ n. 口述，听写 ○25过去分词短语 called ... 作定语，修饰 a book。 ○26 bestselling adj. 最畅销的 bestseller n. 畅销书或唱片 ○27which引导非限制性定语从句，修饰 The Description of the World。 ○28 fantastic adj.富于想象的；无法实现的 ○29 stand by 坚持(某种说法) stand out 显眼，引人注意 ○30 aged adj.……岁的 ○31 to which引导定语从句，修饰 the question；reply to回答。 [第 5～6段译文] 1291年，在中国为皇帝效力 17年后，马可回到意大利。那时，他已 经很富有了。他返回之后不久，一场区域性的战争在他家乡附近爆发了。在战争中，马可成 为一艘战舰的舰长，但不幸被俘入狱。然而在狱中，马可幸运地遇到了一个喜欢听他讲关 于中国的故事的囚犯。那个囚犯是一位作家，马可把自己所有的故事讲给他听，他做笔录。 然后那个囚犯把故事写成一本书，名为《马可·波罗游记》，这本书成为当时欧洲最畅销的书 之一。 虽然人们爱读他的书，但许多人认为马可关于中国的故事太离奇而不可信。但马可总是 坚持他所讲的故事是真的。马可 70岁去世，临终前，有人问他：“你讲的故事都是真的吗？” 马可回答道：“我讲的只是我所看到的一半！” Prereading Please match the words with their proper meanings. 1．extreme A．冒……的危险 2．similarity B．兴奋，激动 3．risk C．相似性，类似性 4．excitement D．不同的，各种各样的 5．various E．极度的，极端的 6．exactly F．较喜欢的东西，偏爱 7．equipment G．确切地，精确地 8．preference H．配备，设备 9．emperor I．使惊愕(惊奇) 10．amaze J．皇帝 11．dictation K．旅行者，旅客 12．statement L. 作者 13．quantity M．猎人 14．traveller N．陈述 15．author O．口述，听写 16．confuse P．富有的，富裕的 17．hunter Q．量，数量 18．wealthy R．使困惑 1～5 ________________ 6～10 ________________ 11～15 ________________ 16～18 ________________ 答案：1～5 ECABD 6～10 GHFJI 11～15 ONQKL 16～18 RMP Leadin Look at the explorers in the following pictures and answer the following questions. 1．Who are they? ①Magellan；②Xu_Xiake. 2．Which one impresses you most and can you say something about him? Xu Xiake impresses me most. He was a Chinese travel writer and geographer of the Ming Dynasty, best known for his famous geographical treatise named the Travel Diaries Xu Xiake.He travelled throughout China, documenting (记事 ) his travels extensively (到处 ), which would be compiled (编辑) later into his book, and his work was translated by Ding Wenjiang. Whilereading True (T) or False (F)． 1．At the age of seventeen, Marco Polo travelled across Europe and Asia on his own.__F__ 2．Marco was very young when he came to China, but he was very clever and could speak four foreign languages.__F__ 3．The Emperor and Marco became friends.__T__ 4．Paper money was used both in Europe and China at that time.__F__ 5．Marco had never seen coal before he came to China.__T__ 6．Marco Polo wrote all his stories in his book The Description of the World.__F__ Read the text again and fill in the chart with the information in the text. Title: Marco Polo and His Travels Before coming to China Marco travelled across Europe and Asia with his father, who wanted to 1. trade with the Chinese. They eventually arrived in China which was then 2. ruled by the Yuan Dynasty Emperor, Kublai Khan. Marco's stay in China The Emperor was impressed by Marco's 3. cleverness and asked him to serve in his 4. court. Marco was amazed by the 5. beauty and power of China. Marco was 6. confused by such Chinese inventions and developments as the use of 7. paper money and coal. After returning to Italy After 17 years' 8. service to the Emperor, Marco returned to Italy, where a local war broke out. Marco was put into 9. prison where he met another prisoner who enjoyed listening to his stories about China. The prisoner was an author. He took dictation and wrote a book, which became a 10. bestseller in Europe. Ⅰ.阅读理解 A Exactly a decade has passed since a man called Oxygen first threw himself across America. Known for his jumping ability, Oxygen, a Czech, who jumped a nearly 10footwide abyss (深 渊). Today, Petr Kops, 21, is wearing Oxygen's pants. “I did not know Oxygen personally, but my sister did，” Kops said. “I wear his trousers for good luck.” Minutes later, Kops was standing at the edge of a 70foot abyss called Broken Bones. While it may seem suicidal (自杀的 ), jumping across a gap is actually an extreme sport that is gaining in popularity. Called rock jumping, or simply jumping, this activity is taking place in the AdrspachTeplice Rocks, a remote nature preserve in the northeast part of the Czech Republic. Known for its 11 square miles of sandstone, the region has been loved by lifelong rock climbers. “The aim is to get to the top of as many towers as you can.” said Vladimir Prochazka, known as June Bug, a 59yearold climber and a collector of Czech rock climbing histories. Jumping is often the most possible way to get to the tower. In most cases, climbers jump with a rope tied around their waist. If they miss the landing — which is not uncommon — they will fall into the wall of the base tower. “Jumping requires fearlessness，” Prochazka said. “Broken or damaged bones are fairly common.” Still, there are those who prefer to experience by jumping without a rope. Among the most wellknown of these adventurers are Petr Prachtel and his wife, Zorka, who helped create the sport in the 1960s. They pioneered countless jumps, sometimes without the safety of a rope. 语篇解读：文章介绍了起源于捷克共和国的跳岩运动。文章介绍了该运动的起源和在该 运动中几个关键的人物。 1．What does “pants” probably mean in the first paragraph? A．Shoes. B．Trousers. C．Jackets. D．Shirts. 解析：选 B 词义猜测题。根据下文中的“I wear his trousers for good luck.”可知他穿的是 Oxygen的裤子。故该题的正确答案为 B项。 2．Why did Petr Kops wear Oxygen's trousers? A．Because he knew Oxygen very well. B．Because Oxygen was good at wearing. C．Because he wanted to be lucky. D．Because Oxygen had poor jumping ability. 解析：选 C 推理判断题。根据文章第一段的“I wear his trousers for good luck.”可知他是 为了好运，故该题的正确答案为 C项。 3．Rock jumping is ________. A．becoming less and less popular for it is so far away B．too dangerous to attract any people C．appeared in the southeast part of the Czech Republic D．loved by people who can face the danger 解析：选 D 细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句“While it may seem suicidal (自杀的), jumping across a gap is actually an extreme sport that is gaining in popularity.”可知该运动类似 “自杀”，故一定为一些喜欢冒险的人所钟爱。故该题的正确答案为 D项。 B Some people say, “Extreme sports are so dangerous. Why would anyone want to do them？” But the danger is what makes them so exciting. Keep reading to find out the most popular ones. Bungee jumping: People on some South Pacific islands have been bungee jumping for hundreds of years. In 1979, some people bungee jumped off a bridge in England and made the sport popular around the world. Bungee jumping came to China in 1996. Skateboarding: At first, this sport was called “sidewalk surfing”. Skateboarders often jump high into the air, go down steps or slide (滑行 ) down rails on their boards. They wear baggy trousers so they can move more freely. Skydiving: This is probably the scariest (最惊险的 ) extreme sport. Skydivers jump out of airplanes about four kilometers up in the sky. They usually free fall for a while and then open a parachute to slow down for a safe landing. Snowboarding: This became a Winter Olympic sport in 1998. People tied their feet to the board with special shoes. They don't use any ski sticks. Then they ride down hills, jump high and do tricks. 语篇解读：本文主要介绍了几项极限运动。 4．What made bungee jumping popular all over the world? A．A history of hundreds of years. B．Jumping over a river in America. C．Coming to China in 1996. D．Jumping off a bridge in England. 解析：选 D 细节理解题。由第二段的“... some people bungee jumped off a bridge in England and made the sport popular around the world”可知答案为 D项。 5．In which sport do people jump from a plane or from a high place? A．Bungee jumping and skydiving. B．Skydiving and skateboarding. C．Bungee jumping and skateboarding. D．Snowboarding and skateboarding. 解析：选 A 细节理解题。由相关信息 “some people bungee jumped off a bridge”及 “Skydivers jump out of airplanes about four kilometers up in the sky.”可知，bungee jumping 和 skydiving都是从高处起跳的。 6．Why do some people like to do the extreme sports? A．It's easy to learn. B．It's exciting and safe. C．It's scary but safe. D．It's dangerous but exciting. 解析：选 D 细节理解题。由第一段中的“the danger is what makes them so exciting”可知， 人们喜欢极限运动是因为它虽危险但刺激。 C Toyota's new robot HSR is devoted to a single task: picking things up. HSR is short for“human support robot”. It comes with a single mechanical arm that can hold objects of various shapes and sizes and pick up smaller items with a tiny cup. It doesn't have other tricks, except for a computer panel on its head for surfing the Internet. A person can also access the robot from another computer and use it like a cameraphone. HSR will first be used for people with disabilities and then for the elderly in general. Picking up is especially challenging for people with spinal (脊柱的) disorders and other illnesses. Although it can only do one simple task of picking up, it's already making disabled people quite happy. “We're just getting started, but eventually it will enter people's homes，” the engineer Kouichi Ikeda said. Nearly 40 percent of Japan's population will be 65 or older by 2060 and the rest of the developed world and some developing nations will follow it. “People feel more comfortable asking a robot to pick up after them than asking a human helper，” said Ikeda. Toyota came up with the idea of HSR in 2012. The model should be ready to enter universities, research facilities and businesses next year, where it can get more applications. One disadvantage is that mass (大规模的) production is needed for the price to come down. The robot has several cameras, including two on its head that look like its eyes and sensors (感 应器 ) on its body. It runs quietly around in all directions. Unlike other robotic arms, HSR's hold and bumps are designed to be soft so they can't hurt anyone. But it can pick up items that weigh up to 2.6 pounds. 语篇解读：本文为说明文。丰田公司研发了专门帮助拿捡物体的机器人。 7．What do we know about HSR? A．It can fulfill various needs. B．It can help get different things. C．It can be made into different sizes. D．It cannot be used to surf the Internet. 解析：选 B 细节理解题。由第一段“It comes with a single mechanical arm that can hold objects of various shapes and sizes and pick up smaller items with a tiny cup.”可知，此机器人可以 帮助拿不同的东西。 8．In the eyes of Ikeda, the robot ________. A．faces many problems B．will have a bright future C．is intended for the disabled D．works best in hospitals for patients 解析：选 B 推理判断题。由第二段可知，老龄化社会即将到来，Ikeda 认为其机器人将 进入到千家万户，有光明的未来。 9．What is the problem with HSR from Toyota now? A．Its size. B．Its shape. C．Its cost. D．Its function. 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由第三段“One disadvantage is that mass (大规模的) production is needed for the price to come down.”可知，这个机器人目前存在的问题是成本很高。 10．What is special about HSR compared with other robots? A．It is safe to use. B．It moves quickly. C．It works by sensors. D．It has many cameras. 解析：选 A 推理判断题。由最后一段“Unlike other robotic arms, HSR's hold and bumps are designed to be soft so they can't hurt anyone.”可知，HSR比起别的机器人来很安全，不会伤 人。 Ⅱ.阅读七选五 The stress of everyday life cannot be avoided. Schoolwork, responsibilities at home, busy schedules, others' expectations, disappointments, etc. — all of these can create pressure.__1__ Adding these simple actions to your regular routine can help you feel less stressed. You need to make sure that you keep doing these to enjoy the benefits： __2__ It's true that all work and no play is bad. But if your schedule is so full of activities that there's no time for homework, that'll stress you out too. Manage responsibilities. Use a calendar to keep a record of tasks, chores, practices, and other duties. __3__ Thus, managing stress also means regular studying and keeping on top of tasks. Take time every day to think about how things are going. What do you need to work on or make time for? Make time to exercise every day. It's hard to feel anxious when you're taking a deep breath on a run, feeling the rush of a downhill bike ride, or playing a pickup game with friends. Exercise can take our mind off stress. __4__ Eat healthy food. What you eat affects your mood, energy, and stress levels. Eating healthily doesn't mean avoiding all treats (美食). __5__ It's OK to treat yourself to ice cream occasionally, but if ice cream and sweets are your main source of fuel, you're likely to feel stressed. A．It goes back to that balance thing again. B．Balance responsibilities with activities you enjoy. C．We'd better learn to deal with everyday challenges. D．Planning is no good if you don't actually do what you plan. E．Getting the right amount of sleep is what we need to focus on. F．It also releases chemicals in our brains that make us feel better. G．These daily stressors will pile up if we don't keep them under control. 答案：1～5 GBDFA Section_Ⅳ Lesson_2_&_Lesson_3_—_Language_Points 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.hunter_n． 猎人 2.wealthy adj. 富有的，富裕的 3.extreme adj. 极度的，极端的 4.exactly adv. 确切地，准确地 5.equipment_n. 配备，设备 6.quantity n. 量，数量 7.author_n. 作者 8.emperor n. 皇帝 9.traveller n. 旅行者，旅客 10.preference n. 较喜欢的东西，偏爱 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.similarity_n．相似性，类似性→similar adj.类 似的，相似的 2.risk_vt.冒……的危险→risky adj.冒险的，有危 1.hunter n．猎人 [联想] 后缀er表示人的名词 ①owner 主人 ②gardener 园 艺工 ③thinker 思想家 ④worker 工人 ⑤traveller 旅行者，旅客 ⑥lawyer 律师 2.wealthy adj.富有的，富裕的 [联想] 盘点“名词＋y→形容词”的其他 单词： ①dirt→dirty 脏的 ②luck→lucky 幸运的 ③noise→noisy 喧闹的 ④sun→sunny 阳 光灿烂的 ⑤mud→muddy 泥泞的 ⑥fog→foggy 多 雾的 3.quantity n．量，数量 险的 3.various_adj.不同的，各种各样的→vary v．改 变，使多样化→variety n．多样化 4.amaze_vt.使惊愕(惊奇)→amazement n．惊 愕，惊讶 5.dictation_n．口述；听写→dictate v．口述； 听写；命令 6.confuse_vt.使困惑→confusing adj.令人困惑 的→confused adj.感到困惑的 [形近] quality n．质量 [词块] ①a quantity of 大量的 ②quantities of 大量的 ③in quantity 大量地 4.emperor n．皇帝 [联想] 盘点or结尾表示人的单词 ①visitor 参观者 ②educator 教育家 ③author 作家 ④sailor 水手 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.in order to do something 目的是，以便 2．upside down 颠倒地，倒置地 3．turn up 出现，到场 4．back out 决定不履行(允诺的事) 5．get across 使理解(某事) 6．in turn 轮流 7．break out (坏事)突然发生，爆发 8．put ... into prison 把……关进监狱 9．stand by 坚持(某种)说法 1.feel excited 感到兴奋 2．take up bungee jumping 参加蹦极运动 3．go through with 将某事进行到底，完成 4．set up 建立，创立 5．trade with Chinese 和中国人做生意 6．be impressed by... 对……印象深刻 7．be amazed by... 对……感到惊讶 8．be confused by 对……感到困惑 9．leave out 省略 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.When I turned up for my first jump I was so nervous that I tried to back out ... 我第一次站在跳台上紧张得 真想退缩下来…… so ... that ... “如此……以至 于……”，引导结果状语从 句。 The weather is so_cold_that they had to stay at home. 天气如此冷，以至于他们不得 不待在家里。 2. But it's worth waiting for. be worth doing ... “某事值得 I think the novel Gone With the 但是这值得等。 做”。 Wind is_worth_reading. 我认为《飘》这本小说值得一 读。 3.Although people enjoyed reading his book, many of them thought ... 虽然人们爱读他的书，但许多 人认为…… although“尽管”，引导让步 状语从句。 Although_she_was_exhausted, _she kept on working. 尽管她已筋疲力尽，但仍然继 续工作。 1．(教材 P24)People do extreme sports in order to feel excited. 人们做极限运动是为了感到兴奋。 in order to为了(否定形式是 in order not to) so as to do sth. 为了做某事 in order that ... 为了……，以便…… ①She worked hard in order to pass the exam. 为了通过考试她努力学习。 ②He gets up early in_order_not_to_be_late every morning. 他为了不迟到而每天早晨早起。 [辨析比较] in order to, so as to, in order that in order to 后接不定式表示目的，可用于句首/中 so as to 后接不定式表示目的，不能放在句首 in order that 后接从句表示目的 选用上述短语填空 ③In order to finish the task on time, we will not rest this weekend. →We will not rest this weekend in_order_to finish the task on time. →We will not rest this weekend so_as_to finish the task on time. →We will not rest this weekend in_order_that we can finish the task on time. 为了按时完成这项工作，本周末我们不休息。 2．(教材 P116)What makes people risk their lives to do them? 是什么让人们冒着生命危险去从事这些活动呢？ risk vt.冒……的危险 n.危险，风险 (1)risk doing sth.＝take the risk of doing sth. 冒险做某事 (2)at risk 有危险，有风险 at the risk of ... 冒……的危险 take a risk/risks 冒险 (3)risky adj. 冒险的 ①Whoever you are, don't take the risk of doing a job like that. 无论你是谁，都不要冒险做那样一份工作。 ②By criticizing her boss, she risked losing (lose) her position. 批评老板使她冒失去职位之险。 ③He was determined to do it even at the risk of being_laughed (laugh) at. 他决定即使冒着被人嘲笑的危险也要做。 3．(教材 P116)You can find all these in the various extreme sports that have become popular in the last ten years or so. 你可以发现所有这些在各种各样的极限运动中在最近大约十年来变得很受欢迎。 various adj.不同的，各种各样的 (1)variety n． 变化，种类 a variety of/varieties of 各种各样的 (2)vary vi.&vt. 变化，使不同 vary from ... to ... 从……到……不等 ①There are various ways to solve the problem. 解决这个问题有许多种方法。 ②Varieties/a_variety_of_flowers were on show in the World Expo. 在世博会上各种各样的花卉被展出。 ③The weather varied from_very cold to_quite mild. 天气变化很大，会从寒冷变得相当暖和。 4．(教材 P25)Use these words to write sentences about your preferences. 用这些词写一些关于你的偏爱的句子。 preference n．较喜欢的东西，偏爱 (1)have a preference for 喜欢，偏爱…… give preference to ... 给予……优先权；偏爱 (2)prefer vt. 更喜欢 prefer doing sth. 宁愿做某事(习惯性动作) prefer to do sth. 宁愿做某事(某一次具体动作) prefer A to B 喜欢 A甚于 B prefer to do ... rather than do ... 宁愿做某事也不愿做…… ①He has a strong preference for modern music. 他非常喜欢现代音乐。 ②We give preference to_applicants with some experience. 我们优先录用有一定经验的申请人。 ③He preferred taking a risk to waiting at home. ＝He preferred to take a risk rather_than_wait at home. 他宁愿冒险也不愿意在家里等。 5．(教材 P25)When I turned up for my first jump I was so nervous that I tried to back out， but my friends persuaded me to go through with it. 我第一次站在跳台上紧张得真想退缩下来，但是朋友们说服了我。 turn up出现，到场；调高音量 turn down 调小；拒绝 turn out 证明是；结果是 turn to 转向；求助于，查阅 turn in 上交 ①He promised to come, but so far he has not turned up. 他答应来，可是到现在还没有来。 ②It turns out_right that water turns into ice in such cold weather. 在这寒冷的天气中，水变成冰被证明是正确的。 ③Whenever she was in trouble she turned_to_him_for_help. 每当遇到困难时，她就找他帮忙。 6．(教材 P25)It's difficult to get across how exciting it is! 刺激程度难以言表！ get across 使理解(某事)，被传达，被理解 get about＝get around＝get round 各处旅行(走动)；(消息、谣言等)传开 get along/on 进展，相处 get down to 开始做某事(to为介词) get over 克服 get through 完成；接通(电话)；花费，消费 ①He taught me how to get my idea across. 他教我怎么把我的想法表达得让人能够理解。 ②It is time that they got down to doing_(do) their work. 是他们开始认真干活的时候了。 ③Have you gone through_all your money? 你把所有的钱都花光了吗？ 7．(教材 P26)Marco, in turn, was amazed by how beautiful and powerful China was. 马可也相应地被中国的美丽和强大所震撼。 in turn 轮流，依次；反过来 take turns to do sth./(at) doing sth. 轮流做某事 It's one's turn to do sth. 轮到某人做某事 by turns 轮流 ①Theory is based on practice and in turn serves practice. 理论是建立在实践的基础上，反过来为实践服务。 ②We take turns making/to_make (make) dinner. 我们轮流做饭。 ③It's your turn to_clean (clean) the blackboard. 轮到你擦黑板了。 8．(教材 P26)He was also confused by the black stones people used to burn for fuel. 他也不明白为什么人们用黑色的石头作燃料。 confuse vt.使困惑；使混淆 (1)confuse A with B 把 A和 B混淆 (2)confusion n. 困惑 confusing adj. 令人困惑的 confused adj. 感到困惑的 be confused by 因……而感到困惑 be confused about 对……感到迷惑 ①Don't confuseAustria withAustralia. 不要把奥地利与澳大利亚弄混了。 ②He asked me so many questions that I got confused(confuse)． 他问了我许许多多的问题，把我弄糊涂了。 ③I am_confused_by_ what you said. 你说的话把我弄糊涂了。 9．(教材 P26)Not long after his return, a local war broke out near his town. 他返回之后不久，一场区域性的战争在他的家乡附近爆发了。 break out (坏事)突然发生，爆发 break in 打断(谈话等)；破门而入 break into 强行闯入；突然……起来 break down 出故障；垮掉 break off 折断；中断 break up 驱散；(物理)分解；分裂 ①A fire broke out near here yesterday. 昨天这附近发生了一场火灾。 ②The washing machine seems to have broken down again. 洗衣机好像又坏了。 ③Jim broke off_telling the story to answer the telephone. 吉姆中断了正讲着的故事去接电话。 10．(教材 P27)He went to city where iron was produced in huge quantities. 他去了一个盛产铁的城市。 quantity n．量；数量 a large/small quantity of large/small quantities of 大/少量的 in quantity 大量地 in large/small quantities 大量/少量 ①A large quantity of money is spent on environment protection. 大量的钱被花在了环境保护上。 ②Large quantities of time were_wasted (waste) on computer. 大量的时间被浪费在了电脑上。 ③The government has been buying silver in_large quantities. 政府一直在购进大量白银。 [名师点津] a large quantity of和 large quantities of既可以修饰可数名词复数，也可以 修饰不可数名词，当其作主语时，谓语动词的数与 quantity的形式一致。类似用法还有 a large amount of以及 large amounts of。 But it's worth waiting for. 但是这值得等。 句中 be worth doing“值得做”，常用主动表示被动。 be worth ＋n. 常指价值 ＋doing……值得做 ①The expert told me the picture is worth at least twenty thousand pounds. 专家告诉我这幅图片至少值两万英镑。 ②I don't think this film is worth seeing (see)． 我认为这部电影不值得一看。 [辨析比较] worth, worthy, worthwhile worth 只能作表语，后常接名词或动名词 worthy 作定语时指“有地位的，有价值的”；作表语时，构成 be worthy of＋n./be worthy to be done/be worthy of being done结构 worthwhile 可作定语或表语，作定语时指“值得花时间(钱、努力等)去做的”；作表语时， 常用 it作形式主语，构成 It is worthwhile doing sth./to do sth.结构 选用上述单词填空 ③It is worthwhile to spend/spending money on your children. 在你的孩子们身上花钱是值得的。 ④As far as I know, the West Lake is worth visiting. 据我所知，西湖值得参观。 ⑤I don't think this bridge is worthy of being repaired. 我认为这座桥不值得修了。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．We clean the classroom every week in turn. 2．Beijing is filled with people from various (vary) parts of China. 3．As a teacher, you must get across what you teach to your students. 4．The soldier risked losing_(lose) his life to save his friend. 5．The First World War broke out in 1914. 6. The film So Young is well worth seeing (see)． Ⅱ.完成句子 1．With more forests being destroyed, huge quantities of good earth are_being_washed_away (正被冲走) each year. 2． I was_so_confused_about_(对……很困惑 ) today's history lesson. I didn't understand a thing. 3．In_order_not_to_start_smoking_again (为了不再开始吸烟), she doesn't go out with people who smoke. 4．I can't hear the radio very well; could you turn_it_up_a_bit_(把声音开大点)? 5.Do you have_a_preference_for (偏爱) a particular food? 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．The similarity (相似性) between them has often been remarked on. 2．The travellers_(旅行者) wrote a record of their journey. 3．The news caused great excitement_(兴奋) and they were too excited to sleep. 4．The woman has strengths, which amazes_(使惊奇) the man. 5．We've had quantities (大量) of rain this summer. 6．He risked_(冒……的危险) his life to save the boy who fell into the water. 7．The cars flowed_(涌出，流动) in a steady stream along the main road. 8．There are many professors_(教授) in our school. Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．All of them arrived late for various (vary) reasons. 2．There are a lot of pieces of equipment(equip) in the gym. 3．Many elderly people expressed a strong preference_(prefer) to live in their own homes. 4．It is exactly (exact) four o'clock, not one minute more nor one minute less. 5．As the end of the game grew nearer, the crowd's excitement_ (excite) increased. 6．He left as a poor, working class boy and returned as an extremely (extreme) wealthy man. 7．In China many parents often make sacrifices (牺牲) for their boys or girls, which in turn increases their dependence. 8．I hope I can depend on you not to back out_at the last moment. 9．Hardly could he get through this large amount of work in such a short time. 10．The foreigners are amazed by the amazing_achievements that the Chinese have made recently in socialist construction.(amaze) Ⅲ.选词填空 get ... across to， in order to， turn up， stand by， be confused about， put into prison 1．He was_confused_about the foreign names in the novel. 2．He's my best friend, who stood_by me when the going was hardest. 3．The driver was put_into_prison because of much drinking. 4．He couldn't get the idea across_to the class. 5．Turn_up the radio so that everyone can hear it. 6．He started early in_order_to catch the first bus. Ⅳ.课文语法填空 17yearold Marco Polo travelled across Europe and Asia with his father, and because his father wanted to do trade 1.with the Chinese, they eventually arrived in Beijing during the Yuan Dynasty.Marco was very clever and could speak four languages, 2.which impressed Emperor Kublai Khan. 3.So the Emperor asked him to serve in the court and do many important tasks. Marco was amazed by how beautiful and 4.powerful (power) China was and was very impressed by Beijing and the Emperor's Palace. He was surprised to see Chinese people 5.using (use) paper money to pay for goods. Marco was also 6.confused (confuse) by the black stones people used to burn for fuel. After 17 years of service to the Emperor, Marco became 7.wealthy (wealth) and returned to Italy. He was caught in a local war and put into prison. But he was lucky enough 8.to_meet (meet) a prisoner 9.who was an author and interested in his stories about China. The prisoner wrote the stories that Marco told in a book, which became one of the bestselling 10.books (book) in Europe. Many people didn't believe the stories, but Marco said he had only told half of what he had seen. Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达 上周末为了(in order to)能按时看足球赛我们很早就出发了，一路上我们轮流(in turn)快速 驾驶。当我们到达时足球场内挤满了来自全国各地(various)的球迷。令我们极度(extreme)兴奋 (excitement)的是，几个足球明星来到(turn up)在了球场上。比赛给我们留下了深刻的印象 (impression)。不幸的是赛后球迷之间爆发(break out)了打斗，这使我们很困惑(confuse)。不久 警方到达了赛场。他们带走了一位富有(wealthy)的年轻人。我的一位朋友告诉我这个人拒绝 向警方供述(statement)并最终被关进监狱(put...into prison)。 We_started_early_in_order_to_watch_a_football_match_on_time_last_weekend._We_drove_ quickly_all_the_way_in_turn._When_we_arrived,_the_stadium_was_filled_with_football_fans_fro m_various_parts_of_our_country._To_our_extreme_excitement,_several_famous_players_turned_ up_at_the_stadium._The_match_left_a_deep_impression_on_us._Unfortunately,_a_fighting_broke _out_between_fans_after_the_match,_which_confused_us_very_much._The_police_arrived_at_the _stadium_soon._They_took_away_a_young_wealthy_man._One_of_my_friends_told_me_that_the _man_refused_to_give_a_statement_to_the_police_and_eventually_he_was_put_into_prison. 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.阅读理解 If you're planning on travelling, there are a few simple rules about how to make life easier both before and after your journey. First of all, always check and doublecheck departure (起程 ) time. It is amazing how few people really do this carefully. Once I arrived at the airport a few minutes after ten. My secretary had got the ticket for me and I thought she had said that the plane left at 10：50. When I arrived at the airport, the clerk at the departure desk told me that my flight was closed. Therefore, I had to wait three hours for the next one and missed an important meeting. The second rule is to remember that even in this age of credit cards, it is still important to have at least a little of the local currency (货币 ) with you when you arrive in a country. This can be necessary if you are flying to a place few tourists normally visit. A few years ago I was sent to Tulsa, Oklahoma. I flew there from London via (经由 ) Dallas, with very little time to change planes in between. I arrived there at midnight and the bank at the airport was closed. The only way to get to my hotel was by taxi and because I had no dollars, I offered to pay in pounds instead. “Listen! I only take real money！” the driver said angrily. Luckily I was able to borrow a few dollars from a clerk at the hotel, but it was embarrassing (令人难堪的)． The third and last rule is to find out as much as you can about the weather at your destination before you leave. I feel sorry for some of my workmates who travel in heavy suit and raincoats in May, when it is still fairly cool in London or Manchester, to places like Athens, Rome or Madrid, where it is already beginning to get quite warm during the day. 语篇解读：本文作者对旅行时所需要注意的问题提出了自己的建议，如确定起程时间、 携带一定数量的当地货币以及确定目的地的天气。 1．According to the passage, it's obvious that ________. A．the author learns some rules of travelling from his own experiences B．the author doesn't plan his trips or journeys carefully C．Englishmen like to wear heavy suits wherever they travel D．the American taxi driver never travels to England 解析：选 A 细节理解题。通读全文可以看出，作者以自己及其同事的亲身经历向读者 提出了三条旅行注意事项。故 A项正确。 2．What should you make sure first before setting off? A．When you will leave. B．Where you will go. C．How you will travel. D．Whom you will go with. 解析：选 A 细节理解题。根据第二段首句“First of all, always check and doublecheck departure time.”可知，动身前首先弄清起程时间。 3．According to the passage, the driver was angry because ________. A．the author gave him false money B．the author did not give him the local currency C．the author did not give him money D．the author had no enough change 解析：选 B 细节理解题。作者午夜抵达，银行已经关门，作者没办法把英镑兑换成美 元，用英镑付打的费，而当地的流通货币是美元，司机生气原因自然就在于此了，所以选 B。 4．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A．The author tells people to choose warm places as their travel destinations. B．You don't have to take credit cards when travelling. C．You should know more about the weather of the place you'll visit. D．You should take enough change when you travel to other countries. 解析：选 C 推理判断题。由文章内容可知 C项正确。 Ⅱ.语法填空 Tourism may be compared to medicine. It is good for the human body because it can cure certain disease; it is also bad for our health because __1__ its side effects. When enjoying the huge advantages brought by tourism, we cannot ignore the bad effects tourism has __2__ our environment. Tourism more __3__ less leads to environment pollution. We are all fully aware that the gas from vehicles is polluting our environment. Yet whenever a new place is open to people as a tourist destination, the related tourist lines will soon be developed to make our requirements satisfied. Have you ever noticed that the number of public transport __4__ (be) growing? Growing? Right! The air pollution is also spreading. Besides the pollution __5__ (cause) by vehicles, some tourists' behaviour greatly affects our weak environment. People litter. People spit. Before long the scenic spots will become the places __6__ (fill) with pollution. The more people go to the tourist __7__ (attract), the more resources are to be exploited (开 发 ). For example, to serve an increasing number of tourists __8__ (good), a lot of hotels and restaurants have been set up, __9__ (place) a burden (负担 ) on the electricity, water and other resources. It is important for us __10__ (protect) our environment. Only by doing so can future generations enjoy what we have today. 答案：1.of 2.on 3.or 4.is 5.caused 6.filled 7.attraction 8.well 9.placing 10.to protectSection_Ⅴ Grammar 单元语法项目(一)——动作动词和状态动词 语法图解 探究发现 ①You are walking along a mountain path in the Himalayas. ②And our porters carry your luggage, which means that you can simply enjoy the experience. ③They know all the best routes and best places to camp. ④However, at Adventure 2000 we feel that we understand the needs of hikers. ⑤At Adventure 2000 we also think that good travel arrangements are important. ⑥You are thinking about how far there is to go. [我的发现] (1)①②句中 walk, carry为动作动词，可用于进行时态。 (2)③④句中的 know, feel, understand为状态动词，常用一般时态。 (3)⑤⑥句中的 think既可以作为动作动词，意为“考虑”；也可为状态动词，表示“认 为”的意思。 一、概述 在英语中，动词分为动作动词和状态动词。动作动词描述动作，可用于一般时态和进行 时态；而状态动词描述状态，一般不用于进行时态。 二、动作动词 动作动词可分为三类： 1．表示持续性动作的动词，如 drink, run, rain, write, play, teach, work等。 She teaches English in our school. 她在我们学校教英语。 Mary is writing a letter to her friend in France. 玛丽正在给法国的朋友写信。 2．表示短暂性动作的动词如 open, knock, jump, die, close 等。它们用于进行时态时，一 般表示动作正在发生的瞬间或动作多次重复或即将发生。 She jumped up into the chair. 她跳起来坐到椅子上。 He was jumping up and down to keep warm. 他上下跳动来取暖。 The poor boy is dying. 那个可怜的男孩生命垂危。 3．表示位移或状态变化的动词，如 leave, go, arrive, turn, grow等。这类动词既可用于进 行时态，也可用于一般时态，但意义不同。 The train leaves at nine. 火车 9点开车。(指按时间表或日程表发生某事) The train is leaving. 火车马上就要开了。(表示即将发生的动作) [名师点津] 有些动作动词表示的是短暂性的动作，没有持续性，这类动词一般称为“非 延续性动词”或“终止性动词”，不能同表示一段时间的状语连用。常见的这类动词有：come， go，leave，arrive，lose，join，kill，happen，break out等。 He has come here for three days.(×) He has been here for three days.(√) [即时演练 1] 用所给动词的适当形式填空 ①He has_taught (teach) us for two years so far. ②Look at the kite! How high it is_flying (fly)! ③He entered the room and sat_ (sit) down in a chair. ④It rained yesterday, it is_raining_now and it's reported that it will_rain_tomorrow.(rain) ⑤He misses his father very much, who died_(die) in an accident. ⑥Hurry up, kids! The school bus is_leaving (leave)! 二、状态动词 1．表示拥有和存在的动词：appear, be, belong, contain, have, include, need, seem, possess, own 等。 That dictionary belongs to me. 那本字典是属于我的。 The building measures 60 meters in height. 这幢建筑物高 60米。 2．感官动词：feel, hear, see, look, smell, sound, taste 等。其后常接形容词作表语。 The old man doesn't hear very well. 那位老人听觉不太好。 The dish smells so good that I can't wait to eat it! 这盘菜闻起来如此美味以至于我迫不及待想吃它！ 3．表示思维活动的动词： admit, agree, believe, know, mean, realise, remember, think, understand, want等。 I know what I'm doing. 我知道我正在做什么。 He does not believe in Howard's honesty. 他不相信霍华德为人真诚。 4．表示情感的动词：adore, care, like, dislike, love, hate, hope 等。 He likes getting up early. 他喜欢早起。 [名师点津] 有些动词既可表示动作，也可表示状态，但在意义上有区别。 We have a secondhand car. 我们有一辆二手车。(have ＝possess, 状态) She is having some tea. 她正在喝茶。(have ＝ drink, 动作) [即时演练 2] 用所给动词的适当形式填空 ①This computer costs (cost) 2,000 dollars. Is it expensive? ②Why don't you put the meat in the fridge? It will_stay (stay) fresh for several days. ③I am_thinking (think) about what I should do next, so I still have no plan in my mind. ④The water felt_(feel) cool when I jumped into the pool for morning exercise. ⑤The flowers are so lovely that they sell_(sell) well. ⑥We mustn't have anything that goes_(go) bad, or do harm to our body. ⑦The house he is living in belongs_(belong) to his brother. ⑧The leaves on the tree are_turning (turn) yellow. Ⅰ.用所给单词的适当形式填空 1．These apples taste (taste) delicious and I have eaten five of them. 2．The president arrived (arrive) at the airport at five o'clock. 3．He was_having (have) lunch when I came in. 4．This book includes (include) 10 chapters. 5．Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belts. The plane is_taking (take) off. 6．The man who has the ancient vase insists that it belongs (belong) to his family. 7．He is such a man who is always finding (find) fault with others. 8．—What would you do if it rains (rain) tomorrow? —We have to carry it on, since we've got everything ready. Ⅱ.单句写作 1．(2016·全国卷Ⅱ书面表达)It will_start_from (从……开始) June 15th and_last (并且持续) for three weeks. 2． (2016·北京高考书面表达 )I feel_proud (感到自豪 ) knowing your interest in Chinese history. 3．(2015·陕西高考书面表达)As an outgoing girl, I get_along_well_with_my_classmates (与 我的同学相处很好). 4．(2015·重庆高考满分作文)I am_wondering (想知道) if you could tell me more about this activity. 5．(2014·天津高考书面表达)Our school is located in a northern city of China, where you can taste_many_kinds_of_delicious_food (尝到各种各样的美味食物). 单元语法项目(二)——限制性和非限制性定语从句 语法图解 探究发现 Ⅰ.①He travelled across Europe and Asia with his father, who wanted to do trade with the Chinese. ②The prisoner then wrote the stories in a book called The Description of the World, which became one of the bestselling books in Europe. ③At about 3：00 in the afternoon, we came to the village, whose scenery was really beautiful. Ⅱ.①He was very impressed by Beijing and the Emperor's Palace, especially the Summer Palace which he described as “The greatest palace that ever was ...” ②Marco was lucky enough to meet another prisoner who enjoyed listening to his stories about China. ③The man (that/who/whom) you meet at the school gate is Tom's uncle. [我的发现] (1)Ⅰ组的句子都是非限制性定语从句，Ⅱ组的句子都是限制性定语从句。 (2)限制性定语从句和主句之间不能用逗号分开；非限制性定语从句和主句之间通常用逗 号分开。 (3)在限制性定语从句中，关系代词除了用 who, whom, which, whose外，也可以用 that； 在非限制性定语从句中，关系代词可以用 who, whom, which, whose, 但不能用 that。 一、定义 定语从句主要是用来修饰它前面的先行词(名词或代词)的从句，所以又称形容词从句。 根据从句与先行词的关系，定语从句分为限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。 二、引导非限制性定语从句的关系词 关系代词有 as, which, who, whom, whose 等，作定语从句的主语、宾语、表语及定语。 关系副词有 when, where 等，作定语从句的状语。引导词也可以是“介词＋which(whom, whose)”，但在固定的介词短语里，介词一般是不可提前用于该结构的。关系代词和关系副 词在非限制性定语从句中一般不能省略。 Have you seen the film Titanic, whose leading actor is world famous? 你看过《泰坦尼克号》这部电影吗？它的男主演可是世界闻名的。 My daughter, who is in Boston now, is coming home next week. 我女儿现在在波士顿，下星期回来。 She is an artist, which I am not. 她是一位艺术家，而我不是。 Mr. Smith, from whom I have learned a lot, is a famous scientist. 史密斯先生是一位著名的科学家，我从他那儿学了许多东西。 They went to London, where they lived for six months. 他们去了伦敦，在那儿待了六个月的时间。 He forgot to bring his pen with him, as was often the case. 他忘了带笔，这是常事。 [即时演练 1] 用适当的关系代词或关系副词填空 ①The film, whose_director is an old man, is very instructive. ②None of us accepted the reason he explained, for which_he was absent. ③The famous basketball star, who_tried to make a comeback, attracted a lot of attention. ④Taiwan is, as_you know, an inseparable (不可分割的) part of China. ⑤He will put off the picnic until May 1st, when_he will be free. ⑥He said that he had never seen her before, which was not true. ⑦The boy, whose_father is an engineer, studies very hard. ⑧They reached there yesterday, where an important meeting will be held. 三、限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句的区别 1．作用不同 限制性定语从句对被修饰的先行词有限定制约作用，使该词的含义更具体，更明确。限 制性定语从句不能被省略，否则句意就不完整。 Do you remember the girl who taught us English? 你还记得教我们英语的那个女孩吗？ 非限制性定语从句与先行词关系不十分密切，只是对其作一些附加说明，不起限定制约 作用。如果将非限制性定语从句省去，主句的意义仍然完整。 Her mother, who was once a teacher, died last year. 她的母亲，曾经是一名老师，去年去世了。 2．形式不同 限制性定语从句与先行词关系十分密切，是先行词不可缺少的成分，因此，书写时不能 用逗号隔开；非限制性定语从句可用逗号和主句隔开，口语中有停顿。 This is the place where he used to live. 这就是他过去居住的地方。 Mr. Zhang, who came to see me yesterday, is an old friend of mine. 张先生昨天来看我，他是我的一位朋友。 3．意义不同 限制性定语从句有涉他性；非限制性定语从句有唯一性。 In the class there are ten students who speak English very well. 这个班上有十名英语说得好的学生。(暗示班上不是只有十个学生) In the class there are ten students, who speak English very well. 这个班上有十名学生，他们英语说得很好。(非限制性定语从句，表明班上只有十个学生) 4．先行词不同 限制性定语从句的先行词通常是一个名词或代词，而非限制性定语从句的先行词可以指 代主句的部分或全部内容。 I was the only person in my office that was invited. 我是办公室里唯一受到邀请的人。(先行词是 the only person) I didn't like her, which she realised. 她意识到了我不喜欢她。(which指代整个主句) 5．关系词的使用情况不同 (1)在非限制性定语从句中，先行词指人的时候，关系代词只能是 who, whom，不能用 that； 先行词指物的时候，关系代词只能用 which，不能用 that。 (2)引导非限制性定语从句的 which, as可以代替整个主句，相当于 and this或 and that。 Dave's always really rude, which (＝ and this) is why people tend to avoid him. 戴夫总是粗鲁得很，所以人们总是躲着他。 As I said earlier, this research has just started. 正如我之前说过的，这项研究才刚刚开始。 6．翻译不同 在汉语译文中，限制性定语从句往往翻译在先行词前作定语；非限制性定语从句常译成 并列句。 This is the house which we bought last month. 这是我们上个月买的那幢房子。(限制性定语从句) The house, which we bought last month, is very nice. 这幢房子很漂亮，是我们上个月买的。(非限制性定语从句) [即时演练 2] 完成句子 ①She has been absent again, which_is_expected. 她又缺席了，这在预料之中。 ②A young man had a new girlfriend, whom_he_wanted_to_impress. 一个年轻的小伙子新交了一个女朋友，他想给她留下深刻的印象。 ③Beijing, which_is_our_capital,_is a very beautiful city. 北京是一座美丽的城市，它是我们的首都。 ④I have told them the reason, for_which_I_didn't_attend_the_meeting. 我已告诉他们我没有参加会议的原因了。 ⑤This is the piano for which I paid 12,000 yuan last month/ on which I spent 12,000 yuan last month. 这就是我上个月花了 12 000元买的钢琴。 ⑥Our school has two foreign teachers, both_of_whom_are_from_America. 我们学校有两个外教，他们都来自美国。 四、as与 which在非限制性定语从句中的用法 当 as, which引导非限制性定语从句时，as和 which可指代整个主句，都指主句所表达的 整个意思，相当于 and this或 and that，且在定语从句中都可以作主语和宾语。但不同之处主 要有： 1．位置：as引导的定语从句可置于句首、中、后，而 which 引导的从句只能位于主句 之后。 2．从句的谓语动词： as 在非限制性定语从句中作主语时，从句的谓语动词通常是 be 或其他系动词；而 which不受此限制。 3．意义： as有“正如，就像”之意；而 which常翻译为“这(件事，一点)”。 4．as多用于固定搭配中： as is often the case 这是常有的事 as is expected 正如所料 as is known to all 众所周知 as is mentioned above 正如上面所提到的 as often happens 正如经常发生的那样 As we all know, the earth is round. 众所周知，地球是圆的。 He came to my birthday, which I didn't expect at all. 我完全没有想到，他来参加我的生日聚会了。 [即时演练 3] (1)用 as 和 which填空 ①As we all know, China is a developing country. ②“You can't judge a book by its cover，” as the old saying goes. ③There is no simple answer, as is often the case in science. ④Until now, we have raised 50,000 pounds for the poor children, which is quite unexpected. (2)一句多译 众所周知，月球每月绕地球转一次。 ①As_is_known_to_everybody,_the moon travels round the earth once every month. ②The moon travels round the earth once every month, as/which_is_known_to_everybody. ③It_is_known_to_everybody that the moon travels round the earth once every month. ④What_is_known_to_everybody is that the moon travels round the earth once every month. Ⅰ.用适当的关系代词或关系副词填空 1．Tom was always speaking highly of his role in the play, of course, which made the others unhappy. 2．Mr. King, whose legs were badly hurt, was quickly taken to the hospital. 3．We will put off the outing until next week, when we won't be so busy. 4．We moved on to the north tip of the area, where it was blowing hard and snowing. 5．As is said above, the number of the students in our school has increased. 6．She is the girl who/that lives next door. 7．A child whose parents are dead is called an orphan. 8．She didn't tell me the reason why she refused the offer. 9．People take naps at noon in hotter climates, where the heat makes work difficult in the early afternoon. 10．Mr. White will come to the party on Sunday, which he promised to every one of us. 11．If a shop has chairs where women can park their men, women will spend more time in the shop. 12．We shouldn't spent our money testing so many people, most of whom are healthy. Ⅱ.单句写作 1．这对夫妇对宾馆里的服务员招待他们的方式很生气。 The couple felt most angry about the way in_which_the_waiter_of_the_hotel_treated_them. 2．据报道，两座正在在我家乡建设的学校将于明年开学。 It is reported that two schools, both_of_which_are_being_built_in_my_hometown,_will open next year. 3．他没上课的原因与你给我解释的很不一样。 The reason why_he_missed_this_class was quite different from the one that_you_explained_to_me. 4．当西方人谈论中国的地方时，他们首先想到的是北京。 When western people talk about the cities of China, the first of_which_comes_to_their_mind is Peking. 5．他是一个经验丰富的人，从他那里我们可以学到很多。 He is a man of great experience, from whom_much_can_be_learned. Section_Ⅵ_ Lesson 4 [原文呈现] The RACE to the POLE On 1 June, 1910, Captain Scott left London to begin his journey to the Antarctic①.On his way② ， he received a message from the Norwegian③ explorer Roald Amundsen: “I'm going South.” So the race to the South Pole was on④ ！ During the polar summer of 1910－1911, both teams organised food bases in preparation⑤ for their journeys the next year. Then came the total darkness of the polar winter⑥. Scott and Amundsen waited anxiously for spring. Amundsen was the first to leave⑦， on 15 October, 1911. He had teams of dogs pulling⑧ the sledges⑨ and all his men were on skis. Because of⑩ this, he made rapid progress⑪. Scott left on 1 November and soon had problems. First, his two sledges broke down⑫，and then the horses began to have serious difficulties with⑬ the snow and the cold. After a while⑭， Scott and his men had to push the sledges themselves. Amundsen reached the Pole on 14 December and put a Norwegian flag there. Then he prepared for⑮ the return journey. Scott finally arrived at the Pole with four team members on 17 January. They were shocked⑯ when they saw the Norwegian flag. Scott wrote sadly in his diary： “Well, we have now lost the goal⑰ of our ambition⑱ and must face⑲ 800 miles of hard pushing— and goodbye to most of our dreams.” [读文清障] ①the Antarctic /æn'tɑːktIk/ 南极地区 ②on one's way 在途中 in a way 在某种程度上 ③Norwegian /nɔː'wiːdʒən/ adj.挪威的 n．挪威人 ④be on 开始 ⑤preparation /ˌprepə'reIʃən/ n．准备，预备 in preparation for ... 为……做准备(介词短语) make preparations for ... 为……做准备(动词短语) ⑥时间状语 then置于句首引起的完全倒装结构。 ⑦动词不定式 to leave 作定语，修饰 the first。 ⑧have sb. doing sth.使某人一直做某事 have sb. do sth.使某人做某事 ⑨sledge /sledʒ/ n．雪车，雪橇 ⑩because of 因为，后接名词或代词。 because 后接原因状语从句。 ⑪make progress 稳步前进；取得进步 ⑫break down 损坏，不能运转 break up 分解；驱散 ⑬have difficulty/trouble with sth.在某事上有困难 ⑭after a while 不久；过一会儿 once in a while 偶尔 ⑮prepare for 为……做准备 be prepared for 为……做好准备 ⑯shock /ʃɒk/ vt.震惊，惊骇 be shocked by/at被……震惊 ⑰goal /ɡəʊl/ n．目的；目标 lose/achieve a goal 失去/实现目标 ⑱ambition /æm'bIʃən/ n．志向，抱负 ambitious adj.有抱负的，有雄心的 ⑲face vt.&vi.面对，面向 be faced with 面临 奔向极地的赛跑 [第 1～5段译文] 1910年 6月 1日，斯科特上校离开伦敦开始他的南极探险。在途中，他收到了来自挪威 探险家罗尔德·阿蒙森的信息：“我正向南极进发。”因此，这场奔向南极的赛跑就开始了！ 在 1910—1911年的极地夏季，两队人都为下一年的探险做了食物储备。接着漆黑的极地 冬夜来临了。斯科特和阿蒙森都迫不及待地等待着春天的到来。 1911年 10月 15日，阿蒙森第一个出发了。他让成群的狗拉着雪橇，所有人都坐在雪板 上。因此，他前进的速度很快。斯科特 11月 1日出发，出发后不久就遇到了麻烦。先是他的 两辆雪橇坏了，后来马匹开始应付不了大雪和严寒的天气。过了一段时间，斯科特不得不和 队员们一起推雪橇了。 阿蒙森 12月 14日到达南极点，在南极点插上了挪威国旗，然后他准备回程。斯科特和 四名队员最终于 1月 17日到达南极。当他们看到挪威国旗时，他们感到震惊。斯科特在日记 中痛苦地写道： “噢，我们现在已经失去了雄伟的目标，但还得面对 800 英里的艰难跋涉——与我们的 大部分梦想说再见。” The return journey was one of the worst in the history of exploration. The men were soon exhausted⑳ and were running out of○21 food. The weather conditions were terrible. Scott started to realise their hopeless○22 situation： “... we are very cheerful○23， but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess. Putting on our shoes in the morning○24 is getting slower and slower.” However, on their way back they found time to look for rocks. They carried 20 kilos of rocks all the way○25 with them. Later, these rocks proved that at one time○26 in the distant○27 past the Antarctic was covered by plants. Then, disaster soon came. Edgar Evans had a terrible disease and died after a bad fall. The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking○28 . Scott recorded his death： “He said，‘I am just going outside and I may be some time.’ We knew that poor Oates was walking to his death, but though we tried to stop him, we knew that it was the act of a brave man and an English gentleman. We all hope to meet the end with a similar spirit, and certainly the end is not far.”,⑳exhausted /Iɡ'zɔːstId/ adj.疲惫的 exhausting adj.令人疲惫的 ○21 run out of 用完，耗尽 ○22 hopeless /'həʊpləs/ adj.没有希望的 hopeful adj.有希望的 ○23 cheerful /'tʃIəf l/ adj.愉快的，高兴的 ○24动名词短语 Putting on our shoes in the morning作主语。 ○25 all the way 一路上，远道，自始至终 ○26 at one time 曾经，一度 at a time 一次 ○27 distant /'dIstənt/ adj.远处的；久远的 distance n. 距离，远方 ○28 have difficulty (in) doing sth.做某事有困难 [第 6～10段译文] 他们返回的行程是探险史上最艰难的行程之一。队员们很快就筋疲 力竭了，食品也快吃完了。天气异常恶劣。斯科特开始意识到他们所处的绝望境地： “…… 我们看上去都很愉快，但我能猜出大家心里的想法。早上穿鞋的动作越来越慢了。” 尽管 如此，在返程途中，他们还抽时间采集岩石。一路上他们携带了 20 千克岩石。后来这些石块证实，在遥远的过去，南极洲曾经被植被覆盖。 接着，灾难 很快袭来。埃德加·埃文斯病重，重重地跌倒后死去。接下来离开的是奥茨上校，他行走非常 艰难。斯科特记录了他的死亡： “他说：‘我只是出去走走，可能要走上一会儿。’我们都知道可怜的奥茨在走向死亡， 尽管我们试图阻拦，但我们都知道这是勇敢者的举动，是英国绅士的行为。我们都希望以同 样的精神结束生命，而且大家都知道，死亡正在逼近。” Scott and two of his team members carried on○29 and got within○30 eleven miles of one of their food bases. But then a terrible storm started and they could not leave their tent. Scott spent some of his last hours writing○31 . He wrote a letter full of○32 sadness○33 to his wife Kathleen： “I could tell you lots and lots about this journey. What stories you would have for the boy ... But what a price to pay.” Scott's diary also told the story of their end： “We are getting weaker and weaker○34 and the end can't be far. It seems a pity, but I do not think I can write more.” The news of Scott's death shocked the world. He had failed○35 to win the race to the Pole, but the extraordinary○36 courage shown by Captain Scott and his men○37 made them into○38 heroes. ○29 carry on继续做某事 carry out 实行，执行 ○30within /wIð'In/ prep.在……之内，在……内部 ○31 spend time doing sth.花费时间做某事 ○32形容词短语 full of sadness 作定语，修饰 a letter。 ○33 sadness /'sædnIs/ n．悲哀，忧伤 ○34weaker and weaker 越来越虚弱 “比较级＋and＋比较级”表示“越来越……”。 ○35 fail v．失败，不及格 fail to do sth. 未能做成某事 ○36 extraordinary adj.非同寻常的；特别的 ○37过去分词短语 shown by Captain Scott and his men 作定语，修饰 courage。 ○38make ... into ... 使……成为…… [第 11～15段译文] 斯科特和两名同伴继续向前，到达距离食品储存处不足 11英里的 地方。但是后来一场可怕的暴风雪降临，他们无法离开帐篷。斯科特用最后的时间写下了一 些东西，他给妻子凯瑟琳写了一封信，信中充满悲伤： “我能够告诉你许许多多关于这次探险的事。你可以把这些故事讲给儿子听……但是为 这一切，我们付出了多大的代价啊。” 斯科特的日记也记述了他们生命的结束： “我们 越来越虚弱，离生命结束不远了。真遗憾，我想我写不下去了。” 斯科特逝世的消息震惊 了世界。尽管他输掉了奔向南极的竞赛，但斯科特上校和他的伙伴们所表现出来的非凡勇气 足以使他们成为英雄。 True (T) or False (F)． 1．Captain Scott was the first to start the journey to Antarctic while Roald Amundsen was the first to leave Antarctic.__T__ 2．Captain Scott's team lost the goal of their ambition because Amundsen had arrived at the Pole before them.__T__ 3．The difficulties Captain Scott's team encountered were that his two sledges broke down and the horses died from the snow and the cold.__F__ 4．What made Captain Scott and his men into heroes was the extraordinary courage shown during the journey.__T__ Choose the best answers according to the text. 1．Which of the following is a fact about the team of Captain Scott? A．Captain Scott set out earlier than Roald Amundsen. B．Captain Scott started on 1 June 1910 and marched nonstop till 17 January, 1912. C．On their way back, they carried 20 kilos of rocks all the way with them. D．The whole team died from hunger. 2．Which of the following can NOT be the cause of the failure of the race for Captain Scott? A．They had to push the sledge themselves. B．A storm broke out at a wrong time. C．They spent time writing home instead of struggling. D．The horses began to have serious difficulties with the snow and the cold. 3．The story mainly tells us ________. A．an experience of the race to the Pole B．the lesson from Captain Scott C．the way to the South Pole can be too hard D．enough food will ensure us to go 答案：1～3 CCA 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1．preparation_n． 准备；预备 2．shock_vt. 震惊，惊骇 3．goal_n. 目的；目标 4．ambition n. 志向，抱负 5．within prep. 在……之内，在……内部 6．function vi. 运转；发挥作用 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1．hopeless_adj.没有希望的→hope v．&n.希 望，期望 2．cheerful_adj.愉快的，高兴的→cheerfully adv.高兴地→cheer v．&n.欢呼，喝彩 3．distant_adj.远处的，久远的→distance n．距 离；远处，远方 4．sadness_n．悲哀，忧伤→sad adj.难过的， 悲伤的→sadly adv.伤心地 5．aim_n．目标，目的→aimless adj.无目标的， 无目的的 6．patience_n．耐心，忍耐力→patient adj忍 耐的 n.病人 7． nationality_n． 国 籍 →nation n． 国 家 →national adj.国家的 1.preparation n．准备，预备 [记法] prepare(准备)＋ation(名词后缀， “状态”)→preparation [联想] ation结尾名词小结 ①accommodation 住 所 ， 住 处 ②adaptation 适应；改编 ③education 教育 ④expectation 预料，预想 2．function vi.运转；发挥作用 [同义] ①work 工作，操作，使产生 效果 ②run 跑；流动；运行 ③operate 操作；经营；运转；管理 3．hopeless adj.没有希望的 [反义] hopeful adj.怀有希望的，有希望的 4．sadness n．悲哀，忧伤 [反义] cheer, happiness, joy, delight 5．aim n．目标，目的 [图片记忆] 瞄准目标学 aim 6．patience n．耐心，忍耐力 [联想] 照顾病人(patient)需要极大的耐心 (patience) 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.on one's way 在途中 2．break down 损坏，不能运转 3．run out of 用完，耗尽 4．carry on 继续做某事 5．have difficulty (in)_doing 做某事有困难 6．in the history of 在……的历史上 7．in preparation for 为……做准备 1.because of 因为；由 于 2．after a while 不久；过一会儿 3．prepare for the return journey 准备回程 4．all the way 一路上，远道，自始至终 5．at one time 曾经，一度 6．make progress 取得进步 7．make ... into ... 使……成为…… 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.Then came the total darkness of the polar winter. 接着漆黑的极地冬夜来临了。 完全倒装语序。 Now comes_your_turn. 现在轮到你了。 2.He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis. 他让成群的狗拉着雪橇，所有 人都坐在雪板上。 have＋宾语＋宾语补足语。 He had_us_laughing during the lunchtime. 他让我们在午饭期间一直笑 个不停。 3.... we are very cheerful, but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess. ……我们看上去都很愉快，但 我能猜出大家心里的想法。 what 引导名词性从句并在从 句中作表语。 What_worries__the_public is whether ways will be found to stop pollution. 令民众担心的事是能否找到 阻止污染的方法。 1． (教材 P28)On his way, he received a message from the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen：“I'm going South.” 在途中，他收到了来自挪威探险家罗尔德·阿蒙森的信息：“我正向南极进发。” on one's way (to)在途中；在去……的路上，即将，将要 in a way 在某种程度上 in the way 挡道 all the way 一路上 by the way 顺便提一下 no way 没门，不可能 in no way 决不 ①We will pass by many small towns on our way to London. 前往伦敦的路上我们将会经过许多小镇。 ②_In_no_way can we tolerate your behaviors any more. 我们决不能再容忍你的行为。 ③I put her downstairs so that she shouldn't be in the way. 我让她住在楼下免得碍事。 [名师点津] in no way“决不”，表示否定意义，放在句首时，句子要部分倒装。 2．(教材 P28)During the polar summer of 1910—1911, both teams organised food bases in preparation for their journeys the next year. 在 1910—1911年的极地夏季，两队人都为下一年的探险做了食物储备。 preparation n．准备，预备 (1)in preparation for 为……做准备 make preparations for 为……做准备 be in preparation 在准备中 (2)prepare v. 准备 prepare for sth. 为……做准备(强调动作) be prepared for sth. 为……做好准备(强调状态) prepare to do sth. 准备做某事 ①The best preparation for tomorrow is doing your best today. 对明天最好的预备就是今天做得更好。 ②They've sold their house and car in_preparation_for leaving the country. 他们卖掉了房子和汽车准备出国。 ③The teacher is_preparing the reviewing quiz, while the students are_preparing_for it. 老师正在准备复习测试题，而学生正在为测试做准备。 3．(教材 P28)They were shocked when they saw the Norwegian flag. 当他们看到挪威国旗时，他们感到震惊。 shock vt.震惊，惊骇 n.[C]令人震惊的事[U]震惊，震动 (1)be shocked at/by 因……而震惊 be shocked to do sth. 因做某事而深感震惊 (2)to one's shock 令某人震惊的是 ①The news was a great shock to me. 这则消息令我十分震惊。 ②The public were_shocked_by/at this plane crash. 公众被这起飞机失事震惊了。 ③To_my_shock,_such an attack could happen in this school. 令我震惊的是，这样的袭击事件竟会发生在这所学校。 4．(教材 P28)The next to go was Captain Oates, who was having great difficulty walking. 接下来离开的是奥茨上校，他行走非常艰难。 have difficulty (in) doing sth.做某事有困难 have difficulty/trouble/problems/with sth. 在某方面有困难 have difficulty/trouble/problems (in) doing sth. 做某事有困难 ①I have some difficulty (in) communicating with foreigners. 我与外国人交流还有些困难。 ②Whenever we have difficulty with our studies, our teachers help us patiently. 无论何时我们学习上有困难，老师都会耐心帮助我们。 5．(教材 P28)The men were soon exhausted and were running out of food. 队员们很快就筋疲力竭了，食品也快吃完了。 run out of用完，耗尽(＝use up) be running short 快用完 run across 偶遇；横跨 run after 追捕；追求 ①We have run out of milk and juice. 我们用完了牛奶和果汁。 ②Did you ever run across the word “camp”？ 你曾见过“camp”这个词吗？ [辨析比较] run out of, run out run out of 是及物动词短语，表示主动含义，其主语一般是人 run out 是不及物动词短语，其主语通常为时间、食物、金钱等名词 选用上述短语填空 ③We've run_out_of petrol so far. →Our petrol has run_out so far. 到目前为止我们的汽油用完了。 6．(教材 P28)Scott and two of his team members carried on and got within eleven miles of one of their food bases. 斯科特和两名同伴继续向前，到达距离食品储存处不足 11英里的地方。 carry on继续做某事 carry on with sth.＝go on with sth. doing sth.＝go on doing sth. 继续做某事 carry away 拿走 carry out 进行(实验)，实施(计划)，履行(义务、约定) carry sb. through 帮助某人渡过难关 ①Carry on with your sewing while I read you a story. 继续做你的针线活儿，我来给你读一个故事。 ②His courage and determination carried him through. 他的勇气和决心帮助他渡过了难关。 ③No matter what difficulty you will meet with, carry out your plan. 不管你遇到什么困难，都要执行计划。 7．(教材 P29)patience n．耐心；忍耐力 (1)have the patience to do 有耐心做某事 with patience 耐心地 be out of patience with 对……忍无可忍 (2)patient adj. 耐心的 n. 病人 be patient with sb./of sth. 对……有耐心 ①It was a hard work, and required all his patience. 工作很艰巨，需要极大耐心。 ②He doesn't have the patience to_sit (sit) reading every day. 他没有耐心整天坐着看书。 ③The nurse is very patient with_her patients. 那位护士对她的病人很有耐心。 8．(教材 P29)aim n．目标；目的 vt.&vi.瞄准，对准；目的在于 aim sth. at sth./sb. 用某物瞄准某物/人 aim at 瞄准； 力争 aim to do sth. 打算做某事(口语)；旨在 be aimed at 旨在，目的是 ①I aimed the gun carefully at the target. 我小心地用枪瞄准了目标。 ②Harry aims at becoming a doctor. 哈里立志做一名医生。 ③His criticism was obviously aimed_at_us. 他的批评显然是针对我们的。 1. Then came the total darkness of the polar winter. 接着漆黑的极地冬夜来临了。 (1)该句为完全倒装语序，主语为 the total darkness of the polar winter, 谓语为 came。 (2)所谓完全倒装，就是将谓语动词置于主语前。构成完全倒装的条件： ◆表示地点的副词 here, there, up, down, out, in, away；表示时间的副词 now, then；表语以 及表示地点的介词短语位于句首。 ◆句子的谓语动词是系动词 be或 come, go, lie, stand等不及物动词。 ◆句子的主语是名词。 ①Here comes the bus. 公共汽车来了。 ②In_came the headmaster. 校长进来了。 ③Gone_are_the_days when we were looked down upon. 我们被瞧不起的日子一去不复返了。 ④In the yard stands_a_tall_tree. 院子里有一棵大树。 [名师点津] (1)这种完全倒装结构的时态只限于一般现在时或一般过去时。 (2)谓语动词的单复数视后面主语的单复数而定。 (3)主语为代词时句子不使用完全倒装。 2．He had teams of dogs pulling the sledges and all his men were on skis. 他让成群的狗拉着雪橇，所有人都坐在雪板上。 本句使用了句型“have＋宾语＋宾语补足语”，其中 have是使役动词，意为“使，叫， 让”。该句型用法有以下几种： (1)have sb./sth. doing (动作具有持续、进行含义) (2)have sb. do让某人做某事 (3)have sth. done 让/请别人做某事；遭受到 ①They tried to have her talking. But no use. 他们想让她说话，但没用。 ②She had planned to have her daughter marry_(marry) Laurie. 她本打算让女儿嫁给劳里。 ③As we left we had a photograph taken_(take) together. 临走时，我们一起照相了。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．I had great difficulty finding_(find) that restaurant. 2．Shocked_(shock) by the sad news, she broke out in tears. 3．In spite of the noise, he carried on reading (read)． 4．They answered all my questions with patience (patient) . 5．We aim_to_finish_(finish) the task by Friday. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．On_my_way_home,_I visited Mr. Wang. 回家途中，我拜访了王先生。 2．They are_all_making_preparations_for/preparing_for tomo rrow's examination. 他们都在为明天的考试做准备。 3．We had_the_washing_machine_repaired just now. 我们刚才请人把洗衣机修好了。 4．Within a month, he ran_out_of_all_his_money. 一个月内，他花光了身上所有的钱。 5．The door opened slowly and there stood_the_woman. 门慢慢打开，那位女士就站在那里。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．Organizers are making final preparations_(准备) for the Olympic Games. 2．Her sadness_(悲伤) at her failing the exam was obvious. 3．You'll need patience_(耐心) and understanding if you're going to be a teacher. 4．At the International School they have pupils of 46 different nationalities_(国籍)． 5．By the time they reached the summit they were exhausted (疲惫)． 6．All the children remained cheerful_(高兴的)during the journey. 7．One of his ambitions (抱负) is to study abroad. 8．I was born in a town quite a distance (远) from here. Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．I suppose you are right in a way. 2．If Jimmy carries on working like this, he will break down sooner or later. 3．My energy has run out,_so I feel very tired. 4．No matter what happens, we should carry on with_our research. 5．Everybody got shocked_when they heard the shocking story.(shock) 6．It saves time in the kitchen to have things you use a lot within easy reach. 7．My daughter would like to have her photos taken where lies (lie) a lake. 8．The hunter aimed at the deer and fired, but missed it. 9．She'll have you doing (do) all the housework if you're not careful. 10．You still have some difficulty with_your pronunciation. 11．A doctor is there to treat and cure, not to dismiss anyone as a hopeless_(hope) case. 12．She manages to stay cheerful_(cheer), though there exists something unpleasant. Ⅲ.选词填空 be aimed at， break down， in preparation for， carried on， run out of， on one's way， in the history of， make progress 1．The telephone system broke_down suddenly while he was calling his mother. 2．One person carried_on what the other had left off. 3．I have run_out_of all my money. 4．Joe is training in_preparation_for the next football match. 5．I paid a visit to one of my old friends on_my_way to Boston. 6．Are you making_progress in your study? 7．Steven Spielberg is one of the most famous directors in_the_history_of film. 8．The visit was_aimed_at expanding relations between the two countries. Ⅳ.课文语法填空 On 1 June, 1910, Captain Scott began his journey1.tothe Antarctic. At the same time, the Norwegian explorer Roald Amundsen was also going south. During the polar summer, both teams organised food bases in 2.preparation (prepare) for their journey. Amundsen reached the Antarctic first. Then he prepared for the return journey. Scott 3.finally (final) arrived at the Pole. They 4.were_shocked (shock) when they saw the Norwegian flag. Scott wrote sadly in his diary：“Well, we have now lost the goal of our ambition and must face 800 miles of hard pushing — and goodbye to most of our 5.dreams (dream)．” The return journey was one of the worst in the exploration. The weather conditions were terrible. Scott realised their 6.hopeless (hope) situation：“...we are very cheerful，7.but what each man feels in his heart I can only guess ...”. Then a terrible storm started. Scott spent some of his last hours 8.writing (write). He wrote a letter full of sadness to his wife. The news of Scott's death shocked 9.the world. He had failed to win the race to the Pole, but the extraordinary courage 10.shown (show) by Captain Scott and his men made them into heroes. Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达 上周我们参加了夏令营，对此我们做了充分的准备(make preparations for)。一大早我们就 出发了。在去夏令营的路上(on one's way to)，我们的车坏(break down)了。过了一会儿(after a while)，我把车修好(have sth. done)了。我们快速开车到目的地，不幸的是，我们的油用完(run out of)了，我费了好大劲(have great difficulty in)才弄来了汽油。令我吃惊的是(to one's shock)， 当我们到达目的地时，没有人。结果是我弄错了时间。 Last_week_we_joined_a_summer_camp._I_made_full_preparations_for_it._We_set_off_early _in_the_morning._On_the_way_to_the_summer_camp,_our_car_broke_down._After_a_while,_I_ had_it_repaired_well._We_drove_quickly_to_the_destination._Unluckily_we_ran_out_of_petrol._I _had_great_difficulty_in_getting_some_petrol._To_my_shock,_when_we_arrived_at_the_destinati on,_there_was_no_one._It_turned_out_that_I_were_mistaken_about_the_exact_time._ 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.完形填空 John Perry stood up and looked around again. The island had been a good place to find shells. But now how could he make the __1__ move out to sea ...? If they swam out to sea he could jump in and get to shore __2__ they saw him. He saw the sharks rolling and playing. Their __3__ was now gone and they were killing for fun. How could he make them move away? He drew his knife from his belt. Sharks can __4__ blood, he thought. He put the knife against his leg and cut deep into the __5__. The blood ran out and he caught it on his white shirt. When the shirt was red and wet he tied some cloth around his leg to __6__ the flow of blood. He then tied a long piece of cloth to the shirt, threw it into the water and __7__ it with the piece of cloth. The sharks smelled the blood and came __8__ toward the shirt. He ran down the sand reef pulling the shirt and the sharks raced after it. He was __9__ them away from shore. Suddenly he dropped the cloth, turned toward the __10__ and ran as fast as he could. He jumped in the water and swam. He was halfway across __11__ he turned to look back. A high bony fin (鳍 ) was __12__ through the water toward him. He put his face in the water and kicked and splashed himself __13__ as fast as he could. The shore was near now. He lifted his head again to __14__ and he saw the shore very near. From behind he left the water rush toward him, almost pushing him, helping him. And then a great gray body hit him and almost rolled him over in the water. He touched the shore with __15__ and he pulled himself up the stones. The shark, __16__ by the smell of blood and the chase (追逐), went wildly after him. Its great body crashed against __17__. The end came quickly and the water was covered with the shark's blood. The injured shark was eaten up __18__ by others as it tried to escape. Perry slowly struggled __19__ his feet. “So，” he said，“you did not get me.” And he looked down at the sharks still eating __20__ they weren't hungry. He climbed up the stones and walked toward the village. 语篇解读：本文讲述了一个男孩利用智慧摆脱鲨鱼包围的故事。 1．A.boats B．sharks C．soldiers D．shells 解析：选 B 通读全文可知本文讲述了一个男孩利用智慧摆脱鲨鱼的包围的故事，故该 空应选择 sharks。 2．A.before B．after C．until D．when 解析：选 A 男孩希望能在鲨鱼看到他之前游到岸上去。 3．A.food B．hunger C．anger D．wish 解析：选 B 根据下文的“__3__ was now gone and they were killing for fun.”可推知，鲨鱼 们已经吃饱，即它们的饥饿已经消失，现在正以杀戮取乐。 4．A.fear B．taste C．drink D．smell 解析：选 D 男孩想到了用自己的血将鲨鱼引开的主意，因为鲨鱼能闻到血腥味。 5．A.sand B．shark C．flesh D．mat 解析：选 C 因为要用血将鲨鱼引开，所以男孩拿刀子在自己的腿上扎了一下，让鲜血 流出来。 6．A.stop B．keep C．join D．cause 解析：选 A 将自己的衬衣用鲜血浸透之后，男孩用布条将伤口扎住，以此来止血。 7．A.pulled B．wrapped C．connected D．caught 解析：选 A 男孩打算用带血的衬衣将鲨鱼引开。他在衬衣上拴了长长的布条，并拖着 衬衣在水里跑。 8．A.running B．racing C．swimming D．jumping 解析：选 B 结合下一句中“the sharks raced after it”可知这些鲨鱼嗜血如命，争先恐后地 追逐着带血的衬衣。race 此处为动词，指“赛跑”。 9．A.driving B．keeping C．preventing D．leading 解析：选 D 根据第一段中“make the __1__ move out to sea”可知男孩的目的就是用带血 的衬衣将这群鲨鱼引到海中。 10．A.sea B．shore C．island D．sand 解析：选 B 根据第一段中“get to shore __2__ they saw him”可知此时男孩扔掉带血的衬 衣的目的就是要到岸上去。 11．A.before B．while C．unless D．when 解析：选 D 当男孩游到半路时，他回头看。when 此处为并列连词，表示“这时”。 12．A.going B．running C．cutting D．swimming 解析：选 C 此处用 cut through 来形容鲨鱼的鳍穿过海面的样子。 13．A.forward B．backward C．upward D．downward 解析：选 A 看到鲨鱼朝自己冲来，男孩自然是奋力向岸边游去。forward 向前。 14．A.cry B．breathe C．swim D．escape 解析：选 B 根据上一段的“He put his face in the water ... 以及本段中 He lifted his head again”可知男孩此时从水里抬起头来呼吸。 15．A.his feet B．a stick C．his fingers D．the shirt 解析：选 C 根据后文“he pulled himself up the stones”可知男孩此时已游到了岸边，他的 手指感觉到了海岸。 16．A.interested B．frightened C．disappointed D．excited 解析：选 D 鲨鱼拼命追逐男孩的原因就是它受到了鲜血气味的刺激。excite“使……兴 奋”。 17．A.the shore B．Perry C．the stones D．the shells 解析：选C 根据前文“he pulled himself up the stones”以及下文“the water was covered with the shark's blood”可知鲨鱼向男孩所在的石头撞去。 18．A.lively B．alive C．dead D．friendly 解析：选 B 根据前文中的 injured 可知这条鲨鱼只是受了伤，但却被同类活活吃掉。 19．A.on B．by C．to D．with 解析：选 C struggle to one's feet 为固定搭配，表示“挣扎着站起来”。 20．A.as though B．even though C．as soon as D．as long as 解析：选 B 根据句意可知，前后语意表转折。虽然鲨鱼们并不饿，但它们仍然在吃。 Ⅱ.语法填空 Dear Ella， I'm badly in need of your help with my problems. You are so __1__ (confidence) and always know what to do, so I hope you can give me some suggestions. My parents are very strict. They won't let me do anything __2__ my own. They have been really __3__ (disappoint) with me because of my poor school results. __4__ (actual), it is their pressure that is making __5__ hard for me to do well in school. Besides, I'm not getting along very well with my friends. They are always trying to get me to do things that I don't like, __6__ of course makes me angry. I want to make my own decisions. I don't want to do things because of the pressure from my classmates. Also, I'm always worrying about my __7__ (appear). I think I'm getting too fat — I __8__ (gain) twenty pounds in the past two years. I have too many pimples (粉刺) on my face, too. __9__ (face) all these problems, I am feeling stressed and sad. In fact, I'm so stressed __10__ I'm beginning to have sleep problems. What shall I do? Please help me! Yours， Sandra 语篇解读：本文为应用文。这是桑德拉写给埃拉的电子邮件。邮件中桑德拉就她学习和生活中遇到的几个问题，征求埃拉的意见并请求帮助。 1．confident 空格中所填单词前面有 so修饰，需用 confidence的形容词形式。 2．on on one's own是固定搭配，意为“独自，独立”。 3．disappointed disappoint的过去分词形式 disappointed 相当于一个形容词，常修饰人。 这里是形容词作表语。 4．Actually 空格中所填单词修饰整个句子，需用 actual的副词形式。 5．it 句中 it作形式宾语，真正的宾语是后面的不定式 to do well in school。 6．which 此处关系代词 which引导非限制性定语从句，指代前面整个主句内容，which 在从句中作主语。 7．appearance 空格中所填单词在句中作宾语，需用 appear的名词形式。 8．have gained 句中“in the past/last＋一段时间”作状语，谓语动词常用现在完成时。 9．Facing Facing all these problems是现在分词短语作状语，分词动作 face与逻辑主语 I之间是主谓关系。 10．that 该句使用了 so ... that ... 句型，意为“如此……以至于……”，其中 that引导 结果状语从句。 Section_Ⅶ Communication_Workshop,_Culture_Corner_&_Bulletin_Board 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.shelter_n． 遮蔽，庇护所 2.observe_vt. 观察，观测 3.staff__n. 员工，全体工作人员 4.transport n. 运输，运送 5.disadvantage n. 不利，不利条件 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.survival__n．幸存，残存→survive_vi.幸存， 生存下来 2.limit_n．边界；限度→limited_adj.有限的 1.staff n．员工，全体工作人员 [联想] staff为集体名词，类似的有： ①family 家 庭 ②audience 观 众 ③committee 委员会 ④company公司 ⑤public公众 ⑥crew全 体人员 2.disadvantage n．不利，不利条件 [记法 ] dis(否定前缀 )＋ advant(前进 )＋ age(表状态)→落后的状态→不利 [反义] advantage n．优点，有利 3.survival n．幸存，残存 [记法] survive(幸存)＋al(名词后缀，“状 况”)→survival [联想] 相同变化方式的其他词： ①arrive＋al→arrival (到达) ②propose＋al→proposal (提议) 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.be home to_ 是……的栖息地/产 地/家园等 2．make a_fire 生火 3．in particular 尤其，特别 4．have an influence on 对……有影响 5．be attached to 被绑到……；隶属于 6．in the distance 在远处 1.agree on 决定，达成共 识 2．be associated with ... 把……与……联系起 来 3．be struck by ... 被……迷住 4．be popular with ... 受……的欢迎 5．detailed records 详细记载 6．pass through 穿过，通过，经历 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.What does he think is the key to a successful exploration trip? does he think 为 插入语。 Who do_you_think destroyed peace? 他认为成功的探险旅行的关键是什么？ 你认为谁破坏了和平？ 2.For centuries, the Silk Road was the most important line of communication connecting East and West. 几个世纪以来，丝绸之路一直是连接东西 方的最重要的交通路线。 现在分词短语 作后置定语。 I like the room facing_south. 我喜欢朝南的房间。 1．(教材 P30)Airconditioned vehicles for observing animals. 在配有空调的汽车里观察动物。 observe vt.观察；观测；遵守；庆祝 (1)observe that ... 看到…… observe sb. do sth. 看到某人做某事 observe sb. doing sth. 看到某人正在做某事 (2)observation n. 注意，观察 ①As a child, he liked to observe the behaviour of insects. 他小时候喜欢观察昆虫的习性。 ②I observed her_walk_(walk) away with a smile. 我看到她微笑着走开了。 ③She observed a man walking_(walk) on the opposite side of the way. 她看见一个人在路那边走着。 2．(教材 P30)Disadvantages of US trip 去美国旅游的不利条件 disadvantage n．不利，不利条件 (1)at a disadvantage 处于不利地位 to one's disadvantage 对……不利 (2)advantage n. 有利条件，有利因素，优势，优点 have an advantage of 比(某人)强；胜过；优于 take advantage of 利用(机会等) at an advantage 处于有利地位 ①It is a disadvantage not to be able to drive a car. 不会开汽车是不利的。 ②Don't lend them the car — they're _taking_advantage_of you. 不要把汽车借给他们——他们在利用你。 ③Anyone who can't use a computer is at a disadvantage. 任何不会使用电脑的人都处于劣势。 3．(教材 P31)The 700 square mile island is home to some of the UK's most beautiful wildlife. 这 700平方英里的岛屿是英国许多最美丽的野生生物的家园。 be home to (＝be the home of)是……的产地/栖息地/发源地 at home and abroad 国内外 feel at home 感觉舒适，不拘束 make oneself at home 别客气，别拘束 ①Changbaishan is home to a great diversity of plants and animals. 长白山是多种多样动植物的生长地。 ②Make_yourself_at_home when you are at my home. 在我家里不要拘束。 4．(教材 P31)We'll teach you survival skills and you'll learn how to make a fire and build your own shelter. 我们会教你生存的技能，而你会学到怎样生火，怎样构建你自己的栖身之所。 shelter n．遮蔽，庇护所 vt.& vi.保护，掩蔽，躲避(风雨或危险) (1)take shelter from ＝ shelter from 躲避…… give sb. shelter 庇护某人 (2)shelter sb./sth. from ... 保护某人/某物以避免…… ①We often (take) shelter from the rain in the doorway now. 现在，我们经常在那处门廊里避雨。 ②The wall sheltered_us_from the enemy's gunfire. 这堵墙保护我们免遭敌人炮火的攻击。 5．(教材 P117)Well, he wants to test the limits of what humans can do. 噢，他想测验人类的极限。 limit n．边界，限度 vt.限制，限定 (1)beyond the limit 超过限度 within limits 在一定范围内 set a limit to 设定……的限度 (2)limit ... to ... 把……限定在……内 (3)limited adj. 有限的 be limited to 被限制到 ①Our life has a limit, but knowledge is without limit. 生命有限，知识无涯。 ②Try to limit your talk to five minutes. 请尽量把话在 5分钟内说完。 ③Families are_limited_to four free tickets each. 每户限发四张免费票。 What does he think is the key to a successful exploration trip? 他认为成功的探险旅行的关键是什么？ 该句式是英语中常见的句式被称为双重疑问句。该句式常用来询问对方或第三方的想法 或意见。句式中 does he think可看作插入语，由于插入语已经采用了一般疑问句的语序，故 它 后 面 的 部 分 用 陈 述 语 序 。 此 类 插 入 语 常 用 的 有 ： do you believe/suppose/expect/know/suggest等。 ①Where do you think she has gone? 你认为她去了哪里？ ②Who do you think he_is_waiting_for? 你认为他在等谁？ ③When do_you_expect the meeting is to be held? 你估计会议何时召开？ Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．He observed someone open (open) the door. 2．They took shelter from the rain in a cave. 3．The Rockies are home to_bears and mountain lions. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．Who do_you_think will win the game? 你认为谁会赢得这场比赛？ 2．He took_full_advantage_of_the_mistakes made by his rivals. 他充分利用对手所犯的错误。 3．The speed on this road is_limited_to_40_kilometers_per_hour. 这条路上的时速限制到 40公里。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 [本课语言点针对练习] Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．The survival_(生存) of human can not leave nature. 2．We observed_(观察) that it had turned cloudy. 3．Two of the patients were airlifted to Holmes Hospital and the others were transported (运输) by ambulance. 4．The machine has two serious disadvantages (缺点)． 5．After the big earthquake, the victims had to live in the temporary shelters_ (庇护所)． 6．I think we should invest in training the staff_ (员工)． 7．Do you have a size limit (限度) on that? 8．Next he told me about his leadership philosophy_(哲学)． Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．The mother observed his son doing (do) his homework and felt cheerful. 2．We must set a limit to_the expense of the trip. 3．It remains to_be_seen (see) whether you are right. 4．Who do you suggest should_be_sent (send) to work there? 5．There is nothing in particular in today's newspaper. 6．People were desperately seeking shelter from_the gunfire. 7．The spider web is only attached to the leaf by one thread. 8．This morning I was walking on the street when I saw that two travelers were reading a map, looking puzzled (puzzle)． 9．We couldn't agree on_a date for the party for various reasons. 10．The Christmas Day is on the way. We need prepare some presents. Ⅲ.选词填空 be home to， in particular， be associated with， have an influence on， be attached to， in the distance， in preparation for， pass away， take advantage of， make arrangements for 1．They are talking about the problems which is_associated_with economy. 2．The hospital is_attached_to the medical college. 3．The goals and scope, in_particular,_show you the direction to move. 4. Florida is_home_to the largest population of elderly Americans. 5．I can see a figure in_the_distance. 6．He packed his bags in_preparation_for the journey. 7．Tom's mother passed_away just now, so he was very upset. 8．Each word and performance of teachers in class will have_an_influence_on students. 9．We should take_advantage_of_ this chance to finish the task. 10．They are busy making_arrangements_for the meeting to be held tomorrow. Ⅳ.串点成篇微表达 汤姆是我们的同学，去年来自英国的交流生(exchange student)。他充分利用(take full advantage of)每一分钟来学习。他严格限定(set a limit on)每天玩耍的时间。我们经常注意 (observe)到他学习到深夜。一听到他被北京大学附属(attached to)中学录取，我们都欣喜若狂 (be transported with joy)，我们都为他感到骄傲。 Tom_is_our_fellow_student,_an_exchange_student_from_England_last_year._He_takes_full_ advantage_of_every_minute_to_study._He_sets_a_strict_limit_on_the_time_of_playing._We_often _observe_him_studying_late_into_night.On_hearing_the_news_that_he_was_admitted_into_the_hi gh_school_attached_to_Beijing_University,_we_were_transported_with_joy._We_are_all_proud_o f_him. [本单元语言点温故练习] Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．His doctors said he had a 50－50 chance of survival_(survive)． 2．It is said that he bought a new car recently, whose_price is too much for an ordinary family. 3．I know what I want to say but I have difficulty in getting (get) it across. 4．They managed to carry on their performance in spite of rain. 5．They have run out of_their supplies and they don't know what to happen next. 6．Behind any successful event lay months of preparation (prepare)． 7．What can I do to drive away these feelings of sadness. 8．Huge quantities of oil were_spilling (spill) into the sea. 9．I must stand by_what I have said. 10．I am so confused by the confusing world！(confuse) 11．Early to bed, early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy_(wealth) and wise. 12．The road conditions there turned out to be very good, which was more than we could expect. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．It_shocked_me_to_see how they treated the miners. 看到他们这样对待矿工，我感到震惊。 2．On the wall hangs_two_large_pictures. 在墙上有两幅巨画。 3．When he was a child, he aimed_to_be_a_doctor. 他小时候立志当个医生。 4．In_order_to_earn_enough_money,_he worked late into the night. 为了挣更多的钱，他工作到深夜。 5．Have you read any similar books? If_ever,_can you name them? 你读过类似的书吗？如果读过的话，你能说出它们的名字吗？ 6．I have to differ_from_you on the question of cost. 在成本问题上，我不得不与你持不同意见。 7．Whatever is worth doing is_worth_doing_well. 任何值得做的事都值得做好。 8．So_clever_a_student_was_he_that he was able to work out all the difficult problems. 他是一个如此聪明的学生以至于能解出所有的难题。 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.语法填空 It is interesting to know __1__ people of different nations like to do best. In France, when a woman enters a café or a restaurant, she is freely discussed, not only about her appearance but about her past and future as well. She invites looks in the streets whether she is beautiful __2__ plain. There is no __3__ (good) way for a woman to get back her selfconfidence than a walk in the streets of Paris or Marseilles, and women really like that. In Italy, people love talking. They sit about in cafés, talking about news and discussing politics. They are sure__4__ (ask) questions about the family, income and private life of anybody __5__ happens to be there. The Swiss eat as a pastime. Ladies walk into a teashop, __6__ (eat) a couple of ice creams and a large piece of chocolate cake, and then leave, __7__ (complain) about their weight. For the Americans, the greatest fondness is said __8__ (be) the push of buttons. You push a button in the lift. You push a button for a cigarette, chewing gums, stamps, even for a life insurance. You can even push a button to get married and another button to get divorced. In England, waiting in a line is national passion. The English will form a line whether they have the opportunity or not. Long queues can __9__ (see), for example, at stations when the train is __10__ (practical) empty and everybody can have a seat. 答案：1.what 2.or 3.better 4.to ask 5.who 6.eat 7．complaining 8.to be 9.be seen 10.practically Ⅱ.短文改错 During the weekend I traveled by air the first time in my life.I generally travel by train and bus.It is both cheaper and safe.But this was a short journey.In the beginning I did not feel very happily, but this feeling did not last longer.The journey was very exciting.I was soon high up in the sky among the cloud.The views of mountains, fields and rivers were interested.I enjoy my short and comfortable journey very much.This experience has shown that traveling in air is actually the safest way of make journeys. 答案：第一句：在 air后加 for 第二句：and→or 第三句：safe→safer 第五句：happily→happy; longer→long 第七句：cloud→clouds 第八句：interested→interesting 第九句：enjoy→enjoyed 第十句：in→by; make→making Ⅲ.书面表达 今年夏天你和其他同学参加了一次野外生存训练(wildness survival program)。请根据下表 提供的信息，用英语写一篇短文来描述这次活动并谈谈自己的感受。 时间 活动 你的感受 7月 10日 至 12日 1.携带物品：指南针、帐篷、手电筒、地图、急救包、火 柴、食品、衣物等。 2．途中翻过三座山，游过两条河。在穿越森林时迷了路， 靠指南针你们找到了正确的方向。 3．在营地，支起帐篷，自己生火、做饭。 4．学习紧急救护。 …… 注意：1.词数 100左右。 2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 参考词汇：指南针 compass 手电筒 flashlight 急救包 firstaid kit 宿营地 campsite 参考范文： My classmates and I took part in a wildness survival program from July 10th to July 12th this summer. Before we started, we were equipped with a compass, a map, a firstaid kit, tents, flashlights, some food, some clothes and so on. On the way we climbed three hills and swam across two rivers. We lost our way in the forest. Luckily we found the right direction with the compass. As soon as we arrived at the campsite, we put up our tents, made a fire and then started cooking. We also learned how to give firstaid. Through the program, we learned to use knowledge gained in class to solve problems. It was quite an unforgettable experience for me. Section_Ⅷ (自修课) Writing—_宣传手册 一、基本结构 宣传手册属于应用文，目的是对宣传的内容进行简述，以便说服读者接受所宣传的内容。 首先，给出一句简洁、清楚又切中主题的话，以便在第一时间引起读者的兴趣，使他们 对所宣传的事物做进一步了解。 然后，给出被宣传事物大致的、最主要的信息。比如，找工作要推荐自己、宣传自己， 在这一块可以简要介绍自己的学历和曾有的工作经历。 接下来，叙述被宣传事物的主要特点。还以申请工作为例，在这里可以介绍自己有什么 技能和特长。 最后，要强调一下被宣传事物与其他同类事物的不同之处和独特之处。仍以找工作为例， 可以宣传个人异于其他人的强项，比如，会说流利的英语，有丰富的工作经验等。这样，一 篇目的明确、内容清晰、结构紧凑、层次分明的宣传材料就成型了。 二、增分佳句 1．Welcome to ... 2．The best adventure holiday you'll ever have! 3. ... is located in .../stands in the centre of ... 4. ... covers an area of ...square kilometers. 5. ... is the paradise of ... 6．You can experience/enjoy ... here. 7．We'll teach you ... skills and you'll learn how to ... 8. ... is the best place for you to ... 9．For further information, please call us on ... 10. ... is a famous tourist attraction with ... [题目要求] 请为一个名为“Welcome to Hainan”的夏令营设计一份宣传册，以吸引人们参加该夏令营 到海南旅游。宣传的内容主要包括： 1．万泉河(Wanquan River)是海南岛第三大河，发源于五指山(the Fivefinger Mountain)，全长 163公里，流入南海； 2．它是海南著名的旅游胜地，每年有大批中外游客前去旅游观光； 3．乘汽车去大约要花半个小时；也可以走路或骑自行车去； 4．可以在河上泛舟戏水，欣赏两岸秀丽的风光。 注意：1.词数 100左右； 2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 第一步：审题构思很关键 一、审题 1．确定体裁：本文是一份宣传手册； 2．确定人称：本文的主要人称应为第二和三人称； 3．确定时态：主要以一般现在时为主。 二、构思 第一部分：介绍万泉河的概况。 第二部分：万泉河的特点、交通和景点概况。 第三部分：发表自己的感想。 第二步：核心词汇想周全 1．enter 注入 2．pay_a_visit_to 参观 3．on_foot 步行 4．go_boating 乘船 5．view 风景 6．be_worth_visiting_ 值得一看 第三步：由词扩句雏形现 1. 万泉河是海南岛第三大河。 Wanquan River is the_third_longest_river in Hainan. 2．万泉河全长 163公里。 Wanquan River is_163_kilometres_long. 3．它是著名的旅游胜地。 It is a_famous_attraction. 4. 每年有大批中外游客前去旅游观光。 Every year thousands of Chinese and foreign friends pay_a_visit_to_it. 5．乘汽车去大约要花半个小时。 It takes you about_half_an_hour_to_get_there_by_bus. 6．你也可以走路或骑自行车去。 You can also go_there_on_foot or by bike. 7. 在河上泛舟戏水，欣赏两岸秀丽的风光。 You can go_boating on the clear water and enjoy_the_beautiful_view along the banks. 第四步：句式升级造亮点 1．用非限制性定语从句把句 1和句 2连成复合句 Wanquan_River,_which_is_163_kilometres,_is_the_third_longest_river_in_Hainan. 2．用 such ... that 把句 3和句 4改写成复合句。 It_is_such_a_famous_attraction_that_every_year_thousands_of_Chinese_and_foreign_friends _pay_a_visit_to_it. 第五步：过渡衔接联成篇 Welcome to Wanquan River Wanquan River, which is 163 kilometres long, is the third longest river in Hainan. It begins in the Fivefinger Mountain and enters the South China Sea. It is such a famous attraction that every year thousands of Chinese and foreign friends pay a visit to it. It's not far from here. It takes you about half an hour to get there by bus. You can also go there on foot or by bike. While you are visiting the river, you can go boating on the clear water and enjoy the beautiful view along the banks. It's really a nice place and well worth visiting. All are welcome! Ten Norwegians worked in a transport organisation in an Arabian city.One day, they decided to make a trip to Dubai, a major tourist city in the Middle East, which was a city of excitement and attracted millions of travellers from all over the world every year. They went on a 20mile hike across the desert and reached Dubai. After the tiring journey, they felt exhausted and uncomfortable. But when they saw the beautiful scenery in Dubai, they all went wild with joy. They found a hostel which provided cheap accommodations. Two porters helped them with their luggage. After a night's sleep, they went to visit the city. They were amazed at various kinds of entertainment equipment and activities, such as gymnastics, snowboarding, snowrafting and whitewater rafting.In order to get a feeling of adventure, they decided to try the extreme sports — bungee jumping, which was thrilling. They had great fun and felt very cheerful for realizing their goal of risking. Finally the time came when they had to say goodbye to Dubai. They rent a car to go home. Unfortunately, on their way back, the car broke down. What's worse, it ran out of oil. They felt anxious and hopeless. They needed fuel and help, but nobody turned up. Everyone was in deep sadness and they had to give up the car and walk back. They got a better understanding of the philosophy of life. That was — life was full of ups and downs. You never know what would happen. 10个挪威人在阿拉伯某城市的一个运输组织工作。一天，他们打算去中东重要的旅游城 市迪拜旅游。迪拜是一个充满刺激的城市，它每年吸引数百万来自世界各地的游客。 他们进行了 20英里的徒步旅行，穿越沙漠，到达了迪拜市。经过令人疲劳的旅行，他们 感到既疲倦又不舒服。但当看到迪拜的美景时，他们个个欣喜若狂。 他们找了一个住宿便宜的旅社，两名行李搬运工帮他们把行李搬到房间。 经过一夜的休息，他们开始参观迪拜市。他们对迪拜市各种各样的娱乐设施和活动感到 吃惊，例如体操训练、单板滑雪、动力雪橇滑降以及激流漂流等等。为了找到一种冒险的感 觉，他们决定体验一下极限运动——蹦极，真是刺激啊！他们玩得非常开心，很高兴实现了 冒险的目标。 最后他们该与迪拜说再见了。他们租了一辆汽车回家。不幸的是，在他们回去的路上， 汽车坏了，更糟的是，油也用完了。他们感到焦急和绝望。他们需要燃料以及帮助，可是没 有任何人出现。 大家陷入极度的悲伤中，他们不得不放弃汽车步行回家。他们更加明白了人生的哲学， 那就是——人生充满起起落落。你永远不知道将会发生什么。 第一部分 听力 (满分 30分，限时 20分钟) 第一节(共 5小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 7.5分) 听下面 5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最 佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有 10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和 阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。 1．What's the original price of the jacket? A．$120. B．$170. C．$240. 2．Where does this conversation take place? A．At a restaurant. B．At an airport. C．At a theater. 3．What do they need to buy? A．Beef and tomatoes. B．Onions and potatoes. C．Onions and beef. 4．What does the girl suggest the boy do? A．Buy a guitar. B．Find a parttime job. C．Pay more attention to study. 5．What will the man do on Saturday evening? A．Go to the cinema. B．Have music lessons. C．Stay at home. 第二节(共 15小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 22.5分) 听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的 A、B、C三个 选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个 小题，每小题 5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。 听第 6段材料，回答第 6、7题。 6．Who is the man most probably? A．A hotel receptionist. B．A taxi driver. C．A tour guide. 7．How much tip did the man get? A．3.50 dollars. B．2.50 dollars. C．1.50 dollars. 听第 7段材料，回答第 8、9题。 8．Why does the girl want to join the club? A．To learn dancing. B．To learn singing. C．To learn acting. 9．How often does the club meet? A．Once a week. B．Twice a week. C．Every other day. 听第 8段材料，回答第 10至 12题。 10．What was the first photo in the world about? A．A house. B．Awindow. C．A garden. 11．When was the first clear photo made public? A．In 1837. B．In 1839. C．In 1841. 12．Where did the woman learn about photography? A．From the history class. B．From an artist. C．From a book. 听第 9段材料，回答第 13至 16题。 13．Where does the man want to build his dream house? A．Near a beach. B．Near a park. C．Near a mountain. 14．Which floor does the man want the main bedroom on? A．The first floor. B．The second floor. C．The third floor. 15．How many bathrooms does the man want? A．Two. B．Three. C．Four. 16．Where does the man want to put the TV? A．In the living room. B．In the main bedroom. C．In the kitchen. 听第 10段材料，回答第 17至 20题。 17．Who came up with the idea of pie first? A．The Greeks. B．The Egyptians. C．The Romans. 18．What kind of pie did Queen ElizabethⅠ receive? A．A strawberry pie. B．A cherry pie. C．Ameat pie. 19．What kind of pie is the second most popular in America？A.Pumpkin pie. B．Apple pie. C．Sweet potato pie. 20．What do we know about the habit of eating pies in America? A．Few people like plain pies. B．A lot of people prefer to buy pies. C．Most people prefer homemade pies. 答案：1～5 CBBCA 6～10 BBCBC 11～15 BCBAB 16～20 CABCC 听力材料： (Text 1) W：You look great in this black jacket. What's the price? M：It was on sale, 50% off. I paid 120 dollars for it. W：What a bargain! (Text 2) W：Good evening, sir. Can I have your passport, please? M：Here you are. A ticket to Paris. W：OK.Do you want a window seat or ...? M：I prefer a middle one. (Text 3) W：How about making beef soup tonight? What do we need? M：Just a moment. We have enough beef and tomatoes. There are no onions and potatoes at home. (Text 4) M：My parents told me to quit my parttime job. W：Why? Because of your grades? M：Yeah, but I really need money to buy a guitar. What should I do? W：You'll just have to study harder. (Text 5) W：Will you go to the cinema this Saturday? M：I'm afraid I can't. I will have my music lessons then. W：I didn't mean in the morning or afternoon. I mean in the evening. M：Oh, that's quite a different thing. (Text 6) W：The Central Hotel, please. I have to be there by 6：00. M：We shouldn't have any trouble if the traffic isn't too heavy. Is this your first trip here? W：Yes. I'm here on business. M：You haven't seen the sights yet, have you? W：No, I'm open to suggestions. M：Why don't you visit the Center Park first? W：That's a good idea. M：Here we are. That will be seven dollars and fifty cents. W：Thanks a lot. Here's ten dollars. Keep the change. (Text 7) M：Welcome to the Drama Club. What can I do for you? W：I once learned dancing. And I've always been looking forward to learning acting. May I join you? M：Of course you can. We're looking for more students to join us. But you must ask your head teacher for permission, and then you can come and fill in a form. W：OK. What will we learn there? M：We'll gain some basic knowledge of acting for the first two weeks and then we'll practice a play. W：Who will teach us? M：Mrs. Johnson. We'll meet on the afternoons of Thursday and Friday every week. W：I see. Thank you. Bye. (Text 8) W：Mike, do you know anything about the history of photography? M：No, I don't. Do you? W：Well, the first camera in the world was invented by a Frenchman named Joseph Niepce. M：When was it? W：In the year 1826. He needed some pictures for his business. But he was poor, so he just invented a very simple camera to take pictures by himself. He put it in a window of his house and took a photo of his garden. M：Was the photo clear? W：No. The first clear photo was taken by another Frenchman called Daguerre. After years of experiments, he finally succeeded in taking a clear photo in 1837. But it wasn't made public until two years later. As time went by, photography became a kind of art. Photos were not just copies of the real world. They showed people's ideas and feelings. M：How did you get to know so much about photography? W：Oh, I've just read a book on it. (Text 9) M：I've always wanted to build my dream home myself. W：Really? What would it be like? M：Well, it will be very big and located next to a park, because a nice view is important to me. W：How many rooms would it have? M：I'd want to have three bedrooms on the second floor, with balconies and one main bedroom on the first floor. The kitchen and the living room will be on the first floor. I'd want a large living room, so there would be one large open space for people to spend time with each other. W：How many bathrooms would your dream home have? M：I'd have one guest bathroom next to the living room, one attached to the main bedroom and one upstairs. W：How would you decorate your house? M：I would have a few vases and some pictures of family on the walls. W：How many TVs would your dream room have? M：I think TV is a waste of time, so I would only have one small TV in the kitchen to watch the news in the morning. (Text 10) W：Fruit pies have been enjoyed as a breakfast food for a long time. They were made with berries, apples and other fruits. The history of pie can be traced right back to ancient Egyptian times. The early Greeks are believed to have given the idea to the early Romans. Early pies were meat pies and these were being made and served in England as far back as the 1100s. The first fruit pie recipes date back to the 1500s. And the first cherry pie was given as a gift to Queen ElizabethⅠ. The first English immigrants brought pie to the United States. The early settlers cooked their pies in narrow pans. Pie today is one of the most traditional American dessert recipes. There are all kinds of pie recipes. But a survey discovered that two thirds of Americans like apple pies better than any other kinds, followed by sweet potato, pumpkin, lemon and cherry. Three out of four Americans prefer homemade pies. And only one in a hundred Americans buys pies from a diner. Two in three Americans prefer their pies plain, instead of served with cream or ice cream. 第二部分 阅读理解 (满分 40分，限时 35分钟) 第一节(共 15小题；每小题 2分，满分 30分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和 D)中，选出最佳选项。 A A new collection of photos brings an unsuccessful Antarctic voyage back to life. Frank Hurley's pictures would be outstanding — undoubtedly firstrate photojournalism — if they had been made last week. In fact, they were shot from 1914 through 1916, most of them after a disastrous shipwreck (海难), by a cameraman who had no reasonable expectation of survival. Many of the images were stored in an ice chest, under freezing water, in the damaged wooden ship. The ship was the Endurance, a small, tight, Norwegianbuilt threemaster that was intended to take Sir Ernest Shackleton and a small crew of seamen and scientists, 27 men in all, to the southernmost shore of Antarctica's Weddell Sea. From that point Shackleton wanted to force a passage by dog sled (雪橇 ) across the continent. The journey was intended to achieve more than what Captain Robert Falcon Scott had done. Captain Scott had reached the South Pole early in 1912 but had died with his four companions on the march back. As writer Caroline Alexander makes clear in her forceful and wellresearched story The Endurance, adventuring was even then a thoroughly commercial effort. Scott's last journey, completed as he lay in a tent dying of cold and hunger, caught the world's imagination, and a film made in his honor drew crowds. Shackleton, a onetime British merchantnavy officer who had got to within 100 miles of the South Pole in 1908, started a business before his 1914 voyage to make money from movie and still photography. Frank Hurley, a confident and gifted Australian photographer who knew the Antarctic, was hired to make the images，most of which have never before been published. 语篇解读：本文是一篇记叙文。1914年到 1916年间，一群海员和科学家踏上了南极探 险之路。结果他们在回来的路上发生海难，其中一个摄影师在临死之前拍摄了大量的照片， 并把照片封存在破损的木船的冰块箱里。通过这些照片我们可以了解到那次不太成功的探险 经历。 21．What do we know about the photos taken by Hurley? A．They were made last week. B．They showed undersea sceneries. C．They were found by a cameraman. D．They recorded a disastrous adventure. 解析：选 D 细节理解题。根据第二段中的第二句可知，这些照片记录了一次灾难性的 冒险，故选 D项。 22．Who reached the South Pole first according to the text? A．Frank Hurley. B．Ernest Shackleton. C．Robert Falcon Scott. D．Caroline Alexander. 解析：选 C 推理判断题。根据第三段可知，被发现的照片所展示的这次旅行是为了获 得比 Robert Falcon Scott 船长先前的探险更大的收获，该船长在 1912年就到达了南极。由此 推断 Robert Falcon Scott是最先到达南极的人，故选 C项。 23．What does Alexander think was the purpose of the 1914 voyage? A．Artistic creation. B．Scientific research. C．Money making. D．Treasure hunting. 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据最后一段可知这个作家在她的小说 The Endurance中说， 在那时，探险就已经是纯商业活动(a thoroughly commercial effort)了，因此 1914 年航行的目 的是赚钱(money making)，故选 C项。 B You want to have fun and adventure and so you decide to travel somewhere to do it. Sounds like a simple enough thing. And basically it is. But what is adventure? That is the key here and the answer can be different for different people. For those who love sports, adventure travel can have a whole different meaning than for those who like history. The physical travel types that you can find include such adventure travel as white water rafting (白浪漂流 ), kayaking or climbing and hiking to some mountains somewhere. To the hiker, backpacking across Ireland might be their adventure. For this type of person, adventure travel almost always includes something physical. Often the goal is to push their body's limits and test their individual endurance (耐力)． For those who less want to climb mountains, adventure travel might mean traveling to Nepal and taking in the local festivals. Wine tasting in Italy is also vacation adventure for the more relaxed traveler who enjoys peace and comfort. Anything that is opposite to the normal scope (范围) of the traveler's lifestyle defines adventure. Adventure travel is not necessarily a onesizefitsall type of vacation. Adventure depends on the person's physical limits, how much money the person has and what the person enjoys doing. Going beyond the normal is adventurous for many. If your life is quite busy, then sitting on a beach in the moonlight with your family might be adventure for you. The point is not what you do but that you have a good time and that it is an adventure for you — not for the person next to you. Do not sit home this year when vacation time rolls around. Go beyond your normal routine and try something new. If you usually spend your vacation sunbathing on a beach, try hiking instead, through the mountains. Look around you, think beyond your comfort zone and head out on an adventure vacation. 语篇解读：什么是探险旅行？对不同的人来说，答案也不尽相同，但有一点是关键的， 那就是你自己要玩得开心。 24．For a quiet traveler, he is most likely to choose ________. A．backpacking across a country B．wine tasting in a bar C．hiking to some mountains D．white water rafting 解析：选B 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句“Wine tasting in Italy is also vacation adventure for the more relaxed traveler who enjoys peace and comfort.”可知答案为 B。 25．To have an adventure travel, the most important is ________. A．whether you enjoy yourself B．whether you try something dangerous C．where you go for the travelling D．what you do in the travelling 解析：选 A 细节理解题。根据文章第四段最后一句中的“The point is not what you do but that you have a good time and that it is an adventure for you ...”可知，探险旅行最重要的是玩得 开心。 26．From the passage, we can make a conclusion that ________. A．adventure travel always includes something dangerous B．adventure travel will cost you a large sum of money C．anything that goes beyond the normal is adventure travel D．adventure travelers like to do things to the limits of their body 解析：选 C 推理判断题。综合第四段的内容特别是 “Going beyond the normal is adventurous for many.”这句可知，作者认为探险旅行就是不同于以往的旅行。 27．The best title for the passage may be “________”． A．Tips on Adventure Travel B．Who Is Interested in Adventure Travel C．What Is Adventure Travel D．Popular Places for Adventure Travel 解析：选 C 标题归纳题。文章第一段是本文的主旨段。根据“But what is adventure？That is the key here and the answer can be different for different people.”可知，本文向我们介绍了什么 是探险旅行。故答案为 C。 C There are several reasons why cats climb trees, mostly to do with defensive purposes. Cats, as predators (捕食者)，like to understand their environment well. Cats climb trees to get a better view of their surroundings, to help them see any potential dangers or potential prey (被掠食者)． While cats are predators, they can also be easily attacked by larger animals. A tree often provides a safe hiding place. In the wild, cats climb up trees to give them a resting place that is out of predators' range. It also helps disguise their presence, which can prevent any prey from noticing that there is a cat nearby. Sometimes some cats may climb trees for fun, or possibly to work on improving their climbing abilities. Kittens frequently test out their claw skills by trying to climb up everything, from bookcases to trees to a person's leg. Climbing practice is good for cats; it can improve their strength and flexibility and teach them an important defensive skill. To prevent them from practicing indoor climbing of your furniture, however, owners may wish to buy a carpeted cat tree for climbing. If a cat has gotten up a tree and cannot get down, the owner may wonder why its remarkable climbing abilities only work in one direction. A cat's claws curve (弯曲) inward, allowing it to take hold of surfaces while going up head first. Unfortunately, this useful climbing curve does nothing to help the animal get back down again. Eventually, most trapped kittens will either jump out of the tree or realize that they can get down by going tail first. Either way, a cat up a tree is usually nothing to panic about unless it is injured; they are intelligent animals and will find out how to get down sooner or later. 语篇解读：本文为说明文。猫儿为什么总喜爱爬树呢？本文对此进行了分析。 28．In most cases, cats climb trees in order to ________. A．have fun B．seek food C．defend themselves D．please their owners 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由第一段首句“... mostly to do with defensive purposes”可知， 大多数情况下，猫儿爬树是出于自卫。 29．What does the underlined word “disguise” in Paragraph 2 mean? A．Find out. B．Focus on. C．Make clear. D．Cover up. 解析：选 D 词义猜测题。由画线词之后的“prevent any prey from noticing that there is a cat nearby”可知，disguise意为“伪装，掩盖”。 30．Why do people want to buy carpeted cat trees? A．To train their cats in climbing. B．To help protect their furniture. C．To improve their cats' claw skills. D．To keep their cats warm in winter. 解析：选 B 细节理解题。由第三段“To prevent them from practicing indoor climbing of your furniture, however, owners may wish to buy a carpeted cat tree for climbing.”可知，购买 a carpeted cat tree是为了防止猫儿在家具上攀爬。 31．Seeing your cat up a tree, you are supposed to ________. A．just take it easy B．lead it down slowly C．feed some food to it at once D．keep an eye on it all the time 解析：选 A 推理判断题。由最后一段“Either way, a cat up a tree is usually nothing to panic about unless it is injured.”可知，猫儿爬树是很自然的事情，没有必要担心。 D The Great Barn Adventure One morning when I was 11, I explored the town's abandoned round grain barn (谷仓 ). I found a chained sliding door that was wide enough for me to pass through. Inside, there was a heavy smell of dead mice in the dark. After my eyes adjusted, I noticed a shaft (竖井) that rose all the way to the top of the barn. On one side was a oneman elevator with a long rope and roller. I stepped onto the platform and gave the rope a drag and the elevator began sliding up the shaft, but stopped halfway. After a brief panic attack, I noticed holes in the wall at regular intervals, forming a ladder. For reasons known only to all 11yearold, I decided it would be better to go up than down. So, with shaking hands, I began climbing the wall. After what seemed like forever, I reached the top of the shaft. I stood up, dusted myself off and found ... absolutely nothing of interest. It was just an empty room with a ladder leading up to the roof. I climbed all the way up here for this? Then I noticed a fire extinguisher (灭火器), which I'd always wanted to shoot off. So this was the chance of a lifetime. I tried it, and, much to my surprise, the thing worked! It shot out a thick cloud of powder that instantly filled the room. I couldn't breathe. I was going to choke to death, and they'd probably never even find my body. Luckily, I remembered the ladder to the roof. I climbed up, popped the straw roof and saw a bright blue sky. I suddenly realised the dust and powder pouring out of the top could draw attention. So when the dust had settled, I climbed down and slipped out of the chained door. I'm not sure if I was more excited about being alive or about not being caught, but I ran all the way back home. 语篇解读：本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者 11岁时到废弃谷仓捣蛋的经历。 32．When the author got inside the barn, he ________. A．noticed a man on the elevator B．opened the chained sliding door C．saw many dead mice in the dark D．found a shaft leading to the top 解析：选 D 细节理解题。根据第二段中“... was a oneman elevator”可知 A项错误； 根据第一段中“... found a chained sliding door ...”可知是发现了而不是打开了门，故 B 项也排 除；再根据第二段中“... there was a heavy smell of dead mice in the dark.”可知，有死老鼠的气 味而不是看到死老鼠，故 C项应排除；D项意为“发现一个直通仓顶的竖井”，符合文意。 33．Which of the following is the right order of the author's adventure? a．The elevator stopped halfway. b．He entered the round grain barn. c．He climbed to the top of the shaft. d．He found a fire extinguisher and shot it off. A．bacd B．acbd C．cadb D．bcad 解析：选 A 细节理解题。根据文章的叙述可知，作者首先进了谷仓(b)，然后想坐电梯 到仓顶去，结果升了一半就停了(a)，于是作者爬到竖井顶端(c)，在上面看到一个灭火器并淘 气地打开了灭火器(d)，因此 A项正确。 34．After getting out of the chained door, the author might feel ________. A．inspired B．relieved C．surprised D．disappointed 解析：选 B 推理判断题。作者在谷仓屋顶找到了一个灭火器并且打开之后，灭火器浓 浓的粉末让作者几乎窒息，跑出来的过程中掀起的灰尘以及浓浓的粉末让他担心会引起人们 的注意，因此在跑出来之后觉得庆幸，他不知道是庆幸死里逃生还是庆幸没被人发觉，由此 推断作者跑出来后应是感觉如释重负(relieved)。 35．From the passage, we can learn that the author was probably a boy full of ________. A．passions (激情) B．dreams C．curiosity D．imagination 解析：选 C 推理判断题。从文章的标题及描述内容可以推断出，作者那时是个很好奇 的男孩。故 C项符合文意。 第二节(共 5小题；每小题 2分，满分 10分) 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余 选项。 The Science of RiskSeeking Sometimes we decide that a little unnecessary danger is worth it because when we weigh the risk and the reward, the risk seems worth taking. __36__ Some of us enjoy activities that would surprise and scare the rest of us. Why? Experts say it may have to do with how our brains work. The reason why any of us take any risks at all might have to do with early humans. Risktakers were better at hunting, fighting, or exploring. __37__ As the quality of risktaking was passed from one generation to the next, humans ended up with a sense of adventure and a tolerance for risk. So why aren't we all jumping out of airplanes then? Well, even 200,000 years ago, too much risktaking could get one killed. A few daring survived, though, along with a few stayinthecave types. As a result, humans developed a range of character types that still exists today. So maybe you love car racing, or maybe you hate it. __38__ No matter where you are on the riskseeking range, scientists say that your willingness to take risks increases during your teenage years. __39__ To help you do that, your brain increases your hunger for new experiences. New experiences often mean taking some risks, so your brain raises your tolerance for risk as well. __40__ For the riskseekers, a part of the brain related to pleasure becomes active, while for the rest of us, a part of the brain related to fear becomes active. As experts continue to study the science of riskseeking, we'll continue to hit the mountains, the waves or the shallow end of the pool. A．It all depends on your character. B．Those are the risks you should jump to take. C．Being better at those things meant a greater chance of survival. D．Thus, these wellequipped people survived because they were the fittest. E．This is when you start to move away from your family and into the bigger world. F．However, we are not all using the same reference standard to weigh risks and rewards. G．New brain research suggests our brains work differently when we face a nervous situation. 语篇解读：本文是一篇议论文。生活中人们对冒险的态度各不相同，有些人热爱冒险， 有些人却避而远之。专家说这是因为我们的大脑工作方式不同。另外，科学研究表明，这些 表现也与人类的早期活动有关。 36．选 F 空格前说“因为当我们权衡风险和回报时，风险好像是值得的”，由“weigh the risk and the reward”可锁定 F 项中的“weigh risks and rewards，”F 项意为“然而，我们并不 是都用同样的参考标准来衡量风险和回报”，符合上下文语境，故选 F项。 37．选 C 空格前句意为“爱冒险者更擅长打猎、打斗或探险”，C项中的“Being better at those things”， “those things”自然是指打猎、打斗或探险。代入后，C项“更擅长那些事情 意味着更大的生存机会”与上文衔接紧密，故为答案。 38．选 A 空格前两句句意为“结果，人类形成了今天仍然存在的各种各样的性格类型。 所以，可能你热爱赛车，或者可能你讨厌它”，故选 A项“这都取决于你的性格”。 39．选 E 空格前提到“科学家们说在青少年时期你冒险的意愿增加”，而 E项 This is when恰好是对 teenage years的解释，故为答案。 40．选 G 由空格后句子 For the riskseekers ... while for the rest of us ...“对于爱冒险 者……而对于我们其他人……”可断定 G项“新的大脑研究表明，当我们面临紧张局势时， 我们的大脑工作方式不同”为答案。 第三部分 英语知识运用 (满分 45分，限时 30分钟) 第一节：完形填空(共 20小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 30分) 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和 D)中，选出可以填入空白处 的最佳选项。 All throughout the life we deal with some types of disappointment, whether they are from our work, family or friends. Disappointment is __41__. It is not a matter of “whether” it comes; it is a matter of “__42__” it comes. Several days before my 15th birthday, my dad __43__ me that they had bought me a car and it would be __44__ on the morning of my birthday. You can imagine the __45__ I felt. That morning, I stood outside waiting for my car to arrive. I __46__ a red sports car and could feel the wind blowing through my hair as I drove the car from 4th to 5th gear (挡)． Several minutes later, I noticed a tow truck (拖车) coming down the street. I couldn't __47__ it! It wasn't a red sports car like I had pictured. __48__， in the back of the tow truck sat a(n)__49__， multicolored 1972 Ford truck. There were no words to __50__ the ugliness of the truck. My dad walked out of the __51__ and gave directions where it was to be __52__. Clearly my dad saw the __53__ on my face and told me that we had one year to work on the truck and get it in __54__ shape. Throughout the next year I would __55__ my truck every weekend with my dad. After much hard __56__， the moment had finally arrived. My dad and I managed to get it running again. I went for my first __57__ in my “new” truck. I have learned through the __58__ that there is something to learn from our disappointment. The truck gave me an opportunity to actually know my dad. It is through disappointment that we are __59__. In every disappointment there is a __60__ to be learned. However, it is up to you to look for the lesson. 语篇解读：我们在一生中要应对来自各方面不同的失望。失望是不可避免的，关键不是 它是否会来，而是它什么时候来。 41．A.temporary B．important C．unavoidable D．obvious 解析：选 C 根据第一段的语境可知，失望是不可避免的。temporary“临时的”； important“重要的”；unavoidable“无法避免的”；obvious“明显的”，故选 C。 42．A.where B．how C．why D．when 解析：选 D 这里指“问题不在于失望是否会来，而在于它什么时候来”。 43．A.asked B．informed C．reminded D．promised 解析：选 B 在“我”生日的前几天，父亲告诉“我”他们为“我”买了一辆车。 ask“请求”；inform“通知”； remind“提醒”；promise“承诺”，只有 B项切题。 44．A.bought B．posted C．delivered D．repaired 解析：选 C 根据第三段首句可知，车会在“我” 生日那天早上送来。deliver“递送， 运送”，符合句意。 45．A.excitement B．anxiety C．puzzlement D．nervousness 解析：选 A “我”的生日礼物是一辆车，当然“我”会感到很兴奋。excitement“兴奋， 激动”；anxiety“忧虑，焦虑”；puzzlement“困惑”；nervousness“不安”。 46．A.drove B．pictured C．purchased D．raced 解析：选 B 根据第四段中的“It wasn't a red sports car like I had pictured.”可知答案为 B， picture 表示“设想，想象”。 drive“驾驶”；purchase“购买”；race“参加比赛”。 47．A.manage B．get C．make D．believe 解析：选 D 根据下文提示可知，父母送给我的是一辆卡车，所以“我”不敢相信，故 选 D。 48．A.Therefore B．Otherwise C．Furthermore D．Instead 解析：选 D 相反，那是一辆卡车。instead 反而，符合语境。therefore“因此”； otherwise“否则”；furthermore“此外，而且”。 49．A.beautiful B．ugly C．expensive D．ordinary 解析：选 B 根据该段最后一句中的“the ugliness of the truck”可知，答案为 B。 50．A.describe B．reflect C．change D．instruct 解析：选 A 无法用言语来描述这辆卡车的丑陋。describe“描述”；reflect“反射”； change“改变”；instruct“指示”，故选 A。 51．A.car B．school C．house D．street 解析：选 C 车送来了，父亲从屋里走了出来。 52．A.painted B．stored C．unloaded D．covered 解析：选 C 父亲指挥车应卸在什么地方。unload 表示“卸”，符合语境。paint“用颜 料画”；store“贮存”；cover“覆盖”。 53．A.curiosity B．disappointment C．surprise D．satisfaction 解析：选 B 父亲明显从“我”的脸上看到了失望。disappointment“失望”，符合语境。 curiosity“好奇心”；surprise“惊讶”；satisfaction“满意”。 54．A.complex B．usual C．natural D．excellent 解析：选 D 父亲表示“我们”要用一年的时间把这辆卡车修复到“极好的(excellent)” 状态，故选 D。 55．A.work on B．meet with C．put out D．tend to 解析：选 A 周末和父亲一起修理卡车。work on“努力改善”；meet with“遭遇”；put out“熄灭”；tend to“易于”，只有 A项切题。 56．A.practice B．work C．experiment D．instruction 解析：选 B work“活计，工作”，符合语境。practice“实践”；experiment“实验”； instruction“指示”。 57．A.holiday B．entry C．present D．adventure 解析：选 D 开着“新”卡车开始第一次冒险之旅。adventure“冒险，冒险经历”，符 合语境。holiday“假期”；entry“进入，入口处”；present“礼物”。 58．A.birthday B．story C．experience D．gift 解析：选 C experience意为“经历”，符合语境。 59．A.strengthened B．suffered C．terrified D．threatened 解析：选 A 人们在失望中会变得更加坚强。strengthen“加强”；suffer“遭受”； terrify“使恐惧”；threaten“威胁”。故选 A。 60．A.mistake B．lesson C．skill D．chance 解析：选 B 根据“it is up to you to look for the lesson”可知答案为 B。 第二节(共 10小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 15分) 阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。 Arthur Robert Ashe Jr. was born on July 10,1943 and died on February 6,1993. He was the first AfricanAmerican player __61__ (take) part in the international sport of tennis at the highest level of the game. Arthur's father was the manager of a large park in Richmond, Virginia. Arthur __62__ (allow) to play in the park when he was seven years old. He was quite __63__ (energy). There was a swimming pool and tennis courts in the park, __64__ Arthur spent a lot of time playing. He did well in sports, but he had never __65__ (try) to play tennis. Ronald Charity, __66__ famous tennis player then, noticed Arthur. Mr. Charity asked Arthur __67__ he wanted to learn to play tennis. “Yes, Mr. Charity，” Arthur answered __68__ (excite). Arthur learned very quickly. At the age of ten, Arthur competed in a tennis game. Many __69__ (old) and more experienced players came trying to win the prize, but Arthur beat them. He became known __70__ “the kid who could play tennis”． Arthur grew up to be one of the first successful AfricanAmerican tennis players. He played and won all over the world. 答案：61.to take 62.was allowed 63.energetic 64.where 65．tried 66.a 67.whether/if 68.excitedly 69.older 70．as 第四部分 写作 (满分 35分，限时 35分钟) 第一节：短文改错(共 10小题；每小题 1分，满分 10分) 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共 有 10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词； 2．只允许修改 10处，多者(从第 11处起)不计分。 Jack was a excellent student at school. Whatever he did, he is always the best one in class. He could get full marks every time even he didn't listen to the teacher. Some people found it surprised that he was always ready to help the others with a smile. He helped his classmates with his homework; he helped the teachers answer the difficult questions risen by the students; he was good at ball games ... In the whole, he was a perfect boy. Everybody liked him. He lived a peacefully life until one day when he got up he finds a gray hair on his head. 答案：第一句：a→an 第二句：is→was 第三句：在 even后加 if 第四句：surprised→surprising；去掉 the 第五句：第二个 his→their; risen→raised 第六句：In→On 第八句：peacefully→peaceful; finds→found 第二节：书面表达(满分 25分) 假如你是李华，请给你的笔友 Peter写一封信，介绍今年夏天的唐山之旅。要点如下： 1．应朋友之邀前往中国唐山旅行，历时三天； 2．期间游览了华北地区的第一大岛——菩提岛，印象很深； 3．有 260多种植物，更有大片菩提树林，为北方所罕见。 注意：1.词数 100左右； 2．文章开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。 参考词汇：菩提岛 Puti Island Dear Peter， I'm glad to share my experience about this summer. ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ Hope you will share your experience too. Yours， Li Hua 参考范文： Dear Peter， I'm glad to share my experience about this summer. At the invitation of my friend, I paid a visit to Tangshan, which lasted three days. Luckily, I had the chance to visit the largest island in North China, called Puti Island. It made a strong impression on me. On arriving at the island, I was surprised to see a large stretch of Puti woods, which is rare to see in the north. Besides, there are over 260 kinds of plants. Bathed in the cool wind, I felt very comfortable. The scenery was so unique that I kept taking pictures frequently. At last my leg hurt badly. However, I think the trip was worthwhile. Hope you will share your experience too. Yours， Li Hua Nowadays more and more families own private cars. Private cars, as the product of modern civilization, have been playing a vital role in people's daily activities. First, private cars are a convenient means of transport. You can drive wherever you like. Second, there is no doubt that private cars will have a great impact on the economic growth . The rapid development of car industry will contribute much to keeping the country's economy growing at a higher rate in the near future. But every coin has two sides. The rapid development of private cars will bring about a series of problems. For example, the waste air given off by cars will do great harm to our health, too many private cars will lead to traffic jams and a great deal of energy will be wasted. So I think we should take advantage of private cars and make them serve us better. Meantime I hope that satisfactory solutions to these negative problems will be found soon. Section_Ⅰ Warmup__&_Lesson_1_—_Prereading [原文呈现] Return of the white bikes! People have been enjoying① the benefits② of cycling in Amsterdam③ for years. It is a good city for cycling because it is flat④ and therefore⑤ is convenient⑥ for bikes. There are also plenty of places for bicycle parking⑦ and most streets in the city centre have a bicycle path. Today some people call Amsterdam the “City of Bicycles” because of the convenience⑧ for bicycles there. In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans had an idea. They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren't allowed⑨ in the city centre and only bicycles were.They were hopeful⑩ that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide⑪ free public transport. The group painted⑫ hundreds of⑬ bicycles white and placed⑭ them in lots of neighbourhoods⑮ around Amsterdam for people to use. Anyone was allowed to take them and use them for short journeys. Wherever⑯ someone finished a journey they would leave the bike there for someone else⑰ to use. The problem was that it didn't work⑱ — thieves⑲ took all the bicycles within weeks！ [读文清障] ①have been enjoying是现在完成进行时。表示动作始于过去，持续到现在(刚刚停止)或 将来(继续进行下去)。 ②benefit /'benIfIt/ vi.& n．得益；好处 benefit from从……中获益 ③Amsterdam /ˌæmstə'dæm/ 阿姆斯特丹 ④flat /flæt/ adj.平的 ⑤therefore /'ðeəfɔː/ adv.所以，因此 ⑥convenient /kən'viːniənt/ adj.方便的，便利的(convenient不能以人作主语) be convenient for sb.对某人来说是方便的 ⑦parking /'pɑːkIŋ/ n．停车场 No parking！禁止泊车！ ⑧convenience /kən'viːniəns/ n．方便，便利 ⑨allow vt.允许，准许 allow sb. to do sth.允许某人做某事 allow doing sth.允许做某事 ⑩hopeful /'həʊpfəl/ adj.(人)抱有希望的 be hopeful that ...希望…… ⑪provide v．提供，供应 provide sb. with sth. provide sth. for sb. 提供给某人某物 ⑫paint ...(colour)漆上或染上某种颜色 ⑬hundreds of成百上千的 ⑭place vt.放置 ⑮neighbourhood /'neIbəhʊd/ n．街坊；邻近地区 ⑯wherever /we r'evə/ conj.无论在何处，无论到哪里，此处引导让步状语从句，相当 于 no matter where。 ⑰someone else别人 else与 someone, anyone, everyone等连用时，所有格加在 else上。 ⑱work vi.起作用，生效 ⑲thief /θiːf/ n．贼，小偷 白自行车回来了！ [第 1～2段译文] 多年来，人们一直享受着在阿姆斯特丹骑自行车的益处。这是一个适合骑自行车的好城 市，道路平坦，因此方便骑自行车。还有许多自行车停放场地，城市中心的大多数街道都设 有自行车车道。今天，有些人把阿姆斯特丹称作“自行车城”，因为那里为自行车提供了方 便。 在 20世纪 60年代，一群自行车迷提出了一个想法。他们认为如果不让汽车驶入市中心， 只让自行车进入，那会对每个人都更有好处。他们希望这样能够帮助节约能源，减少污染， 并且(给大家)提供免费的公共交通工具。他们把数百辆自行车漆成白色，并把它们放在阿姆 斯特丹众多街区供人们使用。任何人都可以取用这些自行车做短途旅行。无论在哪儿结束旅 程，人们都可以将自行车留在那里供其他人使用。问题是这种做法行不通——几周内，所有 的自行车都被小偷偷走了！ However, more than thirty years later, the “white bike” is back in town — this time with a computer chip⑳ to record its every move○21 ！ To take a bicycle○22 ， you have to insert○23 a special card. The new “white bike” is not actually white but○24 is an unusual design with bright colours. The bikes are parked at special parking places○25 and people who want to use them have to take them to another special parking place that has enough room. There is already less traffic in central Amsterdam, because both locals and tourists have been using the white bikes. Indeed○26 , thanks to○27 the good ideas of lots of people, like the cycling fans in the 1960s, many people around the world have been enjoying city centre streets without cars for many years. Did you know? The Netherlands○28 has 14 million bicycles among 15 million people！ ⑳chip /tʃIp/ n．集成电路片，硅片 ○21move此处为名词，表示“迁移，移动”。 ○22动词不定式短语 to take a bicycle 作目的状语，放在句首表示强调。 ○23 insert /In'sɜːt/ vt.插入，嵌入 ○24 not ...but ...不是……而是…… ○25 parking place停车场 parking lot(露天)停车场 ○26 indeed /In'diːd/ adv.当然，确实 ○27 thanks to多亏，幸亏；由于 thanks to ...多作状语 because of ...多作状语 due to ...可作状语或表语 owing to ...多作状语 ○28 the Netherlands /'neðələndz/ 荷兰 [第 3～6段译文] 然而，30多年后，“白自行车”又回到城里了——这次车上装有电脑芯片记录它的每一 次移动！要使用自行车，你必须先插入一张特别的卡。新的“白自行车”实际上并不是白色， 它设计独特，颜色鲜亮。自行车被放在特定的停放处，想使用自行车的人必须把自行车停放 在另一个有足够空间的特定停放处。,阿姆斯特丹市中心的交通已经不怎么拥堵了，因为当地 人和旅游者都使用白自行车。的确，多亏人们献计献策，就像 20世纪 60年代的自行车迷们 那样，世界各地的许多人多年以来能在享受市中心没有汽车的环境。,你知道吗？,荷兰 1 500 万人口拥有 1 400万辆自行车！ Prereading Please match the words with their proper meanings. 1．wherever A．骑自行车的人 2．benefit B．驾驶汽车的人 3．pedestrian C．方便，便利 4．hopeful D．实际地，真实地 5．neighbourhood E．无论在何处，无论到哪里 6．therefore F．得益；好处 7．consequence G．行人 8．insert H．(人)抱有希望的 9．cyclist I．街坊；邻近地区 10．motorist J. 所以，因此 11．actually K．后果，结果 12．convenience L．插入，嵌入 13. argue M．贼，小偷 14．thief N．争辩，争吵 15．arrest O．逮捕，拘留 1～5 ________ 6～10 ________ 11～15 ________ 答案：1～5 EFGHI 6～10 JKLAB 11～15 DCNMO Leadin Look at the following pictures and discuss which means of transportation do you like best with your partner? Why? 参 考 答 案 ： I_like_bicycles_best_because_it_has_the_following_advantages._First ， it_can_reduce_pollution_and_protect_the_environment._Second ， it_is_more_convenient_when_you_are_stuck_in_the_traffic_jam._Third,_it_can_build_our_body_ and_save_money. Whilereading True (T) or False (F)． 1．Using a computer chip is to stop bikes from being stolen.__T__ 2．Now in Amsterdam all the bicycles are painted white.__F__ 3．In Amsterdam riding a bicycle is very convenient. You can find a bicycle anywhere.__F__ 4．Over 40 years people have been enjoying the benefits of cycling in Amsterdam.__F__ 5．In Amsterdam no car is allowed in the city centre and only bicycles are.__F__ Carefulreading Read the text again and fill in the chart with the information in the text. Return of the white bikes！ Nowadays People are enjoying the benefits of cycling Reasons： ·It's 1. flat and convenient for bikes. ·There are plenty of places for bicycle 2. parking. ·Most streets in the city have a bicycle path. In the 1960s A group of cycling fans had an idea. Reasons: It would help to save energy, reduce 3. pollution and provide 4. free public transport. Actions： ·The group painted hundreds of bicycles white and placed them in lots of 5. neighbourhoods around Amsterdam. ·Anyone was allowed to take them and use them for 6. short journeys. ·Wherever someone finished a journey they would 7. leave the bike there for someone else to use. Result: It didn't work — 8. thieves took all the bicycles within weeks！ More than thirty years later The “white bike” is back in town. Ways: ·A computer 9. chip to record its every move. ·You have to 10. insert a special card to take a bicycle. Results: Many people have been enjoying city centre streets without cars. Studyreading Analyze the following difficult sentences in the text. 1．They believed that it would be better for everybody if cars weren't allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were. [句式分析] 本句为主从复合句。主句为 They believed, that引导宾语从句。该宾语从句 又是一个主从复合句，含有 if引导的条件状语从句。 [尝试翻译] 他们认为如果不让汽车驶入市中心，只让自行车进入，那会对每个人都更 有好处。 2．The bikes are parked at special parking places and people who want to use them have to take them to another special parking place that has enough room. [句式分析] [尝试翻译] 自行车被放在特定的停放处，想使用自行车的人必须把自行车停放在另一 个有足够空间的特定停放处。 Ⅰ.阅读理解 A Zipped (用拉链拉上或扣上 ) into a bag, it looks like a large umbrella.Unfolded, it goes along the street like any other bicycle. It's the “Abike”， the brainchild (脑力劳动的产物) of British inventor Sir Clive Sinclair, who made history in the 1970s by developing the world's first pocket calculator.He described his new invention as “the world's smallest, lightest foldable bicycle”． “My original thought was that if you could have a bicycle that was dramatically lighter and more firm than the ones that exist today, it would change the way in which bicycles are used，” said Sinclair. The minibike, showed in Singapore last week and set to go on sale worldwide at a price of nearly $300, is built for riders as heavy as 112 kilograms and is heightadjustable (可调整高度 的). It takes about 20 seconds to fold or unfold. Its wheels are a quarter the size of those on a regular bicycle, but Sinclair promises a smooth ride for most cyclists.“You require no extra energy to ride the ‘Abike’ and it can go up to 15 miles per hour (24 kilometres per hour)，” he said. Constructed mainly of plastic, the 5.5kilogram bicycle folds into a package of less than 0.03 cubic metres. Sinclair also invented the first pocket TV in 1984 and the futuristic C5 electric tricycle in 1985. He said he hoped the bicycle would attract common citizens, officials, campers or anyone needing transport for a short trip and he said the next step for the “Abike” was to add an electric motor in a few years. 语篇解读：普通的自行车人人都见过，可是你见过折叠以后像伞一样的自行车吗？现在 有人发明了这种自行车。 1．The most important character of this kind of bicycle is its________. A．big size B．light weight C．beautiful appearance D．foldable structure 解析：选 D 细节理解题。由文章第二段中“He described his new invention as ‘the world's smallest, lightest foldable bicycle’．”可知答案。 2．The wheels of a regular bicycle are ________ the size of this kind of bicycle. A．four times B．three times C．onefourth D．onethird 解析：选 A 细节理解题。由第五段开头可知，传统自行车车轮大小是这种新型自行车 车轮的四倍。 3．Which would be the best title of the passage? A．World's Smallest Foldable Bicycle Arriving B．ANew Bicycle, a Large Umbrella C．A Foldable Bicycle, a Large Bag D．AGreat Inventor of a New Bicycle 解析：选 A 标题归纳题。本文自始至终都在介绍一种即将上市的新型折叠式自行车的 与众不同之处。因此以 A项为题目既高度概括又醒目。 4．What's the meaning of the underlined word in Paragraph 5? A．Attracted. B．Contained. C．Invented. D．Made. 解析：选 D 词义猜测题。根据本句中的 mainly of plastic 可知，此处是对自行车的制造 材料进行介绍。attract“吸引”；contain“包含”；invent“发明”；make“制造”。 B Driving a car is not just handling controls and judging speed and distance.It requires you to predict what other road users will do and get ready to react to something unexpected.When alcohol is consumed, it enters your bloodstream and acts as a depressant (抑制药 ), damaging eyesight, judgement and coordination (协调), slowing down reaction time and greatly increasing the risk of accidents. Even below the drink driving limit, driving will be affected. Alcohol may take a few minutes to be absorbed into the bloodstream and start action on the brain.Absorption rate is increased when drinking on an empty stomach or when consuming drinks mixed with fruit juice.To get rid of alcohol from the body is a very slow process and it is not possible to speed it up with any measures like taking a shower or having a cup of tea or coffee. The present Road Traffic Ordinance states clearly that the limit of alcohol concentration is: ●50 milligrams of alcohol per 100ml of blood; or ●22 micrograms of alcohol per 100ml of breath; or ●67 milligrams of alcohol per 100ml of urine (尿液)． Drivers who cause traffic accidents, or who commit a moving traffic offence or are being suspected of drink driving will be tested. Any driver found drinking beyond the limit will be charged.The driver declared guilty may be fined a maximum of HK $25, 000 and be sentenced to up to 3 years in prison and punished for 10 drivingoffence points; or temporarily banned from driving. The same punishment applies to failing to provide specimens (样本) for breath, blood or urine tests without good excuse. Drink driving is a criminal offence.Be a responsible driver, think before you drink.For the safety of yourself and other road users, never drive after consuming alcohol. 语篇解读：酒后驾车是一种危险的行为，会对他人、对自己造成巨大的威胁，所以酒后 驾车会受到处罚。因此司机应该对自己、对他人负责，切勿酒后驾车。 5．The first paragraph is mainly about______. A．the introduction of driving skills B．the damage of drinking to your body C．the effect of drinking on driving D．the process of alcohol being absorbed 解析：选 C 段落大意题。本文第一段主要介绍的是饮酒后，酒精会进入我们的血液， 影响我们的视力、判断力和协调能力，减缓我们的反应速度，增加我们出事故的风险，所以 选 C“饮酒对驾车的影响”。 6．The underlined word “it” in the second paragraph refers to “______”． A．alcohol B．absorption C．blood D．process 解析：选 D 代词指代题。画线词所在句表示将酒精从血液中清除是一个缓慢的过程， 接着说的是采取如洗澡、喝茶或者咖啡的途径来加速这一过程是不可能的，所以“it”在这里指 代的是将酒精排出体外的“过程”，故选 D。 7．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A．Drinking below the drink driving limit has no effect on driving. B．Alcohol is taken in more quickly when drunk with fruit juice. C．Having a cup of tea helps to get rid of alcohol from the body. D．50 milligrams of alcohol per 100ml of breath is below the drink driving limit. 解析：选 B 细节理解题。依据文章第二段第二句话可知，空腹喝酒及掺着果汁喝酒会 提高吸收率，所以 B项正确。 8．A driver suspected (怀疑) of drink driving ______. A．should provide specimens for testing B．will be forbidden to drive for 3 years C．will be punished for 10 drivingoffence points D．should pay a maximum fine of HK $25,000 解析：选 A 细节理解题。依据文章第四段和第六段可知，被怀疑酒驾的司机需要接受 检测，提供被检测的样本，所以选 A。 C Like most big projects, learning to manage your mother well is what you should do. Here are what I believe the best steps towards a better relationship with her. They are not necessarily surprising or revolutionary, but they have worked for many people. Try them. Remember your mother's age. As children, we often do not think that our mother has an age. Even when we become conscious of her being an individual, age does not change our view; she is still our mother. Knowing our mother's age, not just in numbers of years but in terms of her psychological and physical state, often helps us to understand her better. Listen to your mother. I have found that sometimes the things my mother told me long ago are remarkably useful. If your mother knows that you respect her point of view, even if you do not share it, it will help her feel close to you. Remember that your mother has a past. A key step in managing our relationship with our mother is to find out about her early life. Nicole's mother suffered much during the Second World War.“My parents are both JewishTurkish. They met in France and married young for love. They were in their twenties when the war broke out and because they were Jews, they had to go into hiding. She did speak to me about the war, and I think it is important to know what she went through. It is a part of her life that must have affected her deeply.” Sometimes, in learning about our mother's past, we know that it can encourage us to think about her whole life. Ask your mother about your childhood history. My grandparents died when I was young. If you are fortunate enough to have living family, think of your life as a_jigsaw_puzzle and ask as many questions as you can to put the picture together. Understanding your roots and your childhood can help you know more clearly who you are, as part of a family which you share with your mother. Keep a sense of humor about your mother. When we hear about someone else's misfortunes with their mothers and are amused by them, our laughter is a recognition. I have often listened to stories of difficult mothers and I have also listened to the following piece of advice they have found most helpful: “Have a sense of humor about your mother.” Remember that managing your mother is really about managing yourself. Taking any measure to manage our mother is the issue of how we manage ourselves. No matter how difficult we find her, it is important to remember that it is not her behavior itself that is causing us discomfort, but the way we feel about her behavior. We should follow the way of her life. At the heart of managing your mother is being able to accept your flawed (有缺点的 )self. Only then are you able to accept your mother — with all her failings. 语篇解读：本文讲述的是如何改善自己和母亲之间的关系。 9．The followings are the steps you can take to get on with your mother EXCEPT that ________. A．remember your mother's age and past B．share your roots and your childhood with your mother C．don't have a sense of humor about your mother D．manage your shortcomings while managing your mother 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由第六段中的“Keep a sense of humor about your mother.”可知 选 C。 10．What does the underlined phrase “a jigsaw puzzle” mean? A．拼图玩具 B．浏览迷宫 C．填充字谜 D．游戏人生 解析：选 A 词义猜测题。根据“put the picture together”可知选 A。 11．Which of the following is implied but not stated in the passage? A．It will help you have a better relationship with your mother if you respect her opinion. B．You should follow a very useful piece of advice — a sense of humor. C．The key measure of managing our mother is how we manage ourselves. D．It is unreasonable to expect our mother to change totally from the way she was brought up. 解析：选 D 推理判断题。D项文中并未陈述，但可根据最后一段中的“We should follow the way of her life.”推知。 12．The main purpose of writing the text is ________. A．to give information about how you think of your mother B．to improve the relationship with your mother C．to keep a sense of humor about your mother all day long D．to accept your mother — with all her failings 解析：选 B 写作意图题。本文主要就如何改善自己与母亲的关系提出了一些建议，故 选 B。 Ⅱ.阅读七选五 As you grow rapidly through your teenage years, you will experience a lot of changes. The changes may seem difficult. __1__ Don't panic! You will deal successfully with them! You are a young adult now! With more responsibility, you will find more freedom to make your own choices. In this way you can make wise decisions. __2__ You may already know your career path or you may have no idea at all what you want to do. Both situations are fine! Work hard and right opportunities will present themselves to you. Young adulthood means greater freedom and more choices. __3__ But try not to shut your family out of your life. You should learn to think of others even though you are old enough to look after yourself. It is also perfectly natural at this time for you to spend more time with your friends than your family. __4___ A true friend will stand by you no matter what happens. This period is a part of the life cycle. These are some people who will be with you throughout life's journey. There will be some people with whom you go separate ways. Leaving school can be hard. The reality is that you may not even see all of your classmates again. You are a young adult. It is your life. No one can live it for you. __5__ So making the right choices will be important to you. Life is for living. Enjoy your life wisely! A．Choose your friends wisely. B．They will help shape the future. C．They may seem to happen quickly. D．You will probably want to be independent. E．You may appreciate what you have in your own life. F．The choices that you make from now on will be your choices. G．Your family has been with you since you came into this world. 答案：1～5 CBDAF Section_Ⅱ _Warmup_&_Lesson_1_—_Language_Points 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.therefore adv. 所以，因此 2.actually adv. 实际地，真实地 3.benefit vi. & n. 得益；好处 4.thief n. 贼，小偷 5.insert vt. 插入，嵌入 6.indeed adv. 当然，确实 7.consequence n. 结果，后果 8.arrest vt. 逮捕，拘留 9.cyclist n. 骑自行车的人 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.convenience n．方便，便利→convenient adj.方便的，便利的 2.neighbourhood n ． 街 坊 ； 邻 近 地 区 →neighbour n．邻居 3.argue vi.争辩，争吵→argument n．争辩， 争吵 1.actually adv.实际地，真实地 [同义] ①in fact ②in reality ③as a matter of fact 2.consequence n．后果，结果 [词块] ①face the consequence 承担后果 ②as a consequence (of sth.) 由于(某事) ③as a consequence 因此 3.arrest vt.逮捕，拘留 n.逮捕；拘捕 [词块] ①arrest one's attention 吸引某人的 注意力 ②arrest sb. for sth. 因某事逮捕某人 ③put sb. under arrest 逮捕某人 4.neighbourhood n. 街坊；邻近地区 [联想] 盘点hood结尾的名词 ①childhood 童年时期；幼年时代 ②brotherhood 兄弟关系；手足情谊 ③motherhood 母性，母亲们(总称) ④adulthood 成年，成人期 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.traffic jam 交通阻塞，塞车 2．fed up 不愉快的，厌烦的 3．work out 锻炼身体，做运动；解决； 产生结果 4．plenty of 许多，大量 5．because of 因为，由于 1.in the 1960s 在 20世纪 60年代 2．have an effect on 对……有影响 3．argue with ... 与……争辩 4．hundreds of 成百上千的 5．thanks to 多亏，幸亏 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.People have been enjoying the benefits of cycling in Amsterdam for years. 多年来，人们一直享受着在阿 姆斯特丹骑自行车的益处。 have been enjoying ...为现在 完成进行时态。 I have_been_reading_the_book for two hours, but I haven't finished it. 这本书我已读了两个小时，但 我还没读完。 2.Wherever someone finished a journey they would leave the bike there for someone else to use. 无论在哪儿结束旅程，人们都 可以将自行车留在那里供其 他人使用。 wherever“无论在哪里”，引 导让步状语从句。 Wherever_he_goes,_there are crowds of fans waiting to see him. 无论他走到哪里，总有许多 “粉丝”等着见他。 1．(教材 P36)People have been enjoying the benefits of cycling in Amsterdam for years. 多年来，人们一直享受着在阿姆斯特丹骑自行车的益处。 benefit vi.得益 vt.有益于 n．好处 (1)benefit from 从……中受益 (2)be of benefit to 对……有益处 for the benefit of 为了……的利益 (3)beneficial adj. 有益的，有利的 be beneficial to 对……有益 ①Doing morning exercises benefits our health. 做早操对我们的健康有益。 ②I have benefited_a_lot_from my father's advice. 我从父亲的建议中受益良多。 ③Fresh air is beneficial to our health. ＝Fresh air is_of_benefit_to our health. 新鲜空气有益于健康。 2． (教材 P36)It is a good city for cycling because it is flat and therefore is convenient for bikes. 这是一个适合骑自行车的好城市，道路平坦，因此方便骑自行车。 convenient adj.方便的，便利的 (1)if/when it is convenient to sb. 如果某人方便的话/当某人方便时 It's convenient for sb. to do sth. 某人方便做某事 (2)convenience n． 方便，便利(反义词 inconvenience) for convenience 为了方便起见 at one's convenience 在某人方便的时候 ①Is it convenient for you to go shopping with me? 你方便与我一起去购物吗？ ②I'll visit you next weekend if_it_is_convenient_to_you. 如果下周末你方便的话，我就去看望你。 ③Please send me an answer at your convenience. 请在你方便时给我回信。 [名师点津] convenient作表语时，其主语不用表示人的名词充当。类似的形容词还有 important, necessary, possible等。 3．(教材 P36)You look fed up! 你看起来感到厌烦！ (be) fed up (with) 不愉快的，厌烦的 feed vt. 喂养，饲养 vi. (牛、马等)吃东西 feed on 以……为食 feed ... to ... 把……喂给…… feed ...on/with ... 用……来喂…… ①Mother will be fed up if you don't telephone. 如果你不打电话，妈妈会不高兴的。 ②I'm fed up with her complaints. 我听够了她的牢骚。 ③Birds feed on nuts and berries in the winter. 鸟类靠坚果和浆果过冬。 [名师点津] (1)feed on“(动物)以……为食”；live on“(人) 以……为食”；(2)表示“对…… 厌倦”的短语还有：be/get tired of ..., be bored with ...等。 4．(教材 P37)a past activity that has some consequences in the present 一种对现在产生了后果的过去的行为 consequence n．后果，结果 as a consequence＝in consequence＝as a result 因此，结果 as a consequence of＝in consequence of＝as a result of 因为，由于 ①Teenagers fail to see the consequences of smoking. 青少年无法明白抽烟的恶果。 ②She worked hard at her lessons and as_a_consequence/result got high marks. 她努力学习功课，因而得了很高的分数。 ③As_a_consequence_of_/in_consequence_of/as_a_result_of a traffic accident, he lost his life. 因为发生了车祸，他丢掉了性命。 5．(教材 P37)A woman is walking out of the park, sweating. 一位女士在公园里锻炼身体，大汗淋漓。 work out锻炼身体，做运动；算出，解决；设计出；发展 写出下列句中 work out的含义 ①The famous actor keeps fit by working out for an hour every morning.锻炼身体 ②The research centre worked out a new plan and decided to carry it out immediately.设计， 制定，安排 ③She worked out the problem with no difficulty. 解出 ④Everything is working out well.结果，发展 work at/on 从事于，致力于 out of work 失业 at work 在工作 ⑤He has_been_out_of_work for two months. 他已经失业两个月了。 6．(教材 P37)argue vi.争辩，争吵 vi.主张，劝说 argue (with sb.) about/over sth. (与某人)辩论某事 argue for 为……辩护 argue against 争辩(反对……) argue sb. into/out of doing 说服某人做/不做某事 ①We argue her out of going on such a dangerous journey. 我们说服她不要去做这样危险的旅行。 ②They strongly argue against going there next Sunday. 他们坚决反对下周日去那儿。 ③I am not going to argue with you about/over the plan. 我不想与你争辩这个计划。 Wherever someone finished a journey they would leave the bike there for someone else to use. 无论在哪儿结束旅程，人们都可以将自行车留在那里供其他人使用。 本句中 wherever引导了一个让步状语从句。wherever作连词，表示“无论在何处；无论 在哪里；无论什么情况下”，既可引导让步状语从句，也可引导名词性从句。 ①Wherever (＝No matter where) film stars and sports stars go, there are crowds of fans surrounding them. 无论电影明星和运动明星走到哪里，总有星迷围绕着。 ②Wherever_he_goes has nothing to do with us. 无论他去哪儿都与我无关。 [辨析比较] wherever, no matter where wherever 可以引导让步状语从句，这时等于 no matter where；也可以引导名词性 从句，如主语从句、宾语从句或表语从句 no matter where 只能引导让步状语从句 选用上述词语填空 ③I will go wherever you go. 你去哪里，我就去哪里。 ④Wherever/No_matter_where you go, I would keep you company. 不管你到哪里，我都会陪着你。 [名师点津] “no matter＋疑问词”只能引导让步状语从句，而“疑问词＋ever”既可引导 让步状语从句，也可引导名词性从句。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．We had planned to finish our task by noon, but it didn't work out. 2．People are fed up with all this traffic jams. 3．I feel that I have benefited greatly from her words. 4．It rained yesterday and in consequence the match was canceled. 5．Can you telephone me at your convenience (convenient)． Ⅱ.完成句子 1．Wherever_you_go,_do remember: home is the best. 一定要记住：走遍天下，家里最好。 2．Will_it_be_convenient_for_you to start work tomorrow? 你明天开始工作方便吗？ 3．Jack argued_me_into/out_of_buying_the_shirt. 杰克说服我买/不要买那件衬衫。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．She was arrested (逮捕) for helping the murderer to escape. 2．This path is for pedestrians (行人) only. 3．Actually (实际上), only a small number of people own cars in our hometown. 4．There are many thieves (贼) on No.6 bus because lots of ladies often have their wallets stolen. 5．Her hand shook as she inserted (插入) the key into the lock. 6．He broke the law, now he must face the consequences (结果) of his actions. 7．The children were arguing (争论) over which TV program to watch. 8．Frozen fish is a very healthy convenience (便利) food. Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．There are powerful arguments (argue) in favour of my idea. 2．Some patients actually (actual) got worse after receiving the treatment. 3．I am very hopeful (hope) that we will be able to reach an agreement. 4．It was thanks to your stupidity that we lost the game. 5．Her friend I referred to just now was arrested for robbery. 6．Learning English is of great benefit to your future job. 7．I am fed up with living with a man of this kind. 8．You can arrange it at your convenience. 9．We're always arguing with each other about money. 10．We have_been_seeing (see)each other quite often recently. 11．The flight had to be called off in consequence of the heavy rain. 12．The whole community will benefit from the new hospital. Ⅲ.完成句子 1．Learning foreign languages is_of_great_benefit_to_/_is_beneficial_to_us (对我们很有益)． 2．Internet makes it_convenient_for_us (方便我们) to get in touch with each other. 3．Working_out_for_an_hour_every_day (每天锻炼一小时)is good for your health. 4．Thanks_to_your_help (多亏了你的帮助), we were successful. 5．I _am_fed_up_with (厌烦) all those nonsense. 6．English is useful wherever_you_go (无论你去哪里)． 7．I _have_been_reading_that_book (一直在读那本书)since last week. 8．I'll try to argue/persuade__him_into_going_home (说服他回家)． Ⅳ.课文语法填空 In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans came up with an idea 1.that it would be better for everybody if cars were not allowed in the city centre and only bicycles were. It could contribute to 2.saving (save)energy and protecting environment. Then, people were free 3.to_use (use) the bicycles painted by the group for short journeys. 4.However,_all the bicycles were stolen by thieves, which annoyed the cycling fans. 5.Over three decades later, the “white bike” has returned, with each one 6.fixed (fix) with a computer chip, by which the bike's every move 7.is_recorded (record). In addition, the bicycles have special parking places. Nowadays, with locals and tourists using the white bikes, there is already 8.less (little) traffic in central Amsterdam. Therefore, this city, 9.where people have been enjoying the benefits of cycling for many years, is called “City of Bicycles” because of the 10.convenience (convenient) for bicycles there. Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达 众所周知，读书使我们受益匪浅(benefit from)。由于(as a consequence of )科技的发展， 我们可以很方便地(it is convenient for us to do sth.)在网络、手机上享受阅读。我也经常因为看 哪类书和我家人争辩(argue with)。当然，长时间盯着屏幕会使人感到厌烦(fed up)。因此为了 健康，我们有必要进行体育锻炼(work out)。 It_is_well_known_that_we_benefit_a_lot_from_reading._As_a_consequence_of_the_develop ment_of_technology,_it_is_convenient_for_us_to_enjoy_reading_on_the_Internet_and_phone._I_o ften_argue_with_my_family_about_which_kind_of_books_to_read._Of_course,_one_can_be_fed_ up_if_staring_at_the_screen_for_a_long_time._Therefore,_in_order_to_keep_healthy,_it_is_necess ary_for_us_to_work_out._ 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.完形填空 I'm back home now from an amazing vacation in France. But I want to __1__ this short story that happened to me in one of the markets there and that really touched my __2__ at that moment. In one of the stalls (摊位 ) there I saw this __3__ bag and asked the old man who was selling it how much it __4__. He said it was for 20 euros. I asked if he could give it to me for 10 euros. __5__ he said no, so we began our bargain. Well, it's more of an argument with me, __6__ I really love to bargain. After a bargain, we __7__ to meet halfway at 15 euros. I said, okay, it was a really cool __8__ anyway. I wanted to reach for the bag but I could not reach it from where I stood. The old man said, in __9__ English, “I get it for you.” He __10__ from his high chair and I realised he was trying to get the bag. Then that was when the __11__ came in. The man had no right __12__！ I was so speechless and felt the noise around me __13__.Seriously, my heart broke for him. All this time, I had __14__ with this old man, just to get a discount for that bag, and he had to earn his __15__ selling inside the market, with only one foot. I felt so __16__ that I gave him 20 euros instead, the original price he offered me. He saw me looking at his foot and he said, “From war.” I just __17__ and nodded my head and thanked him and walked away. That feeling inside me during that time, my eyes __18__ a little, is something I will never forget. I travel to enjoy the world, to shop and __19__ another culture. But it's the people you meet along the way that make you __20__ your life more and more every day. 语篇解读： 本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了作者看中了一个包，决定将其买下，经过一 番讨价还价她终于如愿以偿，但是这时她却有了意外的发现。 1．A.forget B．request C．design D．share 解析：选 D 作者度假归来之后，想和大家一起分享(share)自己的一次经历。forget“忘 记”；request“请求，恳求”；design“设计”。 2 A．money B．heart C．travel D．opinion 解析：选 B 联系下文可知，作者的那次经历触动了她的心(heart)。 3．A.lovely B．ugly C．local D．ordinary 解析：选 A 作者很想买这个包，说明这个包很有吸引力(lovely)。 4．A.saved B．earned C．took D．cost 解析：选 D 联系句中的 how much可知，此处是指作者询问那位老人这个包的价格。 5．A.Though B．Instead C．Anyhow D．Thus 解析：选 B 联系上句作者提出的价格和本句“... he said no, so we began our bargain.”可 知，作者的出价没有得到老人的认可，所以用 Instead(反而，却)。 6．A.before B．until C．since D．although 解析：选 C 联系句中的“I really love to bargain”可知这里表示因果关系，since此处意为 “因为，由于”。 7．A.agreed B．refused C．intended D．disagreed 解析：选 A 联系句中的“to meet halfway at 15 euros”可知，作者和老人最后讨价还价的 结果是以 15欧元成交。 8.A.price B．man C．bag D．value 解析：选 C 联系句中的“it was a really cool”可知，这里的“it”指的是作者选中的包。 9.A.doubted B．educated C．fallen D．broken 解析：选 D 故事发生在法国，所以老人说的英语应该不是很好，broken此处为形容词， 意为“不流利的，说得结结巴巴的”。 10.A.looked up B．stood up C．looked down D．sat down 解析：选 B 联系句中的“from his high chair”和上句中的“I get it for you.”可知，老人要从 自己坐的很高的椅子上站起来 (stand up)。 look up“查阅”； look down“向下看”；sit down“坐下”。 11．A.bargain B．manner C．shock D．noise 解析：选 C 联系下句“The man had no right ...”以及本段最后一句中的“with only one foot”可知，当作者意识到老人没有右脚的时候，感到非常震惊。 12.A.foot B．hand C．arm D．ear 解析：选 A 联系本段最后一句中的“with only one foot”可知，作者发现老人只有一只脚。 13.A.increase B．reduce C．scream D．disappear 解析：选 D 联系句中的“so speechless”可知，作者这时候说不出话来，而根据“felt the noise”也可以猜出这时候作者感到本来嘈杂的市场上的噪音也都听不见了，disappear符合语 境。 14.A.quarrelled B．argued C．apologised D．admired 解析：选 B 联系第二段中的“it's more of an argument with me”可知，作者看中这个包之 后就和老人进行了一番讨价还价，也就是争辩的过程。 15.A.living B．discount C．strength D．balance 解析：选 A 联系本句中的“selling inside the market”可推测，老人在市场上卖东西是为 了谋生，所以用 living，表示“生计”。 16．A.good B．satisfied C．bad D．gentle 解析：选 C 由上文可知，作者发现老人只有一只脚，再由后文可知，作者付给老人 20 欧元，由此可推测，这个时候作者为自己刚才的讨价还价而感到愧疚(bad)。 17．A.chatted B．impressed C．inspired D．smiled 解析：选 D 联系句中的“nodded my head and thanked him and walked away”可知，作者 这时候心情复杂，说不出话来，只能以微笑示意，点头致谢之后离开。 18.A.drying B．watering C．battling D．focusing 解析：选 B 联系语境可知，作者当时心中五味杂陈，而本空前的 my eyes 暗示这时作 者已经心有感触，眼睛也湿润了。 19.A.remember B．spread C．experience D．dislike 解析：选 C 旅行的目的是欣赏世界、购物和体验(experience)另一种文化。 20.A.appreciate B．discover C．observe D．struggle 解析：选 A 正是那些你在途中遇到的人让你对生活越来越感恩，所以用 appreciate(感 激)。discover“发现”；observe“观察，遵守”；struggle“挣扎”。 Ⅱ.短文改错 Mobile phones are being more wide used.They're light on weight and easy to carry, offered fast and convenient service for communication.The users use them for make phone calls, sending short messages and internetsurfing.In recently years, mobile phones have become popular with middle school students.Quite a few use it to keep in touch with their families and friends, which, of course was convenient.Therefore, I don't think it's good to do so.In spite of the disadvantages mentioned above, student users often waste a lot of time chatting on the phone in his spare time.Some even use them to cheat exams.In addition, mobile phone bills cost students' parents lot of money. 答案：第一句：wide→widely 第二句：on→in; offered→offering 第三句：make→making 第四句：recently→recent 第五句：it→them; was→is 第六句：Therefore→However 第八句：exams前加 in或 during 第九句：lot→lots或 lot前加 a Section_Ⅲ Lesson_2_&_Lesson_3__—__Prereading [原文呈现] Solar Car Racing Solar ① racers ② have been coming ③ to Australia for years for the World Solar Car Challenge. We interviewed Marie Logan from Brisbane. Q：Well, the first question I have for you is simple. What is a solar car? A：Solar cars are cars that use the sun's energy for power. That means they don't use petrol④， gas⑤or any other fuel, just the sunlight⑥. Q：And why are people interested in⑦ solar cars? A：People have been worried about⑧ pollution caused by fuels like petrol and gas for a long time now⑨. Solar cars are clean and safe, so there is a lot of interest in them. Q：You've been designing solar racing cars for a long time. When did you start? A：Well, I've been interested in cars since kindergarten⑩. When I was at university⑪， I started designing my car. I've designed five or six different cars so far⑫. And I've been taking part in⑬ races for about four years. Q：How many races have you taken part in? A：Let me think. Six. We've won two of them! Q：Where do these races take place⑭？ A：Well, the one I like best crosses the whole of Australia from northwest⑮ to southeast ⑯. It's about 4,500 km long！ [读文清障] ①solar /'səʊlə/ adj.太阳的，太阳光的 solar battery太阳能电池 solar system太阳系 ②racer /'reIsə/ n．赛车手 ③have been coming是现在完成进行时结构。 ④petrol /'petrəl/ n．(英)汽油 ⑤gas /gæs/ n．气体；煤气；汽油 ⑥sunlight /'sʌnlaIt/ n．阳光，日光 ⑦be interested in ...对……感兴趣 ⑧be worried about ...为……担心 be worried that ...担心…… worry v．担忧，使担心 worry sb. 使某人担心 ⑨caused by ...是过去分词短语作定语，修饰 pollution。 ⑩kindergarten /'kIndəgɑːt n/ n．幼儿园 ⑪at university上大学(英式)，university前无冠词。 ⑫so far迄今为止，常与现在完成时连用。 ⑬take part in参加 participate in参加 ⑭take place举行；发生(多指事先安排的事情) take the place of取代，代替 ⑮northwest /ˌnɔːθ'west/ n．西北，西北方 ⑯southeast /ˌsaʊθ'iːst/ n．东南，东南方 太阳能汽车赛 [以上部分译文] 太阳能赛车手来澳大利亚参加世界太阳能汽车挑战赛已经很多年了。我们采访了来自布 里斯班的玛丽·洛根。 问：噢，我要问您的第一个问题很简单。什么是太阳能汽车？ 答：太阳能汽车就是使用太阳能做动力的汽车。也就是说，这种汽车不用汽油、煤气或 任何其他燃料，就用太阳光。 问：人们为什么对太阳能汽车感兴趣呢？ 答：人们一直为汽油、煤气等燃料带来的污染担忧。太阳能汽车既干净又安全，因此， 人们才会对它们这么感兴趣。 问：您从事太阳能赛车设计工作已经很长时间了。您是什么时候开始的呢？ 答：嗯，从上幼儿园的时候我就对汽车感兴趣了。上大学的时候，我开始设计我的汽车。 到目前为止，我已经设计了五六款不同的汽车。我参加汽车赛大约有 4年了。 问：您参加过多少次比赛呢？ 答：让我想想。6次。我们赢过其中的两场比赛！ 问：这些比赛都是在哪里举行的？ 答：噢，我最喜欢的那次是从西北向东南穿过整个澳大利亚，行程约 4 500千米！ Q：Wow! How long⑰ does that take? A：These days the fastest cars can do it in six days. Q：And what have you been doing recently? A：I've been building a new car with a team from Queensland⑱ University. We've done a lot of work on it, but we haven't finished yet. Q：And you've been writing a book about solar cars. A：Well, so far I've only written the first few chapters⑲！ I want people to have a good impression⑳ of solar cars. Q：But a lot of people think that solar cars are too slow or not very reliable○21 .How can you persuade○22 them of the advantages of solar cars? A：Solar cars are getting better all the time○23 . They have reached speeds of nearly 80 k．p.h. In tests, one car we built has averaged○24 over 40 k．p.h., even in cloudy weather. Q：You've been working hard — good luck in the race! A：Thanks a lot. ⑰how long“多长时间”，回答常用 for ...或 since ... how often多久一次 how soon多久以后 ⑱Queensland /'kwiːnzlænd/ 昆士兰州 ⑲chapter /'tʃæptə/ n．章节 ⑳impression /Im'preʃ n/ n．印象，感觉 make a good/bad impression on sb.给某人留下好/坏印象 impress vt.使留下印象，使感动 impressive adj.给人深刻印象的 ○21 reliable /rI'laIəb l/ adj.可靠的 rely on依靠，依赖 ○22 persuade sb. of sth.使某人相信某事 ○23 all the time一直以来 ○24 average v．平均(值)为；n.平均数 on average平均 [以上部分译文] 问：哇！用了多长时间？ 答：现在最快的车用 6天就可以驶完全程。 问：那您最近在做什么呢？ 答：我正和来自昆士兰大学的团队一起制造一种新型汽车。我们已经做了很多工作，但 还没有完成。 问：并且您正在写一本关于太阳能汽车的书。 答：哦，目前我刚写完前几章！我想让人们对太阳能汽车有个好印象。 问：但很多人认为太阳能汽车太慢，又不是很稳定。您怎样才能说服他们相信太阳能汽 车的长处呢？ 答：太阳能汽车一直在改进，性能越来越好。现在速度已经接近每小时 80千米。在测试 中，我们制造的一种太阳能汽车的平均速度已达每小时 40多千米，甚至在阴天也能达到这样 的速度。 问：您工作一向非常努力——祝您比赛成功！ 答：非常感谢。 Prereading Please match the words with their proper meanings. 1．baggage A．站台，月台 2．platform B．善解人意的；敏感的 3．ambassador C．和善的，温和的 4．sensitive D．行李 5．gentle E．大使 6．fierce F．译员，口译者 7．vocabulary G．凶狠的，凶恶的 8．interpreter H．责任，负责，职责 9．schedule I．词汇；词汇量 10．responsibility J．女主人 11．hostess K．时间表；进度表 12．suitcase L．(英)汽油 13．content M．印象，感觉 14．petrol N．容纳的东西；目录 15．kindergarten O．散文 16．chapter P．感谢；欣赏 17．impression Q．幼儿园 18．reliable R．章节 19．appreciate S．手提箱，皮箱 20．essay T．可靠的 1～5 _______________ 6～10 _______________ 11～15 _______________ 16～20 _______________ 答案：1～5 DAEBC 6～10 GIFKH 11～15 JSNLQ 16～20 RMTPO Leadin As we know, our environment has been polluted seriously, and in view of this, which kind of the following cars do you think should be advocated？Say something about saving energy and reducing the discharge (排放)． 参考答案： I_like_solar_cars. Saving_energy_and_reducing_the_discharge_are_very_important_to_us_because_it_will_affe ct_our_environment._So_we_should_try_to_do_as_the_followings._First ， we_should_save_water_and_electricity_every_day._Whenever_we_leave,_we_should_turn_off_th e_lights_and_turn_off_the_tap_when_we_don't_use_it._Second,_we_should_take_buses_or_ride_ bikes_instead_of_driving_private_cars_to_reduce_the_discharge_of_the_carbon_dioxide._Finally, _we_should_try_to_make_everybody_aware_of_the_importance_of_the_environment. Whilereading True (T) or False (F)． 1．People have been worried about pollution caused by vehicles. __T__ 2．Marie Logan began designing cars when she was a student. __T__ 3．She has won most of the race. __F__ 4．The team has nearly finished building a solar car. __F__ 5．Marie has been writing a book about solar cars. __T__ 6．Solar cars can work in cloudy weather. __T__ Ⅰ.阅读理解 A After years of research and testing, the hybrid car was developed and put on the market. It's an interesting and exciting new improvement in today's world as we look for better ways to protect the quality of the air we breathe and conserve our natural resources. The quality of our air is affected by many different things. But one of the largest sources of air pollution is the burning of fossil fuels such as coal and gasoline which is used to power the car's engine. The EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) has set national standards to help control the level of harmful pollutants given off into the air, and the automobile industry has acted by producing a hybrid car that uses less gas and therefore causes less pollution. A hybrid car is a combination of a regular car that runs on gasoline and an electric car that is batterypowered. Some people tend to think that since the hybrid car is partially electric, you have to plug it in to charge it. But that's not how it works. The 144volt battery pack is actually recharged through the energy that is produced when the car's brakes are used. This is referred to as “regenerative braking”， because it generates electricity. Although the hybrid car still runs on gasoline most of the time, this helps it use less gas than a regular car. When the driver stops at a traffic light, the engine automatically shuts off to save fuel. Then, as soon as the driver puts the car in gear and touches the gas pedal, the engine starts back up. Have you ever ridden in a car with someone who ran out of gas? That probably wouldn't happen if you were riding in a hybrid car. It flashes a warning on its computer screen that says, “I am low on gas.” When it completely runs out, the warning reads：“YOU ARE NOW OUT OF GAS！” Then the electric power supply kicks in to let the driver travel a few more miles to a gas station. 语篇解读：你是否在开车或坐车的时候，为汽车产生的尾气担忧？你是否有过在半路上 汽油用完了的经历？现在已经有一种发明可以为你解忧了。 1．According to the passage, the word “hybrid” is best defined as________. A．a hightech discovery B．energysaving C．a new invention D．a combination of two things 解析：选 D 词义猜测题。由文章第三段第一句可知，这种汽车是普通燃油汽车与电动 汽车的结合体，故推测 hybrid应是“(不同事物的)混合物，合成物”之意，只有 D项符合。 2．“Regenerative braking” is an important process of the hybrid car because ________. A．it allows the car to come to a quick stop B．it makes the car ride smoother C．it generates energy to charge the electric motor D．it can control the speed of the car 解析：选 C 推理判断题。由文章第三段倒数第二句可知，汽车刹车时产生的能量能够 为 144伏的电池组充电。最后一段又指出，汽油用完后，汽车靠电来运行，由此可推断出“刹 车充电”装置可以通过刹车产生的电来发动汽车。 3．The EPA is important to our environment because ________. A．it has designed hybrid cars B．it has outlawed the burning of fossil fuels C．it has set important guidelines that help control pollution D．its main purpose is to protect endangered plants and animals 解析：选 C 推理判断题。EPA制定了控制有害气体在空气中的排放量标准，这显然对 保护环境很重要。故选 C项。 4．Which of the following is the reason for developing hybrid cars? A．They use less gas than regular cars. B．They're safer to drive than most cars. C．They're more modern than the other cars. D．They cost less than regular cars. 解析：选 A 细节理解题。由第四段第一句可知，混合动力汽车虽然还燃烧汽油，但它 的耗油量比普通汽车小。故选 A项。 B There are little cars that may some day take the place of today's automobiles (汽车 ). If everyone drives such a little car in the future, there will be less pollution in the air, there will be more parking space in cities, and the streets will be less crowded. The space now for one car of the usual size can hold at least three such little cars. The little cars will cost much less to own and to drive. Driving will be safer, too, as these little cars can go only 65 kilometres an hour. The cars of the future will be fine for going around the city, but they will not be useful for going far away. If powered by electricity, it will have two batteries — one battery for the motor and the other for the horn (喇叭), signals (信号灯), etc. Little cars which are powered by gas will go 450 kilometres before needing to stop for more gas. If big cars are still used along with the small ones, two sets of roads will be needed to set up in the future. Some roads will be used for the big, fast cars, and other roads will be needed for the small, slow ones. 语篇解读：本文介绍了未来小汽车的优势。 5．What's the advantage (优势) of the small cars? A．There won't be so much pollution and the small cars won't be expensive as the big ones. B．It will be safer to drive these small cars. C．There will be more space for cars to park. D．All of the above. 解析：选 D 细节理解题。第一段和第二段给出了小汽车的优势：占地少，污染小，驾 驶安全，价格低廉。A、B、C三项都有，故选 D。 6．Driving the little cars will be safer because ________. A．they cost much less B．they are much stronger C．they are only used in the city D．they can go only at a lower speed 解析：选 D 细节理解题。由第二段最后一句话可以推出答案。 7．Two sets of roads are necessary in the future in order to ________. A．prevent car accidents B．make the city more beautiful C．let small cars run fast D．limit the speed of the cars 解析：选 A 推理判断题。由最后一段可知，(little cars)有优势，但也有弱点(比如车速)， 所以将来要有两种汽车车道并存，其目的在于快车和慢车分道而行，避免车祸。 8．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A．A car of the usual size now is three times as big as the small car. B．The small car with a speed of 65 kilometres an hour is much more useless than a car of the usual size. C．The little car will be safer but cost more. D．The little car will need more gas. 解析：选 A 细节理解题。由第一段最后一句可知，普通轿车所占的空间可能至少是这 种小汽车的三倍，所以 A项正确。 C My shoe lesson number one. Back in my days as a salesman, I was on my way to deliver a speech in Newfoundland. Sitting comfortably in the airplane seat, I suddenly broke out in a cold sweat as I realized I had left my dress shoes at home. I was wearing running shoes for an important speech. I knew I could buy a new pair when I land. Too late; the stores were already closed. What about in the morning? No, the next day was Sunday and my speech was scheduled for 9： 00 a．m.Ninety seconds later, however, my cold sweat had been replaced with a single idea. The next morning, I began my speech, “You might be wondering why I am wearing running shoes today. Well, it's about this request here. When I'm done speaking, I'll be running door to door and I want every one of you to come running with me, too.” My little “goofup” became a clever demonstration (示范) of action speaking louder than words. My shoe lesson number two. My brother was getting married. We had just witnessed the signing of the papers at their house, and they were rushing over to another place for the ceremony. As we locked up their house, my wife's shoes broke. So off to the nearest shoe store we flew. We knew they would wait for us before starting the ceremony. What we did not know was how long they would wait. That day, my wife performed a miracle (奇迹) that no other woman has done before or since. She went into the store and came out just five minutes later with the perfect pair of shoes. Perhaps the most important lesson here is that, contrary to popular belief, the shoe does not make the man/woman. But the lack of shoes can surely build character. 语篇解读：本文为夹叙夹议文。突发的意外情况往往可以改变我们的旧习惯，从而帮助 我们形成更加积极的性格和能力。 9．Upon thinking of his shoes on the plane, the author felt ________. A．proud B．delighted C．panicky D．encouraged 解析：选 C 推理判断题。由第二段“... I suddenly broke out in a cold sweat as I realized I had left my dress shoes at home”可知，作者一想到自己将穿着跑鞋参加这个重要的会议，感 到非常惊慌。 10．What does the underlined part“goofup” probably mean? A．Image. B．Mistake. C．Success. D．Present. 解析：选 B 词义猜测题。作者忘记了穿正式的鞋子，然而他却非常机智，把这样一个 小失误演变为一个向客户们展示自己“用事实说话”的有力例证。由该词语境可知，goofup 意为“错误，失误”。 11．Before entering the shoe store, the author thought it ________. A．strange to be in a dilemma for a second time B．a great pity to have to miss his brother's wedding C．important to test the quality of a new pair of shoes D．unlikely for his wife to finish shopping in a short time 解析：选 D 细节理解题。由第六段“What we did not know was how long they would wait.” 及第七段“She went into the store and came out just five minutes later ...”可知，作者认为，按照 惯例妻子将会花费很长的时间在商店里挑选一双自己满意的鞋子。 12．What's the message the author conveys in the text? A．Emergencies can help shape our character. B．You can never judge a person by his looks. C．It's hard to change our character overnight. D．Never buy shoes without trying them on first. 解析：选 A 主旨大意题。由最后一段“But the lack of shoes can surely build character.”可 知，通过两个有关鞋子的故事，作者表明的观点是：意外的突发情况往往可以改变我们的固 有习惯，从而有助于塑造我们的积极个性。 Ⅱ.阅读七选五 __1__ Home can be a great place for children to study. It's important to provide a workspace of their own where they can read books or just write a letter to their friends. •Location (位置) __2__ The kitchen and the dining room are not so well suited for regular study, since books and pens get in the way of the daytoday uses of those areas. Set up a place where a child can settle in and leave papers and pens at hand without having to clear everything away each night. For a child that likes being alone, set aside a corner of his bedroom, but keep it separate from things like games, music and other hobbies not related to studying. •Keeping Things in Order Parents should encourage their child to spread out, but to leave it neat and orderly when he isn't using his workspace. Ownership is very important for selfrespect. __3__ The workplace should be personal, but not another part of the playroom. •__4__ Encourage the whole family to help build a supportive environment that children need for success in school. Give them a good example of how to deal with problems, how to manage time and get things done in the right way. __5__ Study will be more enjoyable and effective when supported by the whole family. A．Attitude Is Everything B．Bring Organisation into Your Home C．Here are several ways to choose a location. D．Building a Good Home Learning Environment E．Hold a cando attitude and your child will follow your example. F．Setting up a space in a common area of your home can be a good idea for children. G．A child who learns to organise his space will carry organisation into every corner of his life. 答案：1～5 DFGAE Section_Ⅳ Lesson_2_&_Lesson_3_—_Language_Points 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.grey adj. 灰色的，灰白 的 2.vocabulary n. 词汇； 词汇量 3.schedule n. 时间表；进度表 4.platform n. 站台，月台 5.baggage n. 行李 6.ambassador n. 大使 7.sunlight n. 阳光，日光 8.kindergarten n. 幼儿园 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.fierce adj.凶狠的，凶恶的→fiercely adv.猛烈 地，厉害地 2.interpreter n．译员，口译者→interpret v．翻 译 3.foolish adj.愚蠢的→foolishly adv.愚蠢地 →fool n．傻瓜 v.愚弄 4.responsibility n ． 负 责 ， 责 任 ， 职 责 →responsible adj.负责任的，有责任的 5.gentle adj.和善的，温和的→gently adv.温柔 地，温和地 6.reliable adj.可靠的→rely v．依赖，依靠 7.impression n．印象，感觉→impress v．给…… 深刻的印象；使铭记 8.appreciate vt.欣赏；感谢→appreciation n．欣 赏；感激 9.sensitive adj.敏感的；善解人意的→sense n．意 义；感官→sensible adj.意识到的；明智的 1.grey adj.灰色的，灰白的 [联想] 颜色大荟萃 ①pale苍白的 ②green 绿色的 ③blue蓝色的 ④yellow黄色的 ⑤white白色的 ⑥red红色的 ⑦orange橙色的 ⑧black 黑色的 2.schedule n．时间表；进度表 [同义] timetable [词块] ①on schedule 准时，按时间表 ②ahead of schedule 提前 ③behind schedule 晚点 3.impression n．印象，感觉 [记法] im(＝in)＋press (压)→压在大脑里 → 使 铭 记 →impress ＋ ion名词后缀→impression ive形容词后缀→impressive 4.sensitive adj. 善解人意的；敏感的 [记法] sense(感觉)＋ itive形容词后缀， “……的”→sensitive敏感的 ible形容词后缀， “可……的”→sensible 明智的 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.rely on 依赖，依靠 2．pull up (车辆)停止，停车 1.be interested in ... 对……感兴趣 2．at university 上大学 3．pull out (火车)驶离车站，出站 4．so far 迄今为止 5．take place 举行；发生 6．complain about 抱怨 7．check in 登记，报到 8．go through 经历(困难、痛苦等) 3．take part in 参加 4．how long 多长时间 5．have a good impression of sth. 对……有 好的印象 6．all the time 一直 7．above/below the average 在平均水平 以上/下 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.He was going through passport control when he realised he didn't have his passport. 他正在通过护照检查处，这时 他意识到自己没带护照。 be doing...when ... 意为“正 在做某事这时……”。 I_was_watching_TV_when the phone rang. 我正在看电视，这时电话响 了。 2.People have been worried about pollution caused by fuels like petrol and gas for a long time now. 人们一直为汽油、煤气等燃料 带来的污染担忧。 过去分词作后置定语。 This is a traffic accident caused_by_drunkendriving. 这是一个酒后驾车造成的交 通事故。 1．(教材 P38) sensitive adj.敏感的，善解人意的 (1)be sensitive to 对……敏感 be sensible of 可以觉察出…… be sensible about 对……在意 (2)make sense 有意义，讲得通 make sense of 弄懂……的意思 ①She is always sensitive and caring. 她总是善解人意，有爱心。 ②Growing numbers of people are sensitive to cow's milk. 对牛奶过敏的人越来越多了。 ③I try to make sense of the sentence. 我试着弄懂这个句子的意思。 2．(教材 P38)likely adj.可能的 (1)be likely to do sth. 有可能做某事 It is likely that ... 有可能…… (2)unlikely adj. 不大可能发生的 ①She is the most likely girl to win the prize. 她是最有希望得奖的女孩。 ②She is likely to win the first prize. ＝It_is_likely_that she wins the first prize. 她有可能获得一等奖。 3．(教材 P38)responsibility n．负责，责任，职责 (1)a sense of responsibility 责任感 take/have responsibility for ... 对……负有责任 It's one's responsibility to do sth. 做某事是某人的责任 (2)responsible adj. 负责的 be responsible for 对……负责 ①Kelly's promotion means more money and more responsibility. 凯利的提升意味着钱多了，责任也更大了。 ②It's my responsibility to_take (take) good care of my parents and children. 照顾好父母和孩子是我的责任。 ③Who do you think should be responsible for the car accident? 你认为谁应该对这起事故负责？ 4．(教材 P38)rely on依赖，依靠；信任，信赖(＝depend on) rely on sb./sth. to do sth. rely on sb./sth. doing sth. 指望某人/某物做某事 rely on it that ... 依靠/信赖/指望…… ①Nowadays we rely increasingly on computers for help. 如今，我们越来越依赖计算机的帮助。 ②Don't rely on me to go to London. ＝Don't rely on me going (go) to London. 不要指望我去伦敦。 ③You may rely on it that he will come to see you. 放心好了，他会来见你的。 5．(教材 P39)As I ran on to the platform, the train was just pulling out. 当我跑向站台时，火车正要出站。 pull out (火车)驶离车站，出站 pull up (车辆)停止，停车 pull down 拆毁；贬低 pull in (车)进站，(船)靠岸 pull over 把(车)停靠路边 pull through 渡过难关，恢复健康 ①He hopelessly watched the train pull out of the station. 他绝望地看着火车驶出了车站。 ②The cinema she used to visit had been pulled down. 她过去常去的那家电影院已经拆除了。 ③With the help of neighbours，the old man pulled through the cold winter. 在邻居的帮助下，那位老人渡过了寒冬。 ④He didn't pull his car up at a red light. 他看见红灯没有停车。 6．(教材 P39)contents of your luggage 你行李里面的东西 content n．容纳的东西；目录 adj.满意的 vt.使满意 be content with/that ... 对……满意 be content to do sth. 满足于做某事 content sb./oneself with sth. 使某人/自己满足于某事 ①She dropped her suitcase and the contents fell out on the floor. 她的手提箱掉了，里面的东西散落在地板上。 ②Happy is he who is content with what he has. 知足者常乐。 ③John seems content to_sit (sit) in front of the computer all night. 好像整夜坐在电脑前约翰就满足了。 [语境串记] Mr. Wang contents himself with content of his essay, but he isn't still content with the style of his writing. 王先生对他的文章内容感到满意，但对他的写作风格还不满足。 7．(教材 P41)She'll appreciate it. 她会对此表示感激的。 appreciate vt.欣赏；感激 appreciate＋n./pron./v.ing 感激…… I'd appreciate it if/when ... 如果……/当……时我将不胜感激 ①We appreciate your efforts for the development of company. 我们非常感谢你为公司的发展所做的努力。 ②I don't appreciate being_treated (treat) like a secondclass citizen. 我不愿被人当作二等公民。 ③I appreciated it when you came to my wedding. 你来参加我的婚礼时，我非常感激。 People have been worried about pollution caused by fuels like petrol and gas for a long time now. 人们一直为汽油、煤气等燃料带来的污染担忧。 本句中 caused by fuels like petrol and gas是过去分词短语作定语。 (1)过去分词作定语与其所修饰的词之间为被动关系，单个分词放在名词前面，短语放在 被修饰词的后面。 ①I like reading novels written by Lu Xun. 我喜欢鲁迅写的小说。 (2)过去分词、现在分词以及不定式作定语时的区别：过去分词作定语与其所修饰词之间 为动宾关系，强调被动和完成。如果与所修饰词之间为主动关系，表示未发生用动词不定式， 表示正在发生用动词ing形式。 ②He is always wearing a satisfied (satisfy) smile on his face. 他总是面带微笑。 ③The Browns have a comfortable house to_live_in. 布朗一家有一栋舒适的房子可以住。 ④The house belonging (belong) to my uncle is located on the seashore. 我叔叔的房子坐落在海边。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．The concert given (give) by their friends was a success. 2．He was content with his life then. 3．To my content, I saw the train she took pulling in slowly. 4．The school is responsible for nurturing the children's mind. 5．He is likely to_come (come) here, because it is sunny. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．We shall appreciate hearing_from_you again. 若能再次收到你的来信，我们将十分感激。 2．His legs are_sensitive_to_changes in temperature. 他的腿对温度的变化很敏感。 3．You can_rely_on_it_that it will rain this weekend. 你放心好了，本周末一定下雨。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．There are three chapters (章节) of this book at most. 2．The contents (内容) of the letter were quite disappointing. 3．Most kindergartens (幼儿园) teach children how to speak English nowadays. 4．I wrote him a letter to show my appreciation (感激) of his thoughtfulness. 5．I have the impression (印象) that I've seen the air hostess before. 6．An officer climbed on to the platform (平台) and spoke to him. 7．The pilot of the plane is responsible (负责) for the passengers' safety. 8．The horse kicked out at them fiercely (凶猛地). Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．Passengers should check in for Flight BA125 to Berlin. 2．The bus that pulled up outside the inn would soon take the visitors downtown. 3．John is very reliable (rely) — if he promises to do something, he will do it. 4．How many novels written (write) in English have you read so far? 5．I would appreciate it if you keep it a secret. 6．The bridge to_be_built (build) next month is very important to the villagers. 7．The train for Beijing will pull out in 10 minutes on schedule. 8．This is why you should never complain about your life. 9．I was_watching (watch) TV when someone knocked at the door. 10．We have_learned (learn) 2,000 English words so far. Ⅲ.完成句子 1．It's_his_responsibility to look after the family. 照顾家庭是他的责任。 2．We'd better rely_on_ourselves. 我们最好靠自己。 3．He must try to make_sense_of_what_is_going_on. 他必须尽量弄懂正在发生的一切。 4．We really appreciated_it_when she offered to help. 她来帮忙了，我们十分感激。 5．Great changes have_taken_place here since 1976. 自 1976以来这里发生了巨大的变化。 6．He is_likely_to_win_the_competition,_because he is hardworking. 他有可能赢得这次比赛，因为他很勤奋。 7．The bridge being_built is donated by our company. 正在建的那座桥是我们公司捐赠的。 8．The elderly are_sensitive_to the sudden change of weather in winter. 在冬天老人们对气候的突然变化很敏感。 Ⅳ.课文语法填空 Solar cars use the sun's energy for power, 1.which means they don't use petrol, gas or any other fuel, just the sunlight. The reason why people are 2.interested (interest) in solar cars is that people have been worrying about pollution 3.caused (cause) by fuels like petrol and gas for a long time. Marie Logan, a solar car racer, 4.has_been_designing (design) solar racing cars for a long time. She has designed five or six different cars so far. And she has taken part 5.in races for about four years. Recently she has been building a new car with a team from Queensland University. They 6.have_done (do) a lot of work on it, 7.but haven't finished yet. She is also writing a book and wants people to have a good 8.impression (impression) of solar cars. But a lot of people think that solar cars are too slow or not very 9.reliable (rely), so she tries to persuade people of the advantages of solar cars. Solar cars are getting 10.better (good) all the time. They have reached the speed of nearly 80 k．p.h. Ⅴ.串点成篇微表达 和善(gentle)的经理对我们的要求很敏感(be sensitive to)，他给我们留下了很好的印象 (leave a good impression)。到目前为止(so far)，他已为我们公司募捐了两万英镑。他经常参加 (take part in)体育活动。自他来到我们公司，公司已经发生(take place)了巨大的变化。而且他 是一个可靠的(reliable)人，当我们处于困境时，我们可以依靠(rely on)他帮助我们。他的能力 完全受到公司董事长的赏识(appreciate)。 The_gentle_manager_is_very_sensitive_to_our_requirements,_who_leaves_a_good_impressi on_on_us._So_far_he_has_collected_20,000_pounds_for_our_company._He_often_takes_part_in_ sports._Great_changes_have_taken_place_in_our_company_since_he_came_to_our_company._In_ addition,_he_is_reliable_man,_who_we_can_rely_on_to_help_us_when_we_are_in_trouble._His_ abilities_have_fully_appreciated_by_the_company_director. 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.阅读理解 “Sorry, but I don't agree with you ...” This is usually followed by unbearable silence and angry tears. I've always found it difficult to disagree with someone, because I don't want to lose a friend. I've found it even harder to accept it when someone disagrees with me, because my ego (自 尊心) is hurt. Before the other person gets a chance to explain why she disagrees with me, my usual response would be, “If you aren't able to see my point of view, then what you think isn't worth my time or consideration, either.” But now I've come to realize that when a friend disagrees with me, sometimes she is simply saying, “I don't agree with the way things are done.” She still respects me as a person, and is only pointing out a better way to look at a matter. However, there may be times when my friend disagrees with me because I'm against the truth. That's when I need to listen to what she says. I've learned that for me one way to help my friend is to be open and honest with the other to voice my thoughts and listen to the other carefully. While we can't control how a person will respond to our views, we must learn to disagree with our friends in love. We will never feel that we are better than the other person. And that will help us to be less emotional, and more objective in the way we express our opinions. In the same way, we can also stay open to feedback (反馈) from others, knowing that our friends may be correcting us in love. Good friendships build each other up, sometimes through disagreements and honest opinions. Though I don't like being disagreed with, I'm starting to see the value of such disagreements. 语篇解读：本文为一篇议论文。当别人与我们的意见相悖时，我们往往会感到不快，但 作者认为，善意的分歧会使我们受益。 1. The author has found it difficult to disagree with someone because ________. A．he is a friendly person B．he usually hides his ideas C．he has no mind of his own D．he wants to keep the friendship 解析：选 D 细节理解题。由第一段“... because I don't want to lose a friend.”可知，作者不 想失去朋友，因此发现很难表达跟朋友相悖的观点。 2．When a friend disagreed with him, the author used to ________. A．be unhappy B．argue with the friend C．break up with the friend D．explain things calmly 解析：选 A 推理判断题。由第二段“... my usual response would be, ‘If you aren't able to see my point of view, then what you think isn't worth my time or consideration, either.’”可 知，过去当朋友跟自己观点相悖时，作者常会感到不高兴。 3．The author will listen to a friend when ________. A．he is against the truth B．he doesn't tell the truth C．he is respected by the friend D．he does things in the wrong way 解析：选 A 细节理解题。由第二段“However, there may be times when my friend disagrees with me because I'm against the truth. That's when I need to listen to what she says.”可知，当自 己违背事实时，作者会认真倾听。 4．What does the author mainly talk about in the text? A．How to keep friendship. B．How to avoid hurting a friend. C．How to express disagreements. D．How to deal with disagreements. 解析：选 D 主旨大意题。综合全文，作者阐述了如何客观对待别人不一致的观点。 Ⅱ.语法填空 Kierman was born in Sydney, Australia, and grew up near the sea. For more than 40 years, he raced in international sailing __1__ (compete)． While taking part in __2__ important race in 1987, Kierman began to notice the huge amount of rubbish in the world's oceans. He decided to do something about it. He organized a community event called “Clean Up Sydney Harbour”. On Sunday, January 8,1989, more than 40,000 volunteers came out __3__ (clear) away rubbish. The next year, Kierman made the cleanup national event, __4__ turned out to be a huge success. Across Australia, about 300,000 people spent the day __5__ (improve) their local environment. Since then, “Clean Up Australia” has got __6__ (big) year by year. In 2002, for example, 800,000 people __7__ (clean) up almost 15,000 tons of rubbish from Australia's beaches, parks and streets. __8__ (inspire) by the success of his project, Kierman started an even bigger program. __9__ the help of the United Nations Environment Program, he introduced “Clean Up the World” to other parts of the world.“Clean Up the World” has been growing __10__ (rapid) and his wonderful idea has now spread from one city to the whole world. 语篇解读：本文为记叙文。Kierman 在参加环球航海比赛中，开始注意到海洋污染。于 是，他组织成立了 Clean Up Sydney Harbour，并取得了巨大的成功。 1．competitions 该空所填单词在句中作 raced in的宾语，需用 compete的名词形式。 2．an 该空表示泛指，important是以元音音素开头的单词，因此该空用 an。 3．to clear to clear away rubbish是动词不定式短语作目的状语。 4．which 关系代词 which指代先行词 event，引导非限制性定语从句，并在句中作主语。 5．improving sb. spend time doing sth.表示“某人花时间做某事”。 6．bigger 这里指的是活动规模一年比一年大，故用比较级。 7．cleaned In 2002是具体的过去时间作状语，谓语动词用一般过去时。 8．Inspired Inspired by the success of his project是过去分词短语作状语，分词动作与逻 辑主语 Kierman之间是动宾关系。 9．With With the help of ...表示“在……的帮助下”。 10．rapidly 该空所填单词在句中修饰谓语动词，需用 rapid的副词形式。 Section_Ⅴ Grammar 单元语法项目(一)——现在完成进行时 语法图解 探究发现 ①People have been enjoying the benefits of cycling in Amsterdam for years. ②Many people around the world have been enjoying city centre streets without cars for many years. ③He has been fighting with a friend. ④I have been looking for a job for three months. ⑤I have been writing letters all this evening and I've just finished them. ⑥You haven't been doing your homework those days. ⑦Too much has been happening today. [我的发现] (1)现在完成进行时态的构成：肯定形式 have/has_been_doing(句①～⑤)；否定形式 have/has_not_been_doing(句⑥)。 (2)现在完成进行时表示动作开始于过去，并一直持续到现在，动作可能仍在进行，也可 能刚刚结束(句⑤)。 (3)现在完成进行时也可以带有某种感情色彩(句⑦)。 一、概念 现在完成进行时表示动作从过去某一时间开始，一直持续到现在，可能还要继续进行下 去。 二、结构 1．肯定形式：have/has＋been doing(第三人称单数用 has，其他人称用 have) I have been waiting for you. 我一直在等你。 2．否定形式： have/has＋not＋been doing He hasn't been using the car for the last two month. 过去两个月他一直没用车。 三、用法 1．表示动作从过去某时开始一直持续到说话时还在进行，或可能还要继续下去。通常和 “for＋时间段”或“since＋时间点(或从句)”的时间状语连用。 It has been snowing for three hours. 雪已经下了三个小时了。(从过去某一时间开始下雪，强调到现在还在下) 2．表示不久前刚刚结束的动作。这种意义通常根据上下文来判断。 —Sorry! I'm late. How long have you been waiting for me? —We have been waiting for you for half an hour. ——很抱歉，我来迟了。你们等多长时间了？ ——我们已经等了你半小时了。 3．强调动作延续时间的长久或带感情色彩。 She's been saying that twenty times. 这话她已经说了二十遍了。 4．表示这段时间反复发生的事情。 I have been visiting some cities of China this month. 这个月我一直在访问中国的一些城市。 四、不能用现在完成进行时的情况 1．某些不能用于进行时的动词同样也不能用于现在完成进行时，只能用现在完成时。如 see, hear, know, have, like, be等。 他已经感冒两个星期了。 (×)He has been having a cold for two weeks. (√)He has had a cold for two weeks. 2．不具有延续意义的动词。如 finish, come, go, marry等不能用于现在完成进行时。 [即时演练] 完成句子 ①She has_always_been_working_hard. 她工作一直很努力。 ②Her eyes are red. It's obvious that she has_been_crying for a long time. 她的眼睛红红的，显然哭了很长时间。 ③It_has_been_snowing since last Sunday. 从上星期天开始就一直下雪。 ④Your clothes are covered with dust. You have_been_cleaning_the_classroom,_I think. 你的衣服满是灰尘，我想你刚才在打扫教室吧。 ⑤My sister has_been_learning_English since 2016. 自从 2016年以来，我姐姐一直在学英语。 Ⅰ.用所给单词的适当形式填空 1． (2016·江苏高考改编 )Dashan, who has_been_learning (learn) crosstalk, the Chinese comedic tradition, for decades, wants to mix it up with the Western standup tradition. 2．My mother has_been_cooking (cook) the whole afternoon. 3．It's 10 o'clock. Have_you_been_playing (play)football all day? 4．What have you been_doing (do) since we last met? 5．The paper boat has_been_floating (float) on the water for two hours. 6．He has_been_living/lived (live) there since 2016. 7．Where have you been? We have_been_looking (look) for you everywhere. 8．We have_not_seen (not, see) each other for a long time. Ⅱ.单句写作 1．(2015·四川高考满分作文)To start with, I have_been_learning_and_speaking_(一直在学 习和说) Mandarin for about 17 years. 2． (2015·重庆高考满分作文 )Thank you for all you have_been_doing (一直在做 ). I am looking forward to your reply. 3．(2014·全国卷Ⅱ满分作文)Such will be my future life, one I have_been_dreaming_of (一直 梦想的)． 4．(2014·广东高考满分作文)Richard Avis, a British who was born on December 1st, 1974, has_been_looking_for (一直在寻找 )time twins in the world since 2011 in order to know about different meanings of successful life in different cultures. 5．(2014·四川高考标准范文)As a science student, I've_been_reviewing_Chinese (一直在复 习汉语), math, English, physics, chemistry and biology, which all belong to the college entrance examination subjects. 单元语法项目(二)——现在完成时和现在完成进行时 语法图解 探究发现 ①They have reached speeds of nearly 80 k．p.h. ②Solar racers have been coming to Australia for years for the World Solar Car Challenge. ③People have been worried about pollution caused by fuels like petrol and gas for a long time now. ④I've been interested in cars since kindergarten. ⑤I've been taking part in races for about four years. ⑥What have you been doing recently? ⑦He has been standing there for two hours. [我的发现] (1)现在完成时强调动作已经完成，如句①。而现在完成进行时表示动作未完成，强调动 作还在持续或反复中，如句②⑤⑥。 (2)现在完成时既可以是动作动词也可以是状态动词，如句③④，而现在完成进行时只能 用动作动词。 (3)现在完成时不能表示感情色彩，而现在完成进行时可以，如句⑦。 一、基本用法 1．现在完成时由“have/has＋过去分词”构成。表示过去所发生的动作或事情对现在造 成的影响或结果。 2．现在完成进行时由“have/has been＋现在分词”构成。表示某一动作在过去某一时间 发生，一直延续到现在，有可能到此为止，也有可能继续下去。现在完成进行时是兼有现在 完成时和现在进行时两者基本特点的时态。 二、区别 1．现在完成时常表示过去发生的动作对现在的影响，强调动作已完成；而现在完成进行 时强调动作仍然在继续或动作的重复性。 He has written a letter. 他写了一封信。(已经写好) He has been writing a letter. 他一直在写一封信。(仍在写) 2．现在完成时强调“结果”；而现在完成进行时强调“动作”，有时还含有喜悦、愤怒、 不满、厌恶等感情色彩。 I have waited for you for two hours. 我已经等了你两个小时。(说明一个结果) I have been waiting for you for two hours. 我一直等了你两个小时。(强调动作的持续性或不满意) 3．不可用于进行时的动词，不能用于现在完成进行时，但却可以用于现在完成时。 最近我没有见过他。 I haven't been seeing him recently. (×) I haven't seen him these days. (√) 4．一些表示静态的动词往往用现在完成进行时。这样的静态动词主要有 lie, stand, sit, wait 等。 She has been lying in bed for a week. 她已经卧床一周了。 [即时演练]用所给单词的适当形式填空 ①Although many measures have_been_taken (take), the world's economy is still going down. ②You should go to bed. You have_been_watching (watch) TV for 5 hours. ③I have_been_cleaning (clean) the windows since this morning. ④Sorry, but Mr. Smith has_left (leave) for Beijing. ⑤The little boy is dirty from head to foot because he has_been_playing (play) in the mud all morning. ⑥By the time he realizes he has_walked (walk) into a trap, it'll be too late for him to do anything about it. Ⅰ.用所给词的适当形式填空 1．I have_cut (cut) up all the meat. What shall I do now? 2．She has_been_cutting (cut) up magazines for a collage (拼贴画) all morning. 3．He has_been_waiting (wait) in your office since he arrived. 4．I'm pleased he's got his promotion. He has_waited (wait) a long time for it. 5．He hasn't got much hair. He has_been_losing (lose) it since he was only thirty. 6．She has_lost (lose) her keys. She can't find them anywhere. Ⅱ.单句写作 1．(2016·全国卷Ⅰ满分作文)I've_already_written (我已写好) the application and resume (个 人简历)． 2．(2014·陕西高考满分作文)We have_made_careful_preparations (已经做了仔细的准备)for the coming activities. 3． (2014·重庆高考满分作文 )So far the best present I_have_received (我收到的 ) is a basketball, which I got as a birthday present from my parents at the age of ten. 4．(2015·天津高考满分作文)Our school has_decided_to_donate_some_books (已决定捐献 一些书) to your Chinese class to enhance the friendship between our two schools. 5．(2014·天津高考满分作文)In the past few years, our city has_changed_a_lot (有了很大变 化). 6．Please stop to have a rest. You have_been_repairing_the_washing_machine (一直在修洗衣 机)the whole morning. Section__Ⅵ Lesson_4 [原文呈现] The Road to Destruction “This morning① it took me forty minutes to get to work②. More road construction③ works on the A10！” “Oh really? It took me over an hour. There was an accident④ on the M11.” “You're both lucky. It took me two hours! You don't have to use the M25.” How often have you heard these conversations? How often do we get stuck in⑤ traffic jams⑥？ How often do we arrive at work or school stressed out⑦， tired and angry⑧？ For many people in Britain, the answer is every day. But anger and stress are nothing compared to the real costs of the motor⑨ car⑩. Here are some figures⑪： •In the last ten years, the number of cars⑫ on the roads in Britain has gone up⑬ by⑭ 30%. •There are now 25 million cars in this country. •Over⑮ three thousand people die every year in road accidents in Britain. •In London, car engines⑯ produce 99% of all carbon monoxide⑰ in the atmosphere⑱. •Twentyfive thousand deaths per⑲ year are caused by air pollution. •Some types of cancer are related to⑳ traffic pollution. •Traffic is one of the major causes○21 of global warming and climate change. The average○22 global temperature is about 0.5 degrees centigrade○23 higher than it was 100 years ago. [读文清障] ①It takes/took sb.＋时间段＋to do sth.某人花多长时间做某事。 ②get to work去上班 ③construction /kən'strʌkʃ n/ n．建筑；建筑物 under construction正在建造之中 ④accident n．事故 by accident偶然，意外地 ⑤get stuck in陷入……中，困在……中 be trapped in陷入……中 be caught in陷入……中 ⑥traffic jams交通阻塞，塞车 ⑦stressed out极度焦虑的，非常紧张疲惫的 ⑧stressed out, tired and angry 是形容词短语，在句中作状语。 ⑨motor /'məʊtə/ adj.机动车辆的；n.马达，发动机 ⑩compared to ...“和……比起来”，是过去分词短语作状语。 ⑪figure /'fIgə/ n．数字，数目 ⑫the number of ...“……的数量”，作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。a number of ...“许 多/大量的……”，作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式。 ⑬go up上升 ⑭by prep.表示数量的增减程度；to表示数量增减到…… ⑮over超过，多于 ⑯engine /'endʒIn/ n．发动机，引擎 engineer n．工程师，技师 engineering n．工程学 ⑰carbon monoxide 一氧化碳 carbon dioxide二氧化碳 ⑱atmosphere n．大气，气氛 ⑲per /pɜː/ adj.每，每一 ⑳be related to 和……有关 be connected with 和……有关 have something to do with 和……有关 ○21 cause n．起因；v.引起 cause sb. to do sth.导致某人做某事 cause and effect因果关系 ○22 average adj.平均的，平均数的；n.平均水平，平均数 ○23 centigrade /'sentIgreId/ n．摄氏(度) 毁灭之路 [以上部分译文] “今天早上，我花了四十分钟去上班。A10公路上施工的地方又多了！”“噢，真的吗？ 我用了一个多小时。M11公路上发生了一起交通事故。” “你们俩真幸运。我用了两个小时！你们都不必走M25这条路。” 这样的对话你多久听到一次？我们有多少次遇到塞车？有多少次我们在极度焦虑、疲惫、 恼怒的状态下到达办公室或学校？对于许多英国人来说答案是天天如此。但是比起汽车的实 际代价，紧张和恼怒还是微不足道的。这里有一些数据： •在过去的 10年里，英国路上行驶的汽车数量上升了 30%。 •现在这个国家有 2 500万辆汽车。 •英国每年有 3 000多人死于车祸。 •伦敦大气中 99%的一氧化碳是由汽车的发动机产生的。 •每年 25 000人死于空气污染。 •有些类型的癌症和交通污染有关系。 •交通是全球变暖、气候变化的主要原因之一。全球平均温度比 100年前高大约 0.5摄氏 度。 We know that cars are bad for us. So why do we carry on○24 using our cars so much? We all make excuses○25 ：“The buses are terrible.” “The trains are always late！” “I haven't got time to walk.” I'm talking about myself, too. I admit○26 ： I'm addicted○27 to my car. When I asked Jenny Trowe of Greenpeace for advice about how to give up○28， she told me six things： 1 Use your legs.Over 25% of car journeys are under two miles — short journeys we could easily walk or cycle. Leg power can save you money, keep you fit and help you live longer. And regular○29 exercise cuts the risk of○30 heart disease by 50%! 2 Use public transport. On average○31 ， about forty people travel in one bus, while ○32 the same number occupy○33 thirtythree cars. Sometimes it can take a little bit longer, but so what○34 ？ You can relax on the bus or train, read a book, talk to someone, meet the love of your life — who knows? 3 Think before you go. Do you really have to go to that shopping centre on the other side of town? What about the shops around the corner○35 ？ Before you get into your car, think about whether you really need to make that journey. 4 Share○36 cars. If you've really got to○37 use a car, share journeys with someone else. It is much cheaper and kinder to the environment.,○24 carry on继续 ○25make excuses找借口 ○26 admit /əd'mIt/ vt.承认，供认 admit doing sth.承认做了某事 admit sb. to be ...承认某人为…… admit sb. to/into ...允许某人进入…… ○27 addicted /ə'dIktId/ adj.沉溺于……的 be addicted to沉溺于…… ○28 give up放弃 ○29 regular adj.频繁的，经常的 on a regular basis定期地 ○30 cut the risk of降低……的风险 cut down on削减，缩小 ○31 on average平均；通常 above/below average平均水平以上/以下 at an average speed of以平均……的速度 ○32while“而，却”，连接两个并列分句，语意上表示对比。 ○33 occupy /'ɒkjʊpaI/ vt.占用(空间、面积、时间等) be occupied in/with (doing) sth.忙于(做)某事 ○34 so what那又怎样 Now what？又怎么了？ What if ...？如果……怎么样？ ○35 around the corner附近；在拐角处；即将来临 ○36 share v．分担，分享 share sth. with sb.与某人分担/分享某物 ○37 have got to ＝have to必须，不得不 [以上部分译文] 既然我们知道汽车对我们不利，那么大家为什么还要继续频繁地使用汽车呢？我们会找 出种种借口：“公共汽车让人难以忍受。”“火车经常晚点！”“我没有时间步行。”我也 是在说我自己。我承认：我沉迷于汽车难以自拔。我曾向绿色和平组织的珍妮·托沃讨教怎样 放弃汽车，她告诉了我 6条建议： 1 尽量步行。25%以上的车程通常不到两英里——这样短的路程步行或骑自行车都很容 易。步行可以省钱、保持健康，并且有助于长寿。经常锻炼可以降低 50%的心脏病发病概率！ 2 使用公共交通工具。平均而言，大约 40人乘坐一辆公共汽车，而同样数量的人要占据 33辆小轿车。有时乘公共交通工具可能会多花一点儿时间，但是这又有什么关系呢？你可以 在公共汽车或者火车上放松一下，读书，和人聊天，或许你能遇见你生命中的挚爱——谁知 道会发生什么事呢？ 3 出门前仔细考虑。你真的不得不到城市另一边的购物中心去吗？到附近商店购物如 何？上车前，认真考虑一下你是否真的需要那次行程。 4 共用车。如果你真的需要用车，和别人开一辆车去。这样更省钱，又更有益于保护环 境。 5 Don't believe advertisements! Nearly a quarter of○38 all the advertisements on TV are about cars. You see an attractive man or woman driving a fast car through beautiful countryside. It's not true! That new car won't make you more attractive. And you won't be driving on an empty country road. You'll be stuck in a traffic jam in a city or on a highway○39！ 6 Take action○40 somehow○41 ！ We often think there is nothing we can do about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic. There is.If your street's full of heavy traffic, talk to your neighbours about it. Write to the papers. Go to the city government. Ask for a speed limit○42 . Ask for a pedestrian area○43 .Do whichever○44 of these things that suit○45 you. Don't just sit around○46 and complain○47！ All quite simple○48，isn't it? Six easy ways to improve our environment. Well, I'm sorry I must finish this article. I've got to pick up○49 my daughter from school at four o'clock. Then I've got to drive to Sainsbury's to do the shopping. After that I have to take my son to a party. And tomorrow we're driving○50 over to see my mother. The traffic's going to be awful, but what can we do？ ○38 a quarter of四分之一 ○39 highway /'haIweI/ n．公路 高速公路：expressway, freeway, motorway ○40 take action采取行动 ○41 somehow /'sʌmhaʊ/ adv.以某种方式 anyhow adv.无论如何，不管怎么样 ○42 limit n. [C]限度，极限 without limit无限制地 ○43 a pedestrian area步行区 ○44whichever /wItʃ'evə/ pron.无论哪个 ○45 suit /suːt/ vt.适合 ○46 sit around闲坐；无所事事 ○47 complain vi.抱怨 ○48All quite simple是 All is quite simple的省略形式。 ○49 pick up接送(某人) ○50 be driving 此处是现在进行时表示将来的动作。 5 不要相信广告！几乎四分之一的电视广告和汽车有关。你会看见一位颇具吸引力的男 士或女士开着车快速地行驶在风景秀丽的乡间。那不是真的！那辆新车不会使你更具吸引力。 你也不会在空旷的乡间公路上开车。你会在城市里或高速公路上遭遇堵车！ 6 用某种方式采取行动！我们常常以为自己对噪音、污染和交通危险无能为力。其实不 然。如果你居住的街道交通不畅，你可以和邻居谈谈。给报社写封信。去市政府申诉。请求 限速。申请画出斑马线步行区。做上述任何一件适合你的事情都可以。不要只坐在那里抱 怨！,这些办法都很简单，是不是？6种改善我们环境的简便易行的方法。遗憾的是，我必须 在此停笔了。我 4点钟得去学校接女儿，然后开车去圣斯伯里购物，接着还得送儿子去参加 聚会。明天我们要开车去看望我的母亲。交通肯定会很糟糕，但我们又有什么办法呢？ True (T) or False (F)． 1．In Britain the number of cars in the last ten years has increased very quickly. __T__ 2．The average global temperature 100 hundred years ago was about 0.5 degrees centigrade lower than it is today. __T__ 3．Many people refuse to use cars because they think cars are bad for us. __F__ 4．Regular exercise can help avoid heart attack. __T__ 5． Sharing journeys with someone else by car is more environmentally friendly and less expensive. __T__ 6．New car will make you more attractive. __F__ 7．You can always drive your new car on an empty country road. __F__ 8．Human can do nothing about the noise, pollution and danger of traffic. __F__ Read the text again and choose the best answers. 1．The A10, the M11 and the M25 are ________. A．roadworks B．roads C．traffic cones 2．The reason for our being stressed out, tired and angry is ________. A．that we often hear those conversations B．the real cost of the motor car C．getting stuck in traffic jams 3．We carry on using our cars so much because ________. A．we are addicted to our cars B．we know cars are bad for us C．we want to make ourselves healthy 4．Jenny Trowe advises me not to ________. A．walk or cycle in a short journey B．use my car as often as possible C．travel in buses 5．Which of the following best summaries the writer's attitude to cars? A．He thinks cars have more advantages than disadvantages. B．He knows what he should do, but uses his car because it is convenient. C．He thinks it would be easy for all of us to use our cars less. 答案：1～5 BCABB 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.highway n． 公路 2.pavement n. 人行道 3.crossroads n. 十字路口 4.physical adj. 身体的，物质的 5.motor n. 马达，发动机 6.engine n. 发动机，引擎 7.somehow adv. 以某种方式 8.figure n. 数字，数目 9.suit vt. 适合 10.occupy vt. 占用(空间、面积、时间等) 11.amount n. 数量 12.admit vt. 承认，供认 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.construction n. 建筑，建筑物→construct v．构 筑；建造 2.addicted adj.沉溺于……的→addict vt.使沉 溺，使沉迷 1.physical adj.身体的，物质的 [联想] 你喜欢的体育课(PE)就是 physical education的缩写哦→physical 2.figure n．数字；人物；身材；图形 [记法] [ 联 想 ] 用 手 指 (finger) 笔 画 数 字 (figure)→figure 3.suit vt.适合 [词块] ①suit sb. (fine) (口)很合某人的 意 ②well suited (非常)适合 ③suit oneself 随你的便 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.go up 上升 2．on average 平均；通常 3．be/get stuck in 被困在 4．compared to 与……相比 5．be related to 与……有联系 6．carry on 继续 7．be addicted to 沉溺于…… 8．give up 放弃 1.so what 那又怎样 2．take action 采取行动 3．pick up (用车)接某人；捡起 4．keep fit 保持健康 5．the number of ……的数量 6．cut the risk of 降低……的风险 7．around the corner 附近；在拐角处；即 将来临 8．sit around 闲坐；无所事事 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.If so, what kind of car is it? 如果是这样，那是什么类型的 车？ if引导的省略句。 If_so,_I hope he'll pay you better than I. 假如是这样，我希望他付给你 的租金比我更多。 2.This morning it took me forty minutes to get to work. 今天早上，我花了四十分钟去 上班。 it takes sb. sometime to do sth.“某人花费多长时间做某 事”。 It_took_us_two_days_to_finis h the task. 完成这项任务花了我们两天 的时间。 3.How often do we arrive at work or school stressed out, tired and angry? 有多少次我们在极度焦虑、疲 惫、恼怒的状态下到达办公室 或学校？ 形容词作状语，表伴随情况。 To our relief, the children returned home safe_and_sound at last. 令我们感到宽慰的是，孩子们 最终安然无恙地回到了家里。 4.On average, about forty people travel in one bus, while the same number occupy while“然而”，连接并列句， 表示对比。 He likes coffee, while_she_likes_tea. 他喜欢咖啡，而她却喜欢茶。 thirtythree cars. 平均而言，大约 40 人乘坐一 辆公共汽车，而同样数量的人 要占据 33辆小轿车。 1．(教材 P42)Amount of TV advertising： 电视广告的总量： amount n．数量 vi.合计，接近 large amounts of ＝ a large amount of 大量(修饰不可数名词) amount to 总共，合计 ①He owed me ￡50, but could only pay half that amount. 他欠我五十英镑，但只能还总数的一半。 ②A large amount of money was_spent (spend) on the bridge. ＝ Large amounts of money were_spent (spend) on the bridge. (建)这座桥花了很多钱。 ③His words amounted to a threat. 他的话实际上是种威胁。 [名师点津] (1)amount构成的短语“大量的”修饰不可数名词，作主语时谓语动词取决 于 amount的单复数。 (2)amount指“量”，与不可数名词连用；number指“数”，与可数名词连用。 2．(教材 P42)Here are some figures： 这里有一些数据： figure n．数字；人物；身材；图形 vt.计算；认为 写出下列句中 figure的含义 ①My uncle has an income of seven figures a year.数字 ②He has become a figure known to everyone.人物 ③She does exercise every morning to keep her figure.身材 ④The wall was covered with figures of birds and flowers.图案 ⑤Figure the situation for yourself. What could I do？想象 ⑥We figured the sensible thing to do was to wait. 认为 figure out 计算出；想出；理解 figure on 指望；打算 figure that ... 认为…… ⑦He figured on some help from his brother. 他指望从他哥哥那里得到些帮助。 ⑧He's trying to figure out a way to solve the problem. 他正在努力找出解决问题的方法。 3．(教材 P43)I admit: I'm addicted to my car. 我承认，我沉溺于汽车难以自拔。 admit vt.承认，供认；容纳；接受 admit doing/having done sth. 承认做某事 be admitted to/into ... 被……录取 admit to sb. that ... 向某人承认…… ①You must admit the task to be difficult. 你必须承认这项任务难。 ②He had to admit stealing/having_stolen (steal) the car. 他不得不承认偷了那辆车。 ③He was_admitted_into/to Beijing University. 他被北京大学录取了。 addicted adj.沉溺于……的 (1)be/become/get addicted to doing sth. 对……痴迷；沉溺于…… (2)addict vt. 沉迷于……；使……上瘾 n. (吸毒)成瘾者；有瘾的人 addict oneself to sth. 沉迷于某物 ①People who often smoke are likely to be addicted to nicotine. 经常抽烟的人很可能对尼古丁上瘾。 ②The young man addicted_himself_to alcohol after the failure of his marriage. 自从婚姻失败后，那个年轻人沉溺于酒精难以自拔。 ③Addicted to surfing (surf) on the Net, the kid stayed in the net bar all night, not going home. 由于沉溺于上网，这个孩子整夜待在网吧里不回家。 4． (教材 P43)On average, about forty people travel in one bus，while the same number occupy thirtythree cars. 平均而言，大约 40人乘坐一辆公共汽车，而同样数量的人要占据 33辆小轿车。 on average通常；平均起来 above/below (the) average 在平均水准以上/下 up to (the) average 达到平均数/水平 an average of ... 平均有(后跟数词) ①We fail one student per year on average. 我们平均每年有一个学生不及格。 ②Temperatures are above (the) average for the time of year. 温度高于此时的年平均温度。 ③Harry is below average in his lessons and Jim is about up_to_the_average. 哈里的功课在平均水平以下，吉姆的功课刚达到一般水平。 occupy vt.占用(时间、面积、空间等)；占领 1occupy oneself with sth. ＝be occupied with sth. ＝be busy with sth. 忙于某事 2occupy oneself in doing sth. ＝ be occupied in doing sth. ＝ be busy in doing sth. 忙于做某事 ①During the war, Germany occupied many countries, including France. 战争期间，德国占领了很多国家，包括法国。 ②The workers occupied themselves in building new houses. ＝The workers were_occupied_in building new houses. 工人们正在忙着盖新房子。 ③When I came in, he was being occupied with his housework. ＝ When I came in, he was_occupying_himself_with his housework. 我进来时他正忙于做家务。 5．(教材 P43)Do whichever of these things that suit you. 做上述任何一件适合你的事情都可以。 suit vt.适合 (1)suit ...to 使……适合 be suited to 适合/适应于 (2)suitable adj. 适合的 be suitable for 适合于 ①Will it suit you if I come around at three? 我 3点左右来，你觉得合适吗？ ②The programme is suitable (suit) for children. 这个节目适宜儿童。 ③You should be suited to the new surroundings. 你应当适应新环境。 1．How often do we arrive at work or school stressed out, tired and angry? 有多少次我们在极度焦虑、疲惫、恼怒的状态下到达办公室或学校？ (1)stressed out, tired and angry是过去分词或形容词短语在句中作状语。 (2)形容词(短语)在句中作状语，用于说明主语的特征或状态，常表示伴随情况，有时也 表示原因、条件、让步等。 ①He turned away, disappointed. 他失望地走开了。 ②Afraid_of_being_caught,_the thief hid himself in the corner. 由于害怕被抓住，小偷藏在角落里。 ③The rabbit turned over, dead. 兔子翻了个身，死了。 ④In spite of the terrible weather, he landed all the passengers safe_and_sound. 尽管天气很糟糕，他还是使所有乘客都安然无恙地着陆了。 2 ． On average, about forty people travel in one bus, while the same number occupy thirtythree cars. 平均而言，大约 40人乘坐一辆公共汽车，而同样数量的人要占据 33辆小轿车。 while 为并列连词，连接两个并列句，表示转折、对比，意为“而，却”；另外，while 还可以用作从属连词，意为“只要；当……时候；尽管”。 ①I went swimming while the other played tennis. 我去游泳，其余的人则去打网球了。 ②While__there's_life,_there's hope. 只要活着就有希望。 ③While_I_understand_what_you_say,_I can't agree with you. 虽然我理解你的意思，但我还是不同意。 ④He took a bath while_I_was_preparing_dinner. 我准备晚餐的时候他在洗澡。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．We have never been able to figure her out. 2．On average, men are taller than women by several inches. 3．A large amount of money has_been_spent (spend) on this project so far. 4．This coat isn't suitable for me. 5．We arrived home, hungry and tired (tire)． Ⅱ.完成句子 1．You like sports, while_I'd_rather_read. 你喜欢体育，而我却喜欢读书。 2．I admitted breaking/having_broken the window. 我承认打破了窗子。 3．The children have_been_addicted_to_online_games. 孩子们对网络游戏上瘾了。 4．He was_occupied_in_writing_letters yesterday. 他昨天忙着写信。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．He sat down at his desk to work out the exact figures (数字)． 2．This arrangement suits (适合) you both very much. 3．He has always been keen on doing physical (身体的) exercises. 4．A highway (公路) is a main road, usually connecting large towns. 5．We went straight on till we reached the crossroads (十字路口)． 6．People should walk on the pavement (人行道) not in the road. 7．They spent equal amounts(数量) of time in California and New York. 8．When I arrived at the theatre, all the seats had been occupied (占用)． 9．The road is under construction (建造). Please turn back to take another road. 10．The company has admitted (承认) that their new product is dangerous for children. Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．Compared (compare) to his brother, he is taller. 2．The boy is addicted to playing (play) computer games. 3．Don't give up hope even if you are faced with difficulties. 4．It's said that the lung cancer is related to smoking. 5．I have been stuck in the traffic jam for nearly two hours. 6．Demands for water will got up along with the expanding population. 7．Eggs, although nourishing, have a large amount of fat content. 8．The price of houses goes up and people from the area can not afford to buy a house there. 9．When a new disease breaks out，experts must figure out what to do in the fastest way. 10．He was a good student and scored above average in most subjects. Ⅲ.完成句子 1．She admitted reading/having_read_the_letter. 她承认读过这封信。 2．If_necessary,_ask Tom to give you a hand. 如有必要，请汤姆帮忙。 3．Helen is_fully_occupied_with_business_matters,_so we don't want to bother her. 海伦正全力忙着生意上的事情，所以我们不想去打扰她。 4．Wet_or_fine,_he got up at six and took a walk in the park. 不管是晴天还是下雨天，他总是六点起床，并到公园里散步。 5．I'd like to study law at university while_my_cousin_prefers_geography. 我上大学时想学法律，而我表妹想学地理。 Ⅳ.串点成篇微表达 汤姆和杰克是我的好朋友。与汤姆相比(compared with)，杰克更聪明。汤姆今年夏天被 一所重点大学录取(be admitted into)，但杰克没有。对这条消息我很怀疑。因此我决定弄清楚 (figure out)原因。杰克的老师告诉我杰克对玩电脑游戏上瘾(be addicted to)。他的分数在平均 分以下(below average)，而汤姆的分数在平均分以上(above average)。我认为如果我们想成功， 我们必须依靠努力学习。 Tom_and_Jack_are_my_good_friends._Compared_with_Tom,_Jack_is_much_cleverer._Tom_ was_admitted_into_a_key_university_this_summer,_but_Jack_didn't._I_doubted_this_piece_of__n ews_very_much._So_I_decided_to_figure_out_the_reason._Jack's_teacher_told_me_that_Jack_is_ addicted_to_playing_computer_games._His_marks_are_below_average_while_Tom's_marks_is_a bove_the_average._I_think_if_we_want_to_succeed,_we_must_rely_on_hard_work. 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.完形填空 An elephant named Bozo was huge but gentle. However, one day Bozo __1__. He almost attacked the man who cleaned his cage, and __2__ children at the circus (马戏团). So his owner decided to __3__ the giant. To earn money, the owner held a cruel __4__. He sold tickets to __5__ Bozo's execution (行刑). On the day, three men rose to aim their guns at the animal. Just before the __6__ was given to shoot, a man stepped out and said to the elephant's owner, “Sir, this is __7__. Bozo isn't a bad elephant.” “But he is，” the man argued. “We must kill him __8__ he kills someone.” “Sir, give me two minutes alone in his cage，” the visitor begged, “and I'll __9__ to you that he isn't a bad elephant.” After some moments of discussion, the owner __10__ agreed to allow the man in. Before the elephant rushed towards him, the man began to __11__ him. Bozo seemed to immediately __12__ down upon hearing the man's words. After a while, the animal __13__ lifted the man up and carried him around his cage before carefully putting him back at the door. As the cage door closed __14__ him, the man said to Bozo's owner, “You see, he's a good elephant. His __15__ is that he's an Indian elephant and understands one __16__.” He explained Bozo needed someone who could speak his language. “Sir, I __17__ that you find someone to come in sometimes and talk to the elephant. If you __18__， you'll have no problems.” People also become discouraged and angry when they aren't __19__，but great relationships are formed by people who speak each other's language. When people understand what you understand, you're speaking their language! It's the beginning of true __20__. 语篇解读：本文为一篇夹叙夹议文。一头平时温柔的大象突然变得暴躁起来，为什么呢？ 因为与人一样，它也需要交流，需要理解。 1．A.fled B．grew C．died D．changed 解析：选 D 由本空前的“gentle”和本空后的“almost attacked the man”可知，这头大象突 然变了。 2．A.pleased B．frightened C．joined D．challenged 解析：选 B 由“attacked the man who cleaned his cage”可知，大象对小孩态度也不好。 3．A.punish B．sell C．kill D．cure 解析：选 C 由下文“We must kill him”可知，大象的主人决定杀死大象。 4．A.exhibition B．party C．meeting D．situation 解析：选 A 由“He sold tickets to __5__ Bozo's execution.”可知，大象的主人决定举办一 个行刑展示会。 5．A.perform B．plan C．monitor D．witness 解析：选 D 由“He sold tickets”可知，许多人买票来观看行刑。 6．A.right B．signal C．chance D．decision 解析：选 B 由“three men rose to aim their guns at the animal”可知，准备工作已经做好， 只等开枪的指令了。 7．A.unimportant B．impossible C．unnecessary D．uncommon 解析：选 C 由下文“‘Sir, give me two minutes alone in his cage，’ the visitor begged” 可知，此人认为没有必要杀掉大象。 8．A.before B．because C．if D．though 解析：选 A 大象的主人决意要杀死大象，所以他说在大象杀人之前杀死大象。 9．A.promise B．show C refer D．prove 解析：选 D 由下文内容可判断，此处意为向大象主人证明大象不是坏大象。 10．A.almost B．finally C．suddenly D．voluntarily 解析：选 B 由“After some moments of discussion”可知，讨论之后，大象的主人终于同 意放此人进去。 11．A.speak to B．play with C．look after D．smile at 解析：选 A 由下文“upon hearing the man's words”可知，此人进了大象的笼子之后就开 始与大象讲话。 12．A.sit B．come C．quiet D．settle 解析：选 C 原本大象是粗暴的，听了此人的话以后就平静了下来。 13．A.rudely B．gently C．coldly D．heavily 解析：选 B 由“carefully putting him back”可知，大象的动作很轻柔。 14．A.for B．with C．under D．behind 解析：选 D 此人出了笼子之后，门随后就关上了。 15．A.idea B．problem C．wish D．truth 解析：选 B 此处应指大象由原来的温柔变得暴躁这一问题。 16．A.lesson B．sentence C．language D．person 解析：选 C 由“Bozo needed someone who could speak his language”的提示可判断。 17．A.insist B．order C．ensure D．suggest 解析：选 D 由“that you find someone to come in sometimes and talk to the elephant”可知， 此处是在向大象的主人提建议。 18．A.work B．agree C．do D．like 解析：选 C 此空代指“find someone to come in sometimes and talk to the elephant”。 19．A.understood B．trusted C．supported D．cared 解析：选 A 由“When people understand what you understand, you're speaking their language！”的提示可判断。 20．A.love B．communication C．friendship D．story 解析：选 B 交谈之中相互理解是真正交流的开始，由此可判断选 B项。 Ⅱ.语法填空 One day, about ten years ago, while working at the cash register in the gift shop at my university, I saw __1__ elderly couple come in with a little girl in a wheelchair. As I looked __2__ (close) at this girl, I found that she was fixed on her chair. I then realised she had no arms or legs, just a head, a neck and upper body，__3__ (dress) in a little white skirt. As the couple wheeled her up to me, I turned my head toward the girl. When I took the money from her grandparents, I looked back at the girl, who __4__ (give) me the most optimistic, __5__ (large) smile I had ever seen. All of a sudden, her handicap was gone and all I saw was this beautiful girl, __6__ smile just melted me and almost instantly gave me a completely new sense of __7__ life was all about. She __8__ (bring) me into her world — a world of smiles, love and __9__ (warm). I'm a successful businessman now and whenever I meet with the troubles of the world, I think about that little girl and the remarkable lesson about life that she taught __10__. 答案：1.an 2.closer/closely 3.dressed 4.was giving 5.largest 6.whose 7.what 8.brought 9.warmth 10.me Section_Ⅶ Communication_Workshop,_Culture_Corner_&_Bulletin_Board 一、这样记单词 记得准·写得对 记得快·记得多 Ⅰ.基础词汇 1.damage vt. & n． 损害，损失 2.afford vt. 买得起，承担得起 3.fare n. 票价，车费 4.plus prep. 加，加上 Ⅱ.拓展词汇 1.frequent adj.时常发生的→frequently adv.频繁地 →frequency n．频率 2.invent vt.发明，创造→invention n．发明，创造 3.practical adj.实践的，实际的→practise/practice v．实 践，实习，练习 1.fare n．票价，车费[联想] ①fee 会费、手续费、停车费 ②tip 小费 ③tuition 学费 [词块] ①full fare 全票 ②half fare 半票 ③bus/train/air fare 公交车(火车、 飞机)票 2.plus prep.加，加上 [联想] 英语中“加、减、乘、除” 表达 ①plus加 ②time/multiply 乘 ③minus减 ④divide除 二、这样记短语 记牢固定短语 多积常用词块 1.in conclusion 总之，最后 2．on (the) one hand ...; on the other hand ... 一方面……；另一方面…… 3．become available to 为……所利用/得到 4．suit the needs of 适合……需要 5．base ...on ... 把……建立在……的基础上 1.places of interest 名胜古迹 2．become bored with 厌烦 3．look forward to 盼望，期望 4．close down (工厂等)倒闭，停业 5．leave for 动身去某地 三、这样记句式 先背熟 再悟通 后仿用 1.Although there is a bicycle path near the river, it is dangerous to ride a bike in the center of town. 尽管河流附近有自行车车道，但是在城镇 中心骑自行车很危险。 It is＋ adj.＋ to do sth.“做某事 是……的”，it 作形式主语。 It is important to_learn_English_well. 学好英语很重要。 2.Before 1908, when Ford's cars became available to the public, it was only the very rich who could afford to own a car. 1908年福特汽车问世以前，只有非常有钱 的人才能买得起汽车。 “It is/was＋被 强调部分 ...＋ that/ who ...” 为强调句型的 基本构成。 It_was my mother that/who encouraged me to study medicine. 正是我妈妈鼓励我学医的。 3.Ford found a way to massproduce the motor car cheaply, making it possible for many more people to own one. 福特发明了大规模廉价生产汽车的方法， 这样就使得更多的人拥有一辆汽车成为可 能。 现在分词短语 作结果状语，表 示自然而然的 结果。 His parents died, leaving_him_an_orphan. 父母去世了，他成了孤儿。 1．(教材 P44)A report last year also showed that air pollution from traffic is increasing and the old buildings in the town are getting dirty and damaged. 去年的一则报道也表明因交通而产生的空气污染正在加剧，而且城镇里的古老建筑物也 在变脏、受损。 damage vt.& n．损害；损失 do/cause damage to 对……造成损害 ①Don't put any hot things on the table — you'll damage the surface. 不要把热的东西放在桌面上，会损坏桌面的。 ②The heavy rain didn't do/cause_much_damage_to the crops. 这次大雨没有对农作物造成很大的影响。 [辨析比较] damage, destroy, ruin damage 指损害人或物而使之失去价值、功能或正常的外观，但这种破坏具有可修复性。 它可以用作动词，也可以用作名词 destroy 常指彻底的、不能或很难修复的破坏、毁坏，程度较深；也可以指希望、计划等 打破。只能用作动词，名词为 destruction ruin 指以自然力或人为力量破坏，使其“荒废，毁坏”以致无法恢复原状，强调该物 的使用价值发生了问题。可以作名词，也可以作动词。常用短语是 in ruins，表示 “成废墟” 选用上述单词填空 ③His house was completely destroyed in the earthquake while my strong one was slightly damaged. ④The constant rain ruined the crops. 2．(教材 P46)Before 1908, when Ford's cars became available to the public, it was only the very rich who could afford to own a car. 1908年福特汽车问世以前，只有非常有钱的人才能买得起汽车。 afford vt.买得起，承担得起 afford sth. for sth. 为……花得起…… afford sb. sth.＝afford sth. to sb. 供给某人某物 afford to do sth. 能够做某事 ①A great number of people in the city can't afford an apartment. 大量的城里人买不起房子。 ② The South Korean TV dramas You Who Came From the Star affords pleasure to many people. 韩剧《来自星星的你》给很多人带来了快乐。 3．(教材 P46)Some of the car companies, like Cadillac, based their designs on airplanes. 有些汽车公司，如卡迪拉克，是以飞机为蓝本来设计他们的汽车的。 base ...on ... 把……建立在……的基础上 be based on 建立在……的基础上 base ... in 把……作为……的据点/总部 base n. 根基，基础，基地，总部 ①You should base your opinion on the facts. 你应当把你的观点建立在事实的基础上。 ②After Shock, directed by Feng Xiaogang, is_based_on_a_novel written by Zhang Ling. 由冯小刚执导的(电影)《唐山大地震》是根据一部由张翎创作的小说改编的。 ③The headquarters of the IOC are_based_in Lausanne, Switzland. 国际奥委会总部设在瑞士洛桑。 1．Before 1908, when Ford's cars became available to the public, it was only the very rich who could afford to own a car. 1908年福特汽车问世以前，只有非常有钱的人才能买得起汽车。 句中 it was ...who/that ...是一个强调句型，常用来强调句子中的主语、宾语或状语等成分。 (1)强调句的陈述句式：It is/was＋被强调部分＋that/who ... (2)强调句的一般疑问句只需将 is/was提前；而特殊疑问句只有疑问词可以被强调，结 构为：疑问词＋is/was＋it＋that ...? (3)对 not ...until ...结构中由 until 引导的短语或从句进行强调时，须用 It is/was not until ...that ...这一固定句型， that从句中谓语动词用肯定形式。 ①It wasMr. Black who/that helped me out of trouble. 是布莱克先生帮我走出困境的。 ②It was by bus that we went to Hainan. 我们是乘坐公共汽车去海南的。 ③Is_it_Mr._Wang who teaches you English? 是王老师教你们英语吗？ ④Why_is_it_that smoking is not allowed here? 为什么不允许在这儿吸烟？ ⑤It_was_not_until_the_game_had_begun that he arrived. 直到比赛开始他才来。 [名师点津] (1)在强调句型中，如果强调的是人，从句引导词用 who/that，否则一律用 that。 (2)原句中谓语动词是过去时，强调结构中的 be动词用 was；原句谓语动词是现在时或将 来时，be动词用 is。 2．Ford found a way to massproduce the motor car cheaply, making it possible for many more people to own one. 福特发明了大规模廉价生产汽车的方法，这样就使得更多的人拥有一辆汽车成为可能。 (1)本句中 making it possible for many more people to own one为现在分词作结果状语。 ①It rained heavily, causing serious flooding in that country. 大雨滂沱，造成了那个国家洪水泛滥。 (2)现在分词作结果状语，表示自然而然的结果；不定式作结果状语，则表示意想不到的 结果，常用 only/never to do 结构。 ②House prices have been rising, making (make) it hard for more people to buy houses. 房价一直在涨，造成更多的人很难买到房子。 ③He hurried to the station, only to_find (find) that the train had left. 他匆匆赶到车站，结果发现火车已经开走了。 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．It was the old man who/that I met in the park. 2．The parents hurried to the hospital, only to_be_told (tell) that their child had died. 3．We can't afford to_go (go) on vacation this year. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．Being addicted to online games does_damage_to our health. 沉迷网络游戏对我们的健康有损害。 2．Based_on_historical_facts,_this film moved us to tears. 以史实为基础，这部电影感动了我们。 3 ． (2016· 天 津 高 考 改 编 )The cooling wind swept through our bedroom, making_air_conditioning_unnecessary. 凉爽的风通过我们卧室的窗户吹进来，没有必要开空调了。 一、全练语言点，基稳才能楼高 [本课语言点针对练习] Ⅰ.单词拼写 1．A bomb destroyed two buildings and damaged(损害) several others. 2．Though the students have graduated, they visit me frequently (经常地)． 3．The fares (车费) have been rising because the price of petrol keeps going up. 4．His son's success afforded (提供) him great pleasure. 5．We should make a good connection (关系) with neighbours. 6．How much practical (实践) experience do you have of working with computers? 7．The new railway is in the course of construction (建设)． 8．He occupied (忙于) himself in solving the problem. Ⅱ.单句语法填空 1．Who else except a millionaire could afford to_use (use) such an expensive car. 2．It's important for the figures to_be_updated (update) regularly. 3．Was it on a lonely island that he was saved one month after the boat went down? 4．Tom took a taxi to the airport, only to_find (find) his plane high up in the sky. 5．Mary failed all her exams, making (make) both her parents very angry. 6．It is unwise to_give (give) a child whatever he wants. 7．Most of the people invited (invite) to the party were my old friends. 8．The wound took a long time to close up. 9．I am looking forward to hearing (hear) from you. 10．Finding a date that suits (suit) us all is very difficult. Ⅲ.选词填空 look forward to， be bored with， in conclusion， close down， on average， places of interest， become available to， based on 1．I am_bored_with his complaint. 2．I am looking_forward__to your reply. 3．Scientific theories must be based_on facts. 4．In_conclusion,_I'd like to say how much I have enjoyed myself today. 5．Not enough data becomes_available_to the scientists. 6．Many company closed_down during the economic crisis. 7．In the summer holiday, I will visit some places_of_interest in southern China. 8．On_average,_we receive 5 letters each day. Ⅳ.串点成篇微表达 这里经常(frequently)下雪，我经常困在(get stuck)交通阻塞中。大雪经常给农作物造成重 大损失(damage)。上个月一场大雪持续了三天，造成了许多交通事故(现在分词作结果状语)。 我在一个偏僻的乡村学校工作，我不得不花很多钱买车票(fares)。是这场大雪让我意识到我 应该在学校附近买房子(强调句型)，但我又买(afford)不起，我应该怎么办呢？ It_frequently_snows_here,_and_I_often_get_stuck_in_traffic_jams._The_heavy_snow_often_ causes_great_damage_to_the_crops._Last_month_a_heavy_snow_lasted_3_days,_causing_many_c ar_accidents._I_work_in_a_remote_village_school._I_have_to_pay_a_lot_of_money_for_buying_ bus_fares._It_is_the_heavy_snow_that_makes_me_realize_that_I_should_buy_a_house_near_my_ school,_but_I_can't_afford_to_it._What_should_I_do? [本单元语言点温故练习] Ⅰ.单句语法填空 1．The world population goes up by 2 percent a year. It may reach 9 billion by the middle of this century. 2．It was at midnight that we arrived home. 3．400 people a year die of this disease on average. 4．He admitted never going (go) through that chapter before. 5．Unfortunately, my car got stuck (stick) in the heavy snow. 6．His son will take responsibility for the company after he retires. 7．The bridge built (build) 300 years ago is under repair. 8．A sensitive (sense)nerve in a tooth can cause great pain. 9．Compared (compare) with many people, she is lucky indeed. 10．Such responses, even the tears, are beneficial (benefit) to one's longterm health. 11．Tony's parents thought he was at school, but actually (actual) he was in an Internet bar. 12．To his satisfaction, everything is working out well. Ⅱ.完成句子 1．This film is_based_on_historical_facts. 这部电影是以史实为基础的。 2．Large_amounts_of_food_and_medicine have been sent to the earthquakehit areas. 大量的食物和药品被送往地震灾区。 3．I was doing housework while_my_brother_was_watching_TV. 我在做家务，而我哥哥在看电视。 4．I have_been_sitting_here all afternoon. 我在这儿坐了一下午了。 5．Come to see me whenever_it_is_convenient_to_you. 你什么时候方便就什么时候来看我。 6．I really appreciate_your_listening_to_all_my_troubles. 我真的很感激你能够聆听我所有的烦恼。 7．Not_content_with_her_new_motorbike,_the girl now wants a car from her boyfriend. 那位女孩不满足于新摩托车，现在又向男朋友要汽车了。 8．It_just_doesn't_make_sense — why would she do a thing like that? 这真是无法理解——她为什么会做出这样的事情？ 二、勤练高考题型，多练自能生巧 Ⅰ.语法填空 Paul Lucas can often be seen to be walking around the city of San Francisco. Sometimes people are surprised to see him walking __1__ any shoes or socks, __2__ Lucas doesn't mind at all. __3__ likes to walk barefoot, and so do 640 other members of Dirty Sole Society, the club that Lucas __4__ (start) years ago. Lucas' idea for this is to encourage others to live __5__ (free) — free of shoes. According to Lucas, the barefoot life has many advantages. __6__ most important is simply that it feels good. He also says __7__ walking barefoot allows you to experience the world directly by touching it with your feet. __8__ addition, the feet do not smell as much because they stay dry, making it hard for bacteria to grow. And, of course, __9__ (walk) barefoot keeps your feet in good shape, so it's actually __10__ (healthy) than wearing shoes. 答案：1.without 2.but 3.He 4.started 5.freely 6．The 7.that 8.In 9.walking 10.healthier Ⅱ.短文改错 Miss Evans taught physics in school in London. Last month she was explaining to one of her class about sound, and she decide to test them to see how successful she had been in her work. She said to them, “Now I has a sister in Washington. If I was calling her by the phone, and you were on the other sides of the street. Who would hear me first, my sister and you? And why？” A clever boy at once answered, “You sister, Miss Evans, because the electricity travels much faster than sound waves.”“Very well，”Miss Evans praised. 答案：第一句：第一个 in后加 a 第二句：class→classes; decide→decided 第三句：has→have 第四句：by→on; sides→side 第五句：and→or 第七句：You→Your; 去掉 the 第八句：well→good Ⅲ.书面表达 假设你是李徽，你最近就你所在地区的交通状况在一些社区进行了调查。现请你根据调 查结果(如下表)给你们当地的交通部门写一份报告，报告当地的交通状况，并提出你的看法 或建议： 当地交通的优点 主要道路宽阔、整洁；公交车多，出行方便；公交车车票便宜 当地交通的缺点 一些交通设施不够完善；繁忙的交通造成交通堵塞和严重的大气污染； 有些人不遵守交通规则 你的建议 …… 注意：1.报告应包括表格中的所有内容，可以适当发挥； 2．词数 100左右； 3．文章的开头已给出，不计入总词数。 Recently, I have conducted a survey on the local transport situation in some communities. The results are as follows： ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ 参考范文： Recently, I have conducted a survey on the local transport situation in some communities. The results are as follows： On the one hand, there are some advantages about our local transport: the main roads are wide and neat; there are many convenient buses with cheap fares. On the other hand, there are some disadvantages: some traffic facilities are not optimized; the busy traffic leads to traffic jams and serious air pollution; some people don't obey traffic rules. In conclusion, something needs to be done to improve the local transport situation. First, I think that our local government should educate motorists to obey traffic rules. Second, it is supposed to build more traffic facilities such as parking lots, road signs and road markings. Third, more people should be encouraged to take public transport. Section_Ⅷ (自修课) Writing—_报告_ 一、基本结构 报告的写作可分为以下几个步骤： 1．按照报告的题头格式，写出报告的呈交人和接收人，报告日期和报告主题。 2．正文一般由以下四部分组成： (1)简要介绍所报告的对象的基本情况及写作目的。 (2)介绍所报告的对象的好的方面。 (3)介绍所报告的对象的不好的方面或欠缺之处。 (4)最后总结并提出改进的建议或自己的观点。 二、增分佳句 1．The aim of this report is to ... 2．On the one hand, there are some advantages about ... 3．On the other hand, there exist several problems/disadvantages about ... 4．On the other hand, some things exist not so good. 5．On the other hand, I find these things disappointing. 6．However, there are many things which could be improved. 7．In conclusion ... need to do something to ... [题目要求] 现在有些父母经常翻看孩子日记或书包，这一现象引起了很大关注。现在请你根据如下 内容写一篇英文报告： 1．父母经常翻看孩子的日记或书包； 2．不同人对这种现象的不同看法； 3．你自己的见解。 注意：1.词数 100左右。 2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 第一步：审题构思很关键 一、审题 1．确定体裁：本文是一篇报告； 2．确定人称：本文的主要人称应为第三人称； 3．确定时态：主要以一般现在时为主。 二、构思 第一部分：提出问题。 第二部分：孩子和家长的想法。 第三部分：表达自己的想法。 第二步：核心词汇想周全 1．frequently 频繁地 2．be_fed_up 厌烦，讨厌 3.argue_about 争论 4．be_sensitive_to 对……敏感 5._responsibility 责任 6．benefit 有益于 7._impression 印象 8．a_hearttoheart_talk 心贴心的交谈 第三步：由词扩句雏形现 1．现在一些家长经常查看孩子的书包或日记，这使得他们很厌烦。 Now, some parents look_into_their_children's_school_bags or read their diaries frequently, and it_makes_their_children_fed_up. 2．他们认为父母没有责任这么做，因为人人都有权利为自己的隐私保密。 They think their parents have_no_responsibility_to_do_so,_for_everyone_has_his_right_ to_have_his_own_secret. 3．另一些人认为：他们想了解自己的孩子是因为他们关心自己的孩子。 Others think they want to know their children because_their_parents_care_about_them. 4．我认为：与父母心贴心的交谈是解决这个问题的好办法。 As far as I'm concerned ， we should have a hearttoheart talk with parents, which_is_a_good_measure_to_deal_with_this_problem. 第四步：句式升级造亮点 1．用非限制性定语从句改写句 1 Nowadays,_some_parents_look_into_their_children's_school_bags_or_read_their_diaries_fre quently,_which_makes_their_children_fed_up. 2．用强调句型改写句 3 Others_think_it_is_because_their_parents_care_about_them_that_they_want_to_know_their_ children. 3．用不定式作主语改写句 4 As_far_as_I'm_concerned,_to_have_a_hearttoheart_talk_with_parents_should_be_a_good_ measure_to_deal_with_this_problem. 第五步：过渡衔接联成篇 Nowadays,_some_parents_look_into_their_children's_school_bags_or_read_their_diaries_fre quently,_which_makes_their_children_fed_up.People_have_been_arguing_about_this_topic_for_a _long_time. On_the_one_hand,_some_students_are_sensitive_to_this_phenomenon_and_they_think_it_ha s_annoyed_them_and_affected_the_relation_between_them_and_their_parents._They_think_their_ parents_has_no_responsibility_to_do_so,_for_everyone_has_his_right_to_have_his_own_secret. On_the_other_hand,_others_think_it_is_because_their_parents_care_about_them_that_they_ want_to_know_their_children_and_this_may_benefit_their_better_development,_although_it_may _make_a_bad_impression_on_them. As_far_as_I'm_concerned,_to_have_a_hearttoheart_talk_with_parents_should_be_a_good_ measure_to_deal_with_this_problem. It was Sunday and the weather was fine, therefore many people went out to enjoy the sunlight and have fun. Actually, there was a traffic jam. The highways were crowded with cyclists, motorists and pedestrians. Jack, an interpreter with a large English vocabulary, got stuck that day. He got up at 6：30 and looked at his schedule as usual. He had two things to do. He would go to the gym with a friend at 8：00 and go to the railway station to meet his uncle in the afternoon. Jack was addicted to working out. He went to the gym three times a week on average. He benefited a lot from the gym, which offered much convenience for the sports lovers. In fact, he relied on it to build up his body. He had great fun indeed that morning, though he was late because of the jam. After lunch, he went to meet his uncle. As soon as he reached the railway station, the train pulled up. How excited he was to see his uncle! But his uncle seemed a little unhappy. So he asked him, “Did you have a good journey？” “Not at all.” said his uncle. “What's the matter？” “It’s a long story. Let me tell you.” Things were like this. On the train his uncle met a young man who looked gentle and reliable and left a good impression on Jack's uncle. The young man said that he was an ambassador from America. But to his uncle's surprise, it turned out that he was a thief. He stole a woman's suitcase and the consequence was that he was arrested by the police. “You can never judge a person by his looks, and you can't be too careful wherever you go！” warned Jack's uncle. 那是一个星期天而且天气很好，因此很多人都外出享受阳光和游玩。事实上， 市区 出现了交通堵塞。公路上挤满了骑自行车的人、驾驶汽车的人以及行人。 英语词汇量很大的口译员杰克那天就被堵在路上了。他 6：30起床后像往常一样看了一 下他的日程表，他有两件事要做：8点和一位朋友去健身房，下午去火车站接他叔叔。 杰克对做运动上瘾了，他平均一周去三次健身房。健身房为体育爱好者提供了很多方便， 杰克也从中受益无穷。事实上，他就依靠健身房来强身健体了。那天早上他确实玩得很开心， 虽然他因堵车迟到了。 午饭后，他去接他叔叔。他一到火车站，火车就进站停下了。 见到叔叔杰克真兴奋！但他叔叔看上去并不太高兴。“您一路可好？”杰克问。“一点 都不好。”他叔叔回答。“怎么回事啊？”“一言难尽，让我慢慢告诉你。” 事情是这样的。杰克的叔叔在火车上遇到一个年轻人，他看上去既和善又可靠，给杰克 的叔叔留下了好印象。年轻人说他是一位来自美国的大使，可令他叔叔吃惊的是，他是一个 小偷。他偷了一名妇女的手提箱，结果被警察逮捕了。 “你千万不可以貌取人，而且无论到哪里你都千万要小心！”杰克的叔叔告诫说。 第一部分 听力 (满分 30分，限时 20分钟) 第一节(共 5小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 7.5分) 听下面 5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最 佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有 10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和 阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。 1．How many people will visit New York for free? A．10. B．12. C．13. 2．Who are getting married? A．John and Gina. B．Lisa and John. C．Jack and Gina. 3．What does the boy want to do? A．Borrow some money. B．Study abroad. C．Find a good job. 4．What are the speakers mainly talking about? A．The woman's necklace. B．The woman's birthday. C．The woman's cousin. 5．What's the probable relationship between the two speakers? A．Customer and waitress. B．Doctor and patient. C．Husband and wife. 第二节(共 15小题； 每小题 1.5分，满分 22.5分) 听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的 A、B、C三个 选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个 小题，每小题 5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。 听第 6段材料，回答第 6、7题。 6．When was the plane supposed to arrive? A．At 8：00 pm. B．At 9：00 pm. C．At 10：00 pm. 7．What caused the delay of the plane? A．The bad weather. B．An engine problem. C．A rude passenger. 听第 7段材料，回答第 8、9题。 8．What does the man usually do after work? A．Go jogging. B．Go to the gym. C．Go back home. 9．What does the doctor advise the man to do? A．Have more sleep. B．Do more exercise. C．Eat light dinner. 听第 8段材料，回答第 10至 12题。 10．What's the relationship between the two speakers? A．Husband and wife. B．Father and daughter. C．Neighbors. 11．What's wrong with Lily? A．She is crying all day long. B．She is sleeping without eating. C．She has trouble in sleeping. 12．What are the speakers going to do? A．Go to the hospital. B．Have a talk with Mrs.White. C．Keep watching over Lily. 听第 9段材料，回答第 13至 16题。 13．What is the woman doing now? A．Interviewing a person. B．Asking for some advice. C．Conducting a survey. 14．How many languages can the man speak? A．Two. B．Three. C．Four. 15．When could the man work? A．Every day except Saturday. B．Every day except Sunday. C．Every day except Friday. 16．How much will the man earn each day? A．$60. B．$70. C．$80. 听第 10段材料，回答第 17至 20题。 17．How old was Lincoln when he became the president? A．52. B．56. C．61. 18．How long was the bed that Lincoln received? A．275 cm. B．282 cm. C．293 cm. 19．What kind of person was Lincoln? A．Serious. B．Quiet. C．Humorous. 20．Who suggested Lincoln grow a beard? A．A young girl. B．His wife. C．His daughter. 答案：1～5 BBBAB 6～10 ACBAA 11～15 BCACB 16～20 BAACA 听力材料 (Text 1) W：I'm so excited. M：Any good news? W：Jimmy and I got the chance to visit New York for free with another ten people. (Text 2) M：Hey, Lisa.What are you doing here? W：Hey, Jack. I don't believe it.I didn't expect to seeyou here. M：Yeah, we're here at the same wedding.John and I are colleagues. W：Really？I work with Gina. (Text 3) W：Paul, it's not the money.The money is not a problem.It's just that ... M：Mom, you know if I have the chance to study abroad for one year, it will help me get a good job in the future. (Text 4) M：Oh, what a lovely necklace you are wearing! W：Thank you.It's a birthday gift from my cousin.It's made of precious stones. M：Well, it looks beautiful on you.Your cousin has a very good taste. W：Thanks. (Text 5) W：What seems to be the matter, young man? M：I've got a stomachache for a few days. W：Are you eating normally? M：I just had a cup of coffee from morning till now. (Text 6) W：When did your plane arrive in New York last night? M：At 10：00 pm. W：What？It should have arrived two hours earlier. M：Yeah.The plane landed soon after it took off. W：What happened？Did they have bad weather or an engine problem? M：Neither.A young passenger was not satisfied with the service of an attendant and hit her. W：Oh, it's hard to believe. (Text 7) M：Doctor, ever since I lost a lot of pounds, my health has been good.But lately I'm tired all the time and get headaches very easily.I guess I do too much exercise. W：Tell me what your daily routine is. M：I wake up at 6：00 am to jog for an hour before having fruit and milk, and then bike to work. After work, I go to the gym and work out for three hours and get home around ten.Then I usually do some reading and eat a light dinner. W：So you usually go to bed at eleven? M：No, I can't go to bed without checking my emails, so I usually go to bed after midnight. W：I think you need to slow down and go to bed earlier. (Text 8) M：How is Lily doing? W：She has just been sleeping all day. M：That's not like her. She usually wakes up for feeding several times a day, doesn't she? W：Yes, she usually cries for milk for at least four times each day.But not today. M：Have you asked our neighbor Mrs.White？She's experienced in taking care of babies. W：Yes, she came to have a look this morning.She suggested we call the doctor. M：So have you talked to the doctor? W：Yeah.He just called back before you got home. M：What did he say? W：If she doesn't eat anything tonight, we should take her to the Children's Hospital.Oh, John！ I'm so scared! M：Don't worry！Babies get sick usually, but they get over it really quickly.We just have to watch her carefully and keep in touch with the doctor. (Text 9) W：Mr.Bragg, tell me a little about yourself.What languages do you speak? M：I can speak English, and of course Spanish. And a little German and Japanese. W：Can you work at the front desk？Use a computer？Send faxes, emails and so on? M：Sure, I can do all that. W：Okay.Let's see.There are a lot of other jobs here at the hotel, so I need to find out what else you can do.Can you swim？We have a swimming pool here. M：Yes, I can swim. W：We have four restaurants and one cafe.Can you wait tables? M：Yeah, I worked as a waiter at a restaurant last year. W：How about weekends？That's our busiest time.Can you work on weekends? M：Uh, I can work on Saturdays, but not on Sundays. W：I see.Now the most important question is：Do you like working with people？At a hotel, you work with people all day. M：Yeah, I can work with a lot of people.I come from a big family. W：As for the payment, if you work six days a week, you can earn 420 dollars. M：That's OK, I think. W：Well, Mr.Bragg.Thanks for coming today.I'll give you a call in a few days. (Text 10) W：Abraham Lincoln was born in 1809.He was President of the United States from 1861 until he died in 1865. Lincoln was 193 cm tall.He was too tall to fit in most beds.When he was president, people from his hometown gave him a special bed.The length of the bed was 82 cm longer than Lincoln's height. It was enough for him. All his life, Lincoln liked to laugh.He liked to make other people laugh too.Once Lincoln was talking about some people, he asked，“How many legs does a sheep have？”“Four，” they answered.“Right，”Lincoln said.“Now how many legs does a sheep have if we call the tail a leg？”“Five，”they answered.“Wrong.”Lincoln said，“It still has four legs, because calling the tail a leg doesn't make it one.” Many people thought Abraham Lincoln was very ugly.Right before he became President, an elevenyearold girl wrote him a letter.She said that she wanted him to grow a beard.Lincoln thought about this and decided that it was a good idea.That's why in most pictures of Lincoln he has a short beard. 第二部分 阅读理解 (满分 40分，限时 35分钟) 第一节(共 15小题；每小题 2分，满分 30分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和 D)中，选出最佳选项。 A Do you want to travel abroad? If you do, here are some cities around the world you can consider traveling to. Athens, Greece It is the birthplace of Western civilization now almost 4,000 years old. Explore the Acropolis in Athens, and then visit the new Acropolis Museum to truly appreciate the ancient settlement. Walk in Socrates' footsteps around the Agora — the center of social activities in ancient Greece. Beyond the Acropolis, you can also explore the flea markets (跳蚤市场 ) of Monastiraki and Plaka. Budapest, Hungary Budapest is known as the city of naturally warm pools of water called spas. The Hungarian capital features 16thcentury Turkish pools as well as medicinal spas. Budapest is also a longtime “foodie city”. Try local specialties (招牌菜 ) like Hungarian goulash, rich with beef, onions, potatoes, and spices. Queenstown, New Zealand On New Zealand's beautiful South Island, Queenstown is one of the top places in the world for hiking, boating, and skiing. Nearby Milford Sound offers the peaceful beauty for which New Zealand is famous. Perhaps the most famous New Zealand product is the Lord of the Rings movies. Take a road trip and explore places where the movie was filmed. Dubai, the United Arab Emirates Dubai is a city famous for luxury (奢侈的) goods. One of its shopping centers even has an indoor ski slope. Dubai is also home of the Burj Khalifa, the tallest building in the world. And the Burj AlArab hotel is on an artificial island in the Arabian Sea. 语篇解读：本文为应用文。作者向我们推荐了几个值得去游玩的城市。 21．Where can you learn about social activities in ancient Greece? A．At Plaka. B．At Monastiraki. C．At the Agora. D．At the Acropolis. 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由第二段“Walk in Socrates' footsteps around the Agora — the center of social activities in ancient Greece.”可知，the Agora 是希腊古代的社交活动中心。 22．To enjoy the peaceful beauty of nature, one should go to ________. A．Greece B．Hungary C．New Zealand D．the United Arab Emirates 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由第四段“Nearby Milford Sound offers the peaceful beauty for which New Zealand is famous.”可知，想感受大自然宁静之美的人应该去 New Zealand。 23．Dubai would most likely attract those who are interested in ________. A．delicious food B．outdoor sports C．the ancient civilization D．manmade wonders 解析：选D 细节理解题。由最后一段“an indoor ski slope” “the tallest building in the world” “an artificial island”可知，迪拜某购物中心有室内滑雪场，有世界最高的摩天大楼和建在人工 岛上的酒店，因此对人造景观感兴趣的人可能选择迪拜。 B Car sharing is another way to drive green that's gaining in popularity, especially in urban areas. People who may not drive every day but still want a car to run errands (差事) or drive on weekends benefit most from car sharing. Car sharing is usually run by a service like Zipcar, though there are nonprofit and informal car sharing services. Members pay a monthly fee and have access to an entire fleet of cars when they need one. The cars are parked in fixed spots around the city, so members only need to make a reservation (预约), and then go to the pickup spot. Car sharing has major environmental benefits because it lessens the number of cars on the road. Members don't drive just because they have a car. They plan trips, and if they don't need a car, they don't use one. Still, a car is available to them if they need to make a big trip to the grocery store, pick someone up at the airport or if they want to go to the beach for the day. Members also benefit by having access to a car without any of the headaches of ownership. They usually don't have to pay for gas, insurance or maintenance (保养)， and the monthly membership fee is less than a typical car payment. So if you really want to go green but aren't ready to totally give up a car yet, car sharing may be the way to go. If you still need to get around, but want to go even greener than sharing a car, share a bus! On the next page, you'll learn about the green benefits of mass transit. 语篇解读：本文主要论述了拼车的好处。 24．Car sharing ________. A．has become the most popular way to go to work B．has become the best way to cut living costs C．is becoming more and more popular in cities D．is becoming popular both in urban and rural areas 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据文章首句可知 C项正确。A项和 B项文中找不到信息； D项与首句相悖。 25．As a member of Zipcar, you ________. A．are supposed to pay the fee yearly B．can have rides on your ordered type of cars C．will be picked up anywhere you are D．should make a reservation when you need one 解析：选 D 细节理解题。会员是按月缴费，排除 A项；B项与第一段中的“... have access to an entire fleet of cars ...”矛盾；车只能在市内指定地点停靠接人，排除 C项；根据第一段最 后一句可知 D项正确。 26．The second paragraph mainly tells us ________. A．why to share a car B．why car sharing benefit the environment C．why car sharing is cheaper than owning a car D．why a car is available to members 解析：选 A 主旨大意题。第二段主要论述拼车的两大好处：环保、经济、省心，故选 A项。B项和 C项均不全面；D项第二段中未涉及。 27．How many reasons are given in the second paragraph? A．One. B．Two. C．Three. D．Four. 解析：选 B 细节理解题。前四句讲的是环保的好处，后面讲的是经济、省心的好处， 共两项，故选 B项。 C You may ride on your bicycle in a rush to get to school every morning. You may fight to get a bit of space on a bus or on the subway. You may also watch taxis crawl their way through traffic jams. No matter where you are, all big cities around the world have traffic jams these days. But although they all have their problems, many cities also have a type of transport that has become a cultural icon (文化标识)． In London, to avoid the traffic above ground, people use the “underground”， also called the “Tube”. The city has the oldest and most complicated underground railway system in the world and is the pride of many Londoners. With 12 lines and 275 stations across the city, the Tube, is normally the quickest and easiest way of getting around London. In London, you are never far from a Tube station. New York is famous for its Yellow cabs. They serve as a quick and easy way of getting across Manhattan, where the subway doesn't take you everywhere. Stopping a cab is easy, just stick out your arm like you do in any city. But, with over 12,000 yellow cabs in the Big Apple, they also cause traffic jams. Since 1873 when the first cable car started public service, the slow and noisy vehicle has been a symbol of San Francisco. Although once damaged by a serious earthquake and challenged by cars, it is never caught in traffic jams and provides better views than the subway. But there are no such symbols in Los Angeles. If you visit you'd better rent a car. The city's public transportation is terrible. It can take hours to get across town by bus. The subway covers just a small part of the city centre. The light rail line only runs between the Long Beach hotel area and the city centre. That's why Angelenos love their private cars more than any other people in the world. 语篇解读：世界上所有的大城市现在都有交通问题。为解决这一难题，作者列举了伦敦、 纽约、旧金山和洛杉矶等一些大城市的做法。 28．If you have a chance to London and want to avoid the traffic jam, you'd better ________. A．ride vehicle B．take a taxi C．use subway D．rent a car 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据短文第三段可知：在伦敦，为了避开地面拥挤的交通， 人们都会选择乘坐地铁。它包括 12条线路和 275个车站，是畅游伦敦最快捷简便的途径。 29．Which type of transportation has become a cultural icon of the Big Apple? A．Noisy vehicle. B．Cable cars. C．Subway. D．Yellow cabs. 解析：选 D 细节理解题。根据第四段可知：纽约最著名的交通工具是黄色出租车。坐 这种出租车出行是快速简便的方法。只需一招手便可以打到出租车，十分简单。据此可以推 测“黄色出租车”是被称作“大苹果”的纽约的“文化标识”。 30 ． People in Los Angeles like their private cars because of the following except that________. A．the public transportation is terrible B．it is not expensive to take a private car C．the underground railway covers a small part of the city center D．people have to spend hours getting across the Los Angeles 解析：选 B 细节理解题。根据短文最后一段可知：这个城市公共交通状况糟透了。坐 公交车穿越整个城市需数个小时。地铁只覆盖了市中心的一小部分。因此，洛杉矶市民比世 界上其他人都喜欢私家车。 31．The passage mainly tells us ________. A．how big cities in the foreign countries keep on moving B．how people in the city avoid the traffic jams C．why London has the oldest and complicated subway D．why people call New York the Big Apple 解析：选 B 主旨大意题。根据短文第一、二段可知：本文的中心话题是世界上所有的 大城市现在都有交通问题。为解决这一难题，作者列举了伦敦、纽约、旧金山和洛杉矶等一 些大城市的做法。由此可得知答案。 D If you're bored with oldfashioned running, or if you feel that it's not a complete workout, you might want to try crunning. It does not mean crying while running. It's actually a cross between crawling (爬行) and running that involves getting down on all fours and moving. The strange workout, best described as your thighs' (大腿) worst nightmare, was invented by Australian fitness enthusiast Shaun McCarthy. The video of his crunning has been getting much attention online and it has inspired others to take up running on all fours as well. Now crunning is a steadilygrowing sport in Australia. McCarthy says that crunning is a more complete workout because it involves the upper body as well. “It really works your thighs and shoulders at the same time，” he said, adding that he believes it burns more calories as well. Some fitness experts believe that McCarthy might just be onto something there. According to Kim Baylor, a certified personal trainer, any exercise that involves full body motions leaves the chance to develop a lot of strength. However, many think crunning is likely to be out of date soon and it might even be harmful if done incorrectly. Fitness coach Kevin Dean said, “We humans are upright; our wrists have different structures than ankles. But a quadruped (四足的) animal would have four of roughly the same joint. As a result, I often see broken noses, bad wrists, and shoulder problems arising from crunning.” Health experts suggest wearing special gloves to prevent damage to hands while crunning. It's necessary to increase the intensity (强度) of exercise step by step. Crunning may be too much for a beginner and it could be bad for your neck. If it hurts severely, stop immediately and just stick to traditional running. 语篇解读：本文为说明文。如果你对跑步这一老式的健身方法感到厌烦，或者你觉得这 不是一个全面的健身方式，你可以尝试一下澳大利亚的健身爱好者肖恩·麦卡锡发明的“酷 跑”这个新花样。 32．What do we know about crunning? A．It is running on all fours. B．It's not a complete workout. C．It is gaining worldwide popularity. D．It is created to strengthen the thighs. 解析：选 A 细节理解题。由第一、二段可知，麦卡锡的“酷跑”是种四肢着地的运动， 目前在澳大利亚用“酷跑”健身的人数正在逐渐增加。 33.Kim Baylor's attitude to crunning is ________. A．unfavorable B．approving C．doubtful D．cautious 解析：选 B 推理判断题。由第三段“McCarthy says that crunning is a more complete workout because it involves the upper body as well.”及 Kim Baylor 所说的话“... any exercise that involves full body motions leaves the chance to develop a lot of strength.”可知，Kim Baylor 是赞 同“酷跑”这个运动。 34.What will Kevin Dean agree with? A．McCarthy's idea is practical. B．Crunning is a better fitness activity. C．Crunning is not suitable for human beings. D．It's dangerous to take wholebody exercise. 解析：选 C 推理判断题。由第四段可知，Kevin Dean说人类是直立行走，手腕的构造 不同于脚踝，而四足动物在脚上有四个几乎一样的关节。因此他会认为“酷跑”不适合人类。 35.What's the advice on crunning from health experts? A．Try to avoid using your neck. B．Once you begin, never give up. C．Take measures to protect your hands. D．Go as fast as possible at the beginning. 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由最后一段可知，健康专家建议在“酷跑”时戴好保护性手 套以避免受伤，而且锻炼的强度应一步步逐渐增大。一旦疼得厉害，应立即停止“酷跑”。 第二节(共 5小题；每小题 2分，满分 10分) 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余 选项。 Birth order plays a vital role in deciding the characteristics of a child. And when it comes to the middle child, it certainly plays a huge role. The middle children go through some things only they can understand. __36__ Mostly, middle children have to share a room. __37__ They need to share a room with an elder one because they're too young to sleep alone. And just when they think they'll finally have a room of their own, a voice is heard saying, “Dear, please share the room with your younger one, as he's too small to sleep alone.” Middle children tend to share clothes with their siblings (兄弟姐妹). Their cupboard is full of handmedowns from their older sibling, and they need to wear his clothes. __38__ They can always show off their elder sibling's clothes and things at school. Also, they get to pass their own clothes to their younger sibling. __39__ They're liked by both, because they can relate well to both generations. On one hand they can recall how much fun it was watching Garfield and Friends, and on the other hand they can talk about the latest video game released in the market. Siblings' talking is one interesting thing about a middle child. They are not as boring as they appear. __40__ Also, thanks to the divided attention at home, middle children are independent and need not rely on anyone. A．Instead, they are very artistic and creative. B．But this comes with its own advantage too. C．Here are some things a middle child can relate to. D．They rarely enjoy the experience of having their own room. E．And the dream of having their own room is completely destroyed. F．They're the problem solvers between their older and younger siblings. G．As a middle kid, they are the bridge between their younger and older siblings. 答案：36～40 CDBGA 第三部分 英语知识运用 (满分 45分，限时 30分钟) 第一节：完形填空(共 20小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 30分) 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和 D )中，选出可以填入空白处 的最佳选项。 There was once a woman who decided to kill all the monsters (怪物 ) in the world. This __41__ took her on a dangerous journey. She met with many __42__ along the way, each testing her strength and abilities. She hadn't traveled long __43__ she began chasing the monster of hunger. She __44__ him and declared, “You've been causing hunger; __45__ to die.” The monster said, “I acknowledge I bring __46__， but I also bring benefits as well. There would be no __47__ to find food and survive without me. So look at the ways I might be __48__； don't destroy me.” The woman saw the __49__ in what the monster said, so the monster wasn't killed. Then she found the monster of suffering and said, “Nobody __50__ to suffer. You're __51__ and I want to kill you.” But he also __52__ for his life, saying, “I do cause pain and sorrow. Yet because of me people __53__ and develop. Remember as a child when you put your hand too close to a fire and experienced the pain of the __54__？ Your suffering was short, but you learned from the __55__. This learning has protected you, and this short suffering may have helped to __56__ your life.” The woman then realized another truth — through pain we learn to __57__ pain and appreciate pleasure. So perhaps even suffering has its place if we learn how to __58__ from it. So she learned that it isn't what the object is, but how we __59__ it, that makes the difference. Experiences of the past __60__ what we do in the present. We can never tell how the unexpected bad events lead to unexpected beautiful new experiences. 语篇解读：本文为夹叙夹议文。看似坏的东西也可以给我们带来好处，本文说明的就是 这个道理。 41．A.hobby B．order C．promise D．goal 解析：选 D 由“decided to kill all the monsters in the world”可知，该空意指杀怪物这一目 标。 42．A.aids B．surprises C．challenges D．competitions 解析：选 C 由“each testing her strength and abilities”可知，她在途中遇到了许多挑战。 43．A.while B．before C．until D．after 解析：选 B 出发不久她就赶上了“the monster of hunger”，即在赶上“the monster of hunger”之前的时间不久，故选 B项。 44．A.joined B．found C．punished D．approached 解析：选 D 赶上“the monster of hunger”后，需要走近它，让它准备受死。 45．A.agree B．decide C．prepare D．turn 解析：选 C 参见上题解析。 46．A.regret B．fear C．disappointment D．discomfort 解析：选 D 由“You've been causing hunger”可知，此处它承认它给人带来了不适。 47．A.doubt B．motivation C．idea D．possibility 解析：选 B 饥饿驱使人们寻找食物从而存活下来，由此可判断选 B项。 48.A.useful B．stressful C．harmful D．hopeful 解析：选 A 由“I also bring benefits as well”可知，怪物认为它也有用处。 49．A.difficulty B．theory C．truth D．belief 解析：选 C 根据语境可判断此处指“the monster of hunger”也有其自己的作用这一真相。 50．A.refuses B．wants C．asks D．pretends 解析：选 B 根据语境可判断此处意为：没人想受苦。 51．A.ugly B．stupid C．worthless D．embarrassing 解析：选 C 给人带来痛苦的东西是没有价值的，故她要杀它。 52．A.defended B．waited C．applied D．called 解析：选 A 由其后面的讲话可判断它是在给自己辩护。 53．A.grow B．think C．try D．learn 解析：选 D 由下文“but you learned”及“This learning”的提示可判断选 D项。 54．A.disease B．heat C．wound D．incident 解析：选 B 由“put your hand too close to a fire”可判断选 B项。 55．A.experience B．effort C．failure D．journey 解析：选 A 由上下文语境可判断此处指将手靠近火而后又将手收回这一经历。故选 A 项。 56．A.improve B．accept C．risk D．save 解析：选 D 由“This learning has protected you”可判断与 protected匹配的应该是拯救生 命。 57．A.tolerate B．avoid C．overcome D．reduce 解析：选 B 知道靠近火会痛以后就知道不要将手靠近火，从而能避免疼痛，由此语境 可判断选 B项。 58．A.escape B．hear C．benefit D．suffer 解析：选 C suffering也有用，如果你能从中受益的话，它们也有其位置所在。 59．A.see B．do C．express D．believe 解析：选 A 怪物看似没有，但其实有用，关键是你怎么样看待它。 60．A.bring B．suggest C．damage D．change 解析：选 D 由最后一句可判断，此处表示过去的经历可以改变我们现在所做的事。 第二节(共 10小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 15分) 阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。 Life is filled with regrets. As we get older, we often look back and wish that we __61__ (make) better choices in our life before. So what can we do __62__ (avoid) future regrets? The following are a few tips that you might find __63__ (use)． Make plans in advance. If you start to do something, you need to make a plan before doing it. The __64__ (early), the better. You should know what comes first and what comes last. Even if something unexpected __65__ (happen), you can have more time to deal with it. Live __66__ more active life. More outdoor __67__ (active) can keep you healthy, both physically and mentally. Make good friends. Everyone needs friends. Friends are people with __68__ we share joys and sorrows. Make friends with optimistic people, and you'll also think __69__ (positive) if you are surrounded with them. Never fear failure. Everybody fails, even the greatest people in the world. We should not fear failure. Instead, we should take failure as a chance to learn and improve __70__ (we)． Life is so good. Why should we always live in our past and regret what we have done? 答案：61.had made 62.to avoid 63.useful 64.earlier 65.happens 66.a 67.activities 68.whom 69.positively 70.ourselves 第四部分 写作 (满分 35分，限时 35分钟) 第一节：短文改错(共 10小题；每小题 1分，满分 10分) 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共 有 10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词； 2．只允许修改 10处，多者(从第 11处起)不计分。 I am a senior high school student. In my opinion, the classroom is place for students to gain knowledges. So quietness is badly need for us to learn in the classroom. So recently some students have brought their mobile phones to the classroom and we often hear of the ring of mobile phones. Some of them even wasted precious time in class type short messages on the mobile phones. To keep the classroom quietly and make us focus more on their studies, I suggest that mobile phones shouldn't be used in the classroom. At least, they shouldn't be used where we are having a class. 答案：第二句：place前加 a; knowledges→knowledge 第三句：need→needed 第四句：So→But; 去掉 hear后的 of 第五句：wasted→waste; type→typing 第六句：quietly→quiet; their→our 第七句：where→when 第二节：书面表达(满分 25分) 出国旅游可以让你体验异国风情，领略外国文化，但是出国之前要做好充分的准备。请 你根据以下要点提示用英语写一篇短文，介绍出国旅游前应该做的准备工作。 1．准备几份护照的复印件； 2．了解当地气候和风俗习惯； 3．准备好旅行指南。 注意：1.词数 100左右； 2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ 参考范文： As we all know, travelling abroad benefits us a lot. However, before our travelling, we must make careful preparations for it. First of all, bring several copies of your passport. If your passport gets lost, make sure that you can still get back or prove your citizenship. Secondly, it's important to study the local climate and customs. Familiarizing yourself with sensitive issues is also essential. In addition, you'd better get some guidebooks, which usually include maps, key words and phrases. In conclusion, only if you prepare well can you enjoy a pleasant journey abroad. (模块综合) 第一部分 听力 (满分 30分，限时 20分钟) 第一节(共 5小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 7.5分) 听下面 5 段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最 佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有 10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和 阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。 1．What's the date today? A．May 30th. B．May 31st. C．June 1st. 2．Where was the boy last Monday? A．In his school. B．In Europe. C．In China. 3．How much does one adult ticket cost? A．60 dollars. B．40 dollars. C．30 dollars. 4．What does the woman think of the roast duck? A．Great. B．Bad. C．Just soso. 5．What does the man mean? A．He is not the one to blame. B．He will be responsible for it. C．He will be more careful next time. 第二节(共 15小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 22.5分) 听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的 A、B、C三个 选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个 小题，每小题 5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出 5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。 听第 6段材料，回答第 6、7题。 6．Where does this conversation take place? A．On a plane. B．In a restaurant. C．In a hotel. 7．What will the woman bring to the man's son? A．Warm water. B．Coffee. C．Orange juice. 听第 7段材料，回答第 8、9题。 8．What is Ann worried about? A．Losing the job. B．Failing to find a job. C．Missing the promotion. 9．What will the woman do this Friday? A．Go to a movie. B．Work overtime. C．Have a good rest. 听第 8段材料，回答第 10至 12题。 10．When did the painter start painting? A．In 1985. B．In 1953. C．In 1946. 11．What is the painting mainly about? A．Some hikers. B．Awalking route. C．An old tree. 12．How much does the man pay at last? A．300 pounds. B．350 pounds. C．380 pounds. 听第 9段材料，回答第 13至 16题。 13．Why does the woman want to change their car? A．It uses much gas. B．It is not big enough. C．It is too old to go well. 14．How long has the car been used? A．For one year. B．For two years. C．For three years. 15．What does the man think of the woman's suggestion? A．Unbelievable. B．Interesting. C．Reasonable. 16．What are the two speakers going to do later? A．Buy a new car. B．Go for a picnic. C．Sell the old car. 听第 10段材料，回答第 17至 20题。 17．How do people in China order food? A．According to pictures in the menu. B．According to words in the menu. C．According to the waiter's descriptions. 18．When do people usually start to order? A．After sitting immediately. B．After several minutes' talk. C．After finishing drinking. 19．What do people often do in Chinese restaurants? A．Stop others making noise. B．Call the waiter loudly. C．Ask for something rudely. 20．What can't you see at the dinner table in China? A．Beer. B．Hot water. C．Cold water. 答案：1～5 ABBAB 6～10 ACAAC 11～15 BCACC 16～20 BAABC 听力材料 (Text 1) W：Your birthday is around the corner, right? M：Yeah, the day after tomorrow. W：Wow, that's Children's Day. You can spend it with your son. (Text 2) W：John isn't going to come back to our school. M：Really? Why? W：He is leaving for China and held a farewell party last Monday. M：It's a pity that I was travelling around Europe at that time. (Text 3) W：I'd like two tickets, one for myself and the other for my little boy. He is six. M：He's six, right? Then he can get in for half price. That will be 60 dollars altogether. (Text 4) M：What do you think of it? I was worried you would think it was too far. W：Well, it's true. I've never driven two hours just for a roast duck. But really, I think it's worth it. (Text 5) W：What an accident! If you had been more careful, we would not be in this terrible situation. M：What do you mean? Was it my fault? If it was, I would surely take responsibility for it. (Text 6) M：Excuse me, Miss. Could you make the airconditioner cooler? W： I'm sorry. We can not regulate the airconditioner. As soon as the plane takes off the temperature here will drop. Let me get three wet towels for you at the moment. M：Good idea. W：Your wet towels, sir. M：Thank you. Could I have something cold to drink? W：Yes. We have mineral water, orange juice, Coke, and coffee. Which do you prefer? M：Orange juice with ice for me and my son, please. And warm water for my wife. (Text 7) M：Hi, Ann. How's your new job as a secretary? W：Well, actually, I'm not very happy with it. M：You've only been working there for a month. It takes time to get used to it. W：I know but my boss told me that if I didn't get better, he'd fire me! I'm just worried. M：Look! You're a hard worker. Just do your best. It's always darkest before the dawn, as they say. W：You're right. Did you get the position you wanted? M：Yes. I'll get a promotion and be the manager. I've been with the company for three years. Time flies! How about going out with me this Friday? We could see a film, and you can forget your problems for a while. W：Good idea, but I need to work overtime this weekend. (Text 8) M：I really like this painting. Can you tell me a bit about it? W：Certainly. This one's actually by a local painter. His name's John Mansfield. He'd been painting since he was 14. He died in 1999 and he painted for about 53 years. M：So he died? What a pity! I especially like the colors in this one. And I like how it depicts the local landscape. W：Actually this is a picture of a local walking route. It's quite famous and quite popular with hikers. And if you look on the left hand side there, you will see the tree which is the oldest in the area. M：Sounds nice. How much is this painting? W：180 pounds. M：Would you be able to sell it to me for 100 pounds? W：But I think 100 pounds is too cheap. M：The other two paintings look nice, too. How about if I buy all of them for 350 pounds? W：Pay an extra 30 pounds and you can get them. M：OK. (Text 9) M：Hi, Edith. It's a beautiful day, isn't it? W：Yes, the sun is shining and the breeze is gentle. M：Let's go for a picnic in the car. W：Well, I think we'd better go by bike. And I've been thinking that we really ought to change our car for a new one. M：Why? The old one goes very well. Your brother drove it for only one year before he sold it to us two years ago. W：I know, but it uses a lot of gas and that's not good for the environment. M：What would you replace it with? W：Well, I've been reading a lot about a new kind of car. M：You mean the one which use both a normal engine and an electric motor? W：Yes, this kind of car uses much less fuel than an ordinary one. M：I suppose that must be better for the environment. W：Of course. M：OK, let's get on our bikes and go for a picnic today. And we'll buy this new kind of car sometime later. I hope the environment will get better in the future. (Text 10) M：The experience of dining in China is far different from eating at restaurants in America. Manners and menus are almost entirely opposite. Menus in China are usually picture books. Almost every single dish has a picture. Chinese people order food according to the pictures, not the written descriptions on the menu or the descriptions from the waiters. Furthermore, each table is typically only given one menu, and when the menu is placed before them, the waiter stands next to the table ready to write down the order. You don't sit at the table and talk for several minutes before ordering. You order when you sit almost immediately. In China, people are used to dining in noisy environments, which are considered welcoming and joyful. So, if you need to call a waiter in China, call loudly and wave your hand. It's appropriate to stop anyone in the restaurant and ask them for something. This is not rude. It is expected! And cold water? It doesn't exist at the dinner table in China. Hot water is almost always served, even in the middle of summer and even while eating the spiciest food. And if you order a beer or a bottle of water, better ask for it cold, or the waiter will serve at room temperature. 第二部分 阅读理解 (满分 40分，限时 35分钟) 第一节(共 15小题；每小题 2分，满分 30分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和 D)中，选出最佳选项。 A Some years ago, a 28yearold Californian wife and mother of three children died from drinking too much water. Her body was found in her home shortly after she took part in a waterdrinking contest that was held by a local radio show. Called “Hold Your Wee For A Wii”， the contest organizers promised a free Wii video game machine to those who drank the most water without going to the bathroom. The woman who died drank about 2 gallons of water during the contest. When she and other participants complained of discomfort and showed signs of pains, they were laughed at by the organizers. This tragic news story shows the importance of understanding why drinking too much water can be dangerous to your health. Consuming more water than you need can increase your total blood volume (容量). And since your blood volume exists within a closed system, increasing your blood volume puts unnecessary stress on your heart and blood vessels (血管). Your kidneys (肾) must work overtime to get rid of extra water out of your system. Your kidneys are not a pair of pipes. Flushing more water through your kidneys doesn't necessarily help it become cleaner. Rather, your kidneys can get damaged by unnecessary wear and tear over time. And drowning your system with large amounts of water is one of many potential causes of kidney damage. Putting unnecessary stress on your system and your kidneys by consuming unnecessary water is an unnoticeable process. For the average person, it is usually impossible to know that this stress exists, as there are usually no obvious symptoms on a momenttomoment basis. But make no mistake about it：this stress is real and can hurt your health over the long term. 语篇解读：本文为说明文。过量饮水对我们的健康危害很大，我们应该避免过量饮水。 21．Why is the Californian woman mentioned? A．To lead to the topic of the text. B．To tell us a tragic news story about a mother. C．To tell us it can be dangerous to take part in contests. D．To tell us how much water we can drink at most one time. 解析：选 A 推理判断题。本文主要是讲过量饮水对身体有害，而提到那个加州女人的 故事是为了引出这个话题。 22．When the participants showed signs of pains, the organizers ________. A．became very concerned B．were laughed at by others C．tried to reduce their pains D．didn't pay much attention to them 解析：选 D 推理判断题。由第一段“When she and other participants complained ... by the organizers.”可知，那些组织者并没怎么在意他们。 23．What's the main idea of Paragraph 3? A．How water is consumed in our body. B．The importance of water to our health. C．Why drinking too much water is dangerous. D．The function of kidneys in consuming water. 解析：选 C 段落大意题。本段主要讲过量饮水为什么对身体有害。 24．The stress caused by consuming unnecessary water ________. A．isn't that dangerous B．can never be found out C．is really harmful in the long run D．leads to some obvious symptoms 解析：选 C 细节理解题。由最后一段“But make no ... health over the long term.”可知，过 量饮水从长远来看对健康非常有害。 B I've spent over a year in India, and in those 365 plus days, I've learned a lot about getting around Indian cities. My biggest lessons have been learned through being cheated, particularly by taxi and rickshaw (人力车) drivers, but that doesn't mean those are bad ways to travel, as long as you know what you're doing. Below are the best ways to get around the city of Delhi, India, and tips for how to keep from being the victim of scams (欺骗)． Taking taxis is a great way to get around the city of Delhi and chances are, if you arrive in Delhi by plane, as soon as you make it through customs, you'll be swarmed by Indian taxi drivers. At the Delhi airport, be sure to arrange for a taxi to your hotel at one of the two Delhi Traffic Police Taxi Booths. One is inside the airport, and one is outside. The key is to make sure to go to a booth run by the police, rather than by independent taxi drivers. Rickshaws are one of my favorite ways to get around Indian cities, in part because it's how the locals often travel. Autorickshaws are more common, but bicycle rickshaws are still used in Old Delhi. If you do have a chance to take a bicycle rickshaw, you should do it at least once for a unique experience that should only set you back about 15 rupees. Autorickshaw rates around Delhi range between 30 and 80 rupees, depending on distance. If you really want to travel around Delhi like the locals, take a public bus. Indian buses become very crowded and most do not have air conditioning. They are, however, very cheap. A bus trip won't set you back any more than 15 rupees, as long as you stay within the city limits. Since Indian buses get so crowded, try to board the bus at the start of the route so you can get a seat. The train is a great way to get around within the city of Delhi. Fares are reasonable, between six and 22 rupees. All departure announcements are in both Hindi and English, and tokens can be purchased for between six and 22 rupees. 语篇解读：本文作者对于在印度德里旅行时交通方面提出了几点建议。 25．To avoid being cheated, you ought to________if you want to take a taxi at the Delhi airport. A．pay more to the drivers to keep safe B．show your ticket to the driver C．go to a policerun booth D．go out of the airport 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据第二段的最后一句，我们可以知道，在机场搭乘出租车 时，应到警察经营的摊位。 26．The author suggests taking a rickshaw in order to ________. A．save some money B．enjoy the comfortable trip C．gain some unique experience D．help the local rickshaw drivers 解析：选 C 细节理解题。根据第三段的第三句，我们可以知道，作者建议乘坐人力车 以获得一种独特的体验。 27. What can we infer from the passage? A．You won't have to pay much if you travel around by bus in India. B．It will be difficult for you to get a seat if you get on the bus halfway. C．A rickshaw driver only charges whatever amount you give him. D．You'll have to speak English if you travel around in India. 解析：选 B 推理判断题。根据第四段的最后一句，我们可以知道，为了上车后能有一 个座位，作者建议最好从起点站上车。这就意味着如果中途上车的话，就很难有座位了。 28．Which may be the topic that follows? A．Hotel recommendations in Delhi. B．Weather conditions in Delhi. C．Food and drink in Delhi. D．Car rentals in Delhi. 解析：选 D 推理判断题。由本文第一段的最后一句可知，本文主要介绍关于德里交通 方面避免受骗的几个建议。因此，在所有的几个选项中，只有 D项与交通有关。据此，我们 可以确定后面接着讨论的最有可能是汽车租赁业务。 C Now we'd like to share with you the top nonprofit groups fighting poverty. Feeding America is the nation's largest charity fighting hunger, with network members supplying food to more than 25 million Americans each year. Their network of more than 200 food banks serves all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. The Feeding America network gives out more than 2 billion pounds of donated food and grocery products each year. Kiva's task is to connect people through lending to reduce poverty. Kiva is the world's first persontoperson microlending (小额贷款) website, allowing individuals to lend directly to people in the developing world. ONE is a grassroots organization supported by more than 2 million people from around the world and every walk of life who are committed to the fight against extreme poverty and preventable diseases, particularly in Africa. Oxfam is a group of 13 likeminded organizations working together and with partners around the world to bring about lasting change. Oxfam works directly with communities to ensure that poor people can improve their lives and have a say in decisions that affect them. Since its launch in June 1999, the Hunger Site has established itself as a leader in online activism, helping to feed the world's hungry people. On average, over 220,000 individuals from around the world visit the site each day to click the yellow “Click Here to Give — it's FREE” button. 语篇解读：本文为应用文。世界上有很多帮助穷人的机构和组织，本文向我们介绍了在 这方面做得最好的几个。 29．What do we know about Feeding America? A．It is the largest charity fighting poverty. B．It focuses on feeding the poor in the US. C．It is set up by the American government. D．It aims to ensure the poor have a say in decisions. 解析：选B 细节理解题。由第二段“Their network of more than 200 food banks serves all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.”可知，这个机构主要帮助美国的穷人。 30．One who wants to help the poor persontoperson should choose________. A．Kiva B．ONE C．Oxfam D．the Hunger Site 解析：选 A 细节理解题。由 Kiva 介绍中的“... persontoperson microlending website, allowing individuals to lend directly to people in the developing world.”可知，想要直接帮助对 方，可以通过 Kiva这个机构。 31．Different from other groups, ONE ________. A．is an online charity B．fights against diseases C．enjoys worldwide support D．helps people all over the world 解析：选 B 细节理解题。由 ONE介绍中的“... preventable diseases, particularly in Africa.” 可知，ONE也致力于疾病方面，这是其他机构没有做的。 D While a lot of us may jump to conclusions about our jobs and careers and perhaps feel a bit defeated if our present role isn't exactly a dream performance, don't worry. There's reason to have hope. A new study supports the view that jobs aren't simply a loveatfirstsight deal. Rather, they say that achieving passion (激情) for your work is something you can develop over time. Unlike the main way of thinking that you'll only achieve passion for your work through finding the right fit with a line of work — what the researchers call “fit theory”， the researchers say you can learn to love your job and find meaning in it gradually (“develop theory”)． Patricia Chen, a psychology researcher and her colleagues examined some students' career attitudes and expectations in regard to fit theory and develop theory. “People can achieve similar levels of passion at work by accepting either the fit or develop theory，” Chen said. “The key difference lies in how these results are reached: fit theorists tend to selfselect into lines of work that fit them from the start, while develop theorists grow into that fit over time.” Fit theorists tend to value enjoyment at the cost of good pay, while develop theorists are willing to let enjoyment take a back seat to other goals, believing that they'll grow into the role and find enjoyment over time. Their findings may offer a little encouragement to people who aren't loving their jobs right now. Everyone has moments like that, but it's important to keep your thoughts focused on the bigger picture, your longterm goals, and why you took the role in the first place. We can choose to develop passion gradually from the beginning, and be just as effective in the long run at achieving this popular experience. 语篇解读：本文为说明文。我们有时会厌恶工作，这个时候，我们需要从大局考虑，慢 慢地培养工作的激情。 32．According to the fit theory, a person will ________. A．love his job at first sight B．find his job meaningful slowly C．learn to achieve his dream gradually D．follow his passion when choosing a job 解析：选 D 推理判断题。由第三段“Unlike the main way ...‘fit theory’”可知，笃信 fit theory的人会遵循自己的激情，寻找适合自己的工作。 33．What do researchers find in the study? A．Fit theorists prefer good pay to enjoyment. B．Fit theorists care more about their role than passion. C．Develop theorists expect immediate pleasure from work. D．Develop theorists have patience to experience enjoyment. 解析：选 D 推理判断题。由倒数第二段“... while develop theorists are willing to let enjoyment take a back seat to other goals, believing that they'll grow into the role and find enjoyment over time.”可知，对于 develop theorists 来说，他们有耐心来体验快乐。 34．If you hate your job, you are advised to ________. A．consider your role in your work first B．consider your situation as a whole C．try other new things as soon as possible D．start your work from the beginning again 解析：选 B 细节理解题。由最后一段“... but it's important to keep your thoughts focused on the bigger picture, your longterm goals, and why you took the role in the first place.”可知，对 工作感到厌倦的时候要从整体和大局来考虑。 35．What's the main idea for the text? A．You can learn to love your job. B．You should have passion for your work. C．You will finally achieve your job goals. D．You can get enjoyment from your work. 解析：选 A 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了我们有的时候会讨厌工作，而实际上，我们 可以从整体着想，从而培养对工作的激情。 第二节(共 5小题；每小题 2分，满分 10分) 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余 选项。 Business is the organised approach to providing customers with the goods and services they want. The word business also refers to an organisation that provides these goods and services. Most businesses seek to make a profit — that is, they aim to achieve income that is more than the costs of operating the business. __36__ Commonly called nonprofits, these organisations are primarily nongovernmental service providers. __37__ Business management is a term used to describe the techniques of planning, direction, and control of the operations of a business. __38__ One is the establishment (确立) of broad basic policies with respect to production, sales, the purchase of equipment, materials, supplies, and accounting. __39__ The third relates to the establishment of standards of work in all departments. Direction is concerned primarily with supervision (监 管 ) and guidance by the management in authority. __40__ A． Control includes the use of records and reports to compare actual work with the set standards for work. B ． In this connection there is the difference between top management and operative management. C．Examples of nonprofit businesses include such organisations as social service agencies and many hospitals. D．However，some businesses only seek to earn enough to cover their operating costs. E．Planning in business management has three main aspects. F．In the theory of business management，organisation has two main aspects. G．The second aspect relates to the application of these policies by departments. 答案：36～40 DCEGA 第三部分 英语知识运用 (满分 45分，限时 30分钟) 第一节：完形填空(共 20小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 30分) 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和 D )中，选出可以填入空白处 的最佳选项。 Charlotte was in her late 50s when she developed cancer. The illness quickly __41__ to her lungs and then to her brain. She was so __42__ that she had to lie in bed. She was __43__ to even cook for herself. “The last year of her life was __44__，” her sister Barbara said. “The worst part was seeing her sit in a chair in her living room, waiting to __45__. For the first time in her life, I saw her so __46__.” One day, Barbara, __47__ seeking some way to help, asked Charlotte if it would be OK to do her makeup. Barbara said, “I want to make you look better.” Charlotte replied, “You can't. It's too __48__.” But she agreed at last. So weak was Charlotte that she could __49__ hold her eyes open. Finally, when she did open her eyes, she looked in the mirror in __50__ . Her face looked beautiful for the first time in years. “I look pretty! Take my __51__！” she shouted. After the photos were taken, Charlotte looked at Barbara and said, “Promise me you will do this for others while I am __52__.” With tears in her eyes, Barbara said, “I __53__.” Charlotte spent her __54__ days with a smile on her face.“She __55__ herself again，” Barbara said.“And I never saw her sit in that chair in her living room again. __56__， she moved out to sit in her backyard in sunny days.” __57__ Charlotte's death, Barbara kept her promise in a big __58__. She sold everything in her own store. Charlotte gave Barbara a greater __59__. She wanted to do something to __60__ others. 语篇解读：本文为记叙文。夏洛特因患癌症而陷入绝望中，巴巴拉的一个偶然的想法给 她带来了久违的欢乐。 41．A.spread B．devoted C．appealed D．linked 解析：选 A 癌细胞很快就扩散到了夏洛特的肺部和大脑。 42．A.clever B．serious C．silly D．weak 解析：选 D 根据“she had to lie in bed”可知，夏洛特此时身体非常虚弱。 43．A.pleased B．unable C．unwilling D．ready 解析：选 B 夏洛特终日躺在床上，甚至都不能给自己做饭了。 44．A.peaceful B．busy C．terrible D．ordinary 解析：选 C 根据下一句可知，夏洛特生命中的最后一年情况非常糟糕。 45．A.die B．recover C．arise D．support 解析：选 A 夏洛特终日坐在一把椅子上，等待死亡的到来。 46．A.sensitive B．calm C．happy D．hopeless 解析：选 D 平生第一次，巴巴拉看到夏洛特如此绝望。 47．A.actually B．technically C．desperately D．briefly 解析：选 C 巴巴拉拼命地想办法帮助夏洛特。 48．A.late B．early C．funny D．strange 解析：选 A 根据“You can't.”可知，夏洛特已经完全绝望，觉得一切都太晚了。 49．A.surely B．simply C．hardly D．softly 解析：选 C 根据“So weak was Charlotte that ...”可知，夏洛特身体非常虚弱，以至于几 乎都睁不开自己的双眼。 50．A.wonder B．fear C．relief D．disbelief 解析：选 D 根据下一句可知，当夏洛特在镜子中看到自己的形象时，她几乎不敢相信 这是真的。 51．A.cigarette B．hand C．picture D．temperature 解析：选 C 根据“After the photos were taken”可知，夏洛特急着让巴巴拉给自己照几张 相。 52．A.well B．dead C．alone D．abroad 解析：选 B 夏洛特要巴巴拉向她承诺，在她去世之后，也要为其他人做同样的事情。 53．A.disagree B．ignore C．doubt D．promise 解析：选 D 根据上文内容可知，巴巴拉向夏洛特郑重地做出了承诺。 54．A.remaining B．tiring C．training D．working 解析：选 A 在夏洛特剩下的日子里，她每天总是面带微笑。 55．A.relied on B．looked into C．cared about D．stared at 解析：选 C 夏洛特开始关心自己了。 56．A.Therefore B．Still C．Though D．Instead 解析：选 D 此后的日子里，夏洛特再也不每天坐在起居室的椅子上了，相反，在晴朗 的日子里，她会到后院里去坐着。 57．A.Before B．Without C．After D．About 解析：选 C 在夏洛特去世后，巴巴拉履行了自己的诺言。 58．A.way B．sense C．world D．company 解析：选 A in a big way表示“大规模地”。 59．A.present B．purpose C．occasion D．chance 解析：选 B 夏洛特让巴巴拉萌生了一个更大的人生目标。 60．A.save B．help C．cure D．test 解析：选 B 巴巴拉想做一些事情来帮助其他人。 第二节(共 10小题；每小题 1.5分，满分 15分) 阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。 Do you want to be invited back? Read our six top tips for being ___61__ popular guest. Clothes — if you are in a formal situation, dress __62__ (smart): a suit and tie for men, a dress and jacket for women. Gifts — if you are going to stay in someone's house, take a small gift if you are staying for a short period of time, a bigger gift for longer periods. Expensive chocolate __63__ (work) in most situations. Don't arrive without ___64__ (take) anything. Greetings — to shake hands or to kiss? Wait to see __65__ action your host does. Food — always accept it when __66__ (offer). Try to eat all of it and say it tastes good __67__ it may look terrible. Don't hurt the host's __68__ (feel)． Titles — avoid using first names in formal situations. Always use titles (Doctor, Professor, Chairman) until you __69__ (tell) not to. Leaving — the most important tip for being a good guest is to know when you should say goodbye. The secret is to leave while the host is still enjoying your company and wants you __70__ (stay) longer. 答案：61.a 62.smartly 63.works 64.talking 65.what 66．offered 67.though/although 68.feelings 69.are told 70.to stay 第四部分 写作 (满分 35分，限时 35分钟) 第一节：短文改错(共 10小题；每小题 1分，满分 10分) 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共 有 10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词； 2．只允许修改 10处，多者(从第 11处起)不计分。 May 10,2016Fine Today I was having a PE lesson while I fell down and hurt my foot. I was in greatly pain at that moment, but I tried to act as if nothing has happened until the class was over. Though I had difficulty walk back to my classroom，I still didn't tell anyone but even refused the offer of help of my classmates. As result, the hurt in my foot became better. Now I know I'm wrong. We can tell others our need for help and accept his help. Some day we can not help others in return. In this way, we can get along to each other happily and peacefully. 答案：第一句：while→when 第二句：greatly→great; has→had 第三句：walk→walking; but→and 第四句：As后加 a; better→worse 第六句：his→their 第七句：去掉 not 第八句：to→with 第二节：书面表达(满分 25分) 上周日，你所在的志愿者小组到汽车站进行了一次服务活动。请你根据以下要点提示写 一篇短文。 1．一到车站，我们就受到了热烈的欢迎； 2．有的同学打扫候车室，有的为旅客提供信息，有的帮助旅客搬运行李； 3．虽然很累，但是我们感到很开心。 注意：1.词数 100左右； 2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ 参考范文： Last Sunday, our volunteer group took part in a voluntary activity at the bus station. On arriving there, we were given a warm welcome. Some students helped clean the waiting room; some students offered the information that passengers needed; some students helped passengers carry their luggage. We all did what we could to help those in need of help. Although we were tired, we felt happy and proud when we saw the smiles on passengers' faces. This experience made us become aware of the importance of helping others. In future, we'll try our best to do more voluntary work.